FILE HISTORY MEMORY INFORMATION ON LADO KINGDOM IN AFRICA FOR ITS INDEPENDENCE STILL .

FILE HISTORY MEMORY INFORMATION ON LADO KINGDOM IN AFRICA

INTRODUCTION The Early War Events on Lado in Africa

The conquest of the Black African People through the Military wars launched on them by the Arabs and the Europeans and afterwards , taking away their Lands , forcing them into different Cultures ( Political , Economical , Cultural , Social , and Religious organisations ) , really had and still has negative impacts on them – as the African Human beings in the whole Continent of Africa , leaving them still fighting endless Wars with the Foreigners who continue with their War Affairs on or in Africa . In general , this too is what happened to the People of Lado in its early emerging times as a Nation – State Kingdom in Africa . Yes , the different African People fought internal wars amongst themselves in the Continent of Africa is no doubt , in re-organising themselves as Nation – Kingdom States / Nation State Countries or simply in identifying themselves as the different Groups of same People living the same way of life on their Land Territories ; inotherwords adopting and adapting the Tribal philosophy which worked up successfully in defending and protecting themselves , their Interests and in demarcating their Land Territories borders / boundries with their Neighbours and against their enemies or rivals of the different Groups who would have wanted / or had all the intentions to destroy them and take away their Lands . It is the same philosophy Systems which applied all over the World on this Planet Earth anyway : same people of the same blood , Language and their way of living thus re – grouping themselves in Protecting themselves , their Interests and their Lands ; just like living Animals and insects do so even to protect their different habitats on this same Earth . For example , ” The Country of Origin , Nationality & Ethnicity of the the Ancient Egypt ” , accordingto the Greeks who constantly were in Egypt , the Ancient Egyptians whom the came into contact became for them as Groupings of Aigyptos in Greek Language while for the Arabs when they conguered Egypt in 7th Century they referred to or called Egypt as Msr / or somtimes as the Al -Kemet . The Western European Colonialists , and for Great Britain , the British after Occupying Egpyt in 1882 , turned to call Msr / or Al-Kemet once again Aigyptos like the Greeks did , but then , translated from Latin name given Aegyptos into their English Language as Egypt till todate forming today’s so known the Independent Republic State of Egypt ( Egypt became fully Independent and with its Constitution presented in 1923 following and through by the Lausanne Agreement of 24 July 1923 from Great Britain ) . In Europe too , such Groupings included Anglo – Saxons , the Hellenic / or Greeks , the Romans / or Ancient Rome of the Italics etc—- etc—– who regrouped themselves in building their Nation – States which have given rise to the present Nation States of today in the Territories they inhabited in the initial earlier Periods . In Africa the Groupings of the Lue , the Lui , the Luo , the Luu , the Bantu and many others had too the same Characteristics of the re – grouping systems . Other examples elsewhere on / or in the World Continents included the Arab Groupings , the Hebrews , the Chinese , the Mongolians , the Scandinavians , the Amerindians , the Soviets / or Russians — etc —- etc —- . Futher changes in the system of regroupings of different People came in lime lights as new versions through Wars , imposed on other Nation States out of Colonial Mentality forming the so called Colonial Independent or non Independent Nation – State Countries in the World of today , thus changing the different People’s true Identities through the fictitious , simulated / or false Legal pretexts that the Colonialists introduced or created and continue imposing it on the dependent Countries to them . Out of this Colonial mentality , Lado remains still a Victim , fighting the Colonial Wars for her Freedom and Independence against these Colonial Foreigners occupying it in this 21st Century because Colonialism was and is still nothing but repeating of the same phenomenon which however started from 1840 by the concerned Europeans who gave power to themselves , to destroy the African culture , to destroy African existing Governments whereby Chiefs / or Leaders were taken , executed , deported and everything was set for the Black Africans to be under them , so that the new future African Blacks are / or come out to be unconsidered useless Black Europeans to behave like the white Europeans , eat like them , do everything like them and speak their language and infact this phenomenon is currently going on , in itsprotracted Policy of through , what is generally called Education of the Africa People as is noted in this File History Memory Information on Lado Kingdom issues in Africa till now to this date . The Colonialists chose Language issue as the Major instrument weapon to use for destroying the African thinking mind . Note : One can vividly see a Black African Man or Woman who goes to school and learns English or French for example to speak , all of a sudden forgets his / or her true Indentity and calls himself an English or French Man or Woman than being a Black African and forgets altogether to speak his or her African Mother toungue Language . Even worst still , the existing Countries in Africa are divided and known as the French African , the British African and to some extent as the Arab African Countries till now in this 21st Century writings . This is what was to have taken place in Lado and it was forbidden of this sort of Education programmes aimed to remove the Lado Cultural Heritage of which the Lado Languages were mantained in use by the People on their or in their own Country Land Areas of Lado eversince and till todate by the Lado Politicians . May be , the British hate Lado People for this reason for not having accepted to change their identities as they have so done imposing it on the other African People , forcing them to take English Language as the National indentity Language , hence, converting them as the Black British now and for this reason they were given Independences . But the whole truth behind remains that , these Independent Countries are under Great Britain’s Wing of Authority of Sovereign Rights issues . Britain recognises these People and their Countries as Member Countries of the Commonwealth of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for this matter . For Lado , ” Lado of course Rejected to have had her Independence under such condition Terms dictated to her by Great Britain in 1960/61 ” .

Jornalists , like ,  Ms Britt Bartenbach and Ms Ruth Kofoed Envoldesen Akua in their research writings ( FACTS FINDING MISSIONS ON LADO ) and through their direct efforts they have made to be in contact with the present Agofe of Lado in interviews , come out with the best reportings on Lado as they continue finding more informations on World wide views to read and write on Lado . Ruth Kofoed Envoldesen Akua on her part comments : The Lado Issue is a Reality that even the Wind will never blow it off in the Continent of Africa ”. Yes , these two Journalists are the first ones telling the truth on and about the existence of Lado Kingdom in Africa still , while the rest of the Journalists of the World don’t take a damn look at Lado inorder to know and write about Lado as they are being paid off already or they are impeded or prevented by their different Governments of their Nation States or Kingdoms not to say or write anything , especially those who are linked with such Big Information Services of BBC and CNN mass Media communications . Even various Government Institutions and Religious Institutions / or Sectors operating for the most European Countries in Africa are made to take the option not to mention anything , regarding to Lado of Sudan Central Africa . Lado is condemned by some of these European Countries controlling Lado to be under them only . Lado Freedom and Independence issue in the continent of Africa is still being locked up by them in the Offices of United Nations since from 1947 when this was brought up for the first time for discussions in the United Nations Organisation General Assembly for Lado to have been and become an Independent and Member Nation State of the United Nations Body . The Imperial Colonialists were and are still against Lado Independence in Africa The Foreigners Wars waged in Africa and on the African People meant only to Destroy the Africans and their Systems way of life that best suited them , which was / is still the riches of Cultural Heritage of Humanity which even the Foreigners acquired and tactifully manipulated , are still manipulating and incorporating it in their systems of life living while turning around preaching that the Africans have been taught and or are being taught and must be taught to live as Human beings on this planet Earth yet . Wherever an African goes and lives , is the same music he or she hears only of about Africa being a Savage Continent inhabited by Savage People up to now in this 21st Century . No African can be heard of as an inventor of anything at all as he or she is not paid attention to . Some of these Foreigners even pretend futher yet , saying , if the Black Africans were not enslaved and tortured ( Four hundred years of Enslavement and Tortures , (1440 – 1840 ) , they would never have known of Jesus Christ and Prophet Mohammad who came on this Earth to save them from their Sins . Can you immagine that far really ? – when the African Enslavement was put to an end , ” as they always say , the Slave Trade was stopped by them but not by the Africans themselves ”, and note – they immediately opened up another system , ” of the Colonisation of the African Lands and People and legally established it as such in their Treaties of Paris – 3rd August 1875 and Berlin – 26th February 1885 ” ; to enslave the Africans on their own Lands in Africa which started anyway from 1840 which is still going on till todate in many different forms of enslavement , in controlling the Political , Economic , Cultural and to much extent in the Religion Affairs for controlling the African People’s mind thinking . By the way , Who says Afrians had or are having no Religions at all on this Earth to make their approach in worships to the Creator who created them ? – ( if one only needs to look to the repression of Humanity in Africa through and by the Arab Muslims and the European Christians since by their invasion of the Continent of Africa and whereby Knowledge of the African ancient traditions have been removed and what remained was absorbed and altered by them leading to the effects of degeneration : degeneration of African souls , degeneration of African peoples , and degeneration of African society as a whole when areas of the African Continent that retained ancient customs , memories and knowledge of the Original Gods were attacked and more mass murder ensued on the different Peoples in Africa , one may start to know where the Devil really comes from then to destroy the African People which is going on till todate ) . Much of a pity , these are the reasons of the War in and on the African People which is still going on and which the People of Lado ( Citizens of Lado ) as said aleady above , are still facing and experiencing it in silence and in the most deadly , worst , and hardest way now since from 1947 when Lado became occupied by the two European Countries : ( by Belgium and Great Britain and they are still occupying it till todate , while writing here ) , where everything on their Lands were and are still being freely taken away , the People are forced to beg only as occupied People on their own Lands and the rest running around to beg living as Refugees and Stateless Persons till todate in this 21st Century . However , Lado People are aware of the Politricks being played on them till todate . Lado People vowed and still now and todate pledge not to surrender but contiue fighting till they get their Freedom and Independence following the Charter of the United Nations establishments in Chapter XI , ( Articles 73 and 74 )  of the Principles that continue to guide United Nations decolonization efforts , including respect for self-determination of all Peoples and that is if this Charter can still help them to achieve their Freedom . That is in which Article 73 says :

Members of the United Nations which have or assume Responsibilities for the Administration of Territories whose peoples have not yet attained a full measure of self-government recognize the Principle that the interests of the Inhabitants of these Territories are paramount , and accept as a sacred trust the obligation to promote to the utmost , within the system of International Peace and Security established by the present Charter , the well-being of the Inhabitants of these Territories , and , to this end :

1. To ensure , with due respect for the culture of the peoples concerned , their political , economic , social , and educational advancement , their just treatment , and their protection against abuses ;

2. To develop self-government ;

3. To take due account of the Political aspirations of the peoples and to assist them in the progressive Development of their free Political Institutions , according to the particular circumstances of each Territory and its Peoples and their varying stages of advancement ;

4. To further International peace and Security ;

5. To promote Constructive measures of Development ;

6. To encourage Research , and to co-operate with one another and , when and where appropriate , with specialized International Bodies with a view to the practical achievement of the Social , Economic , and Scientific purposes set forth in this Article ; and to transmit regularly to the Secretary-General for Information purposes , subject to such limitation as security and constitutional considerations may require , statistical and other information of a technical nature relating to economic , social , and educational conditions in the territories for which they are respectively responsible .

In which Article 74 says :

Members of the United Nations also agree that their Policy in respect of the Territories to which this Chapter applies , no less than in respect of their metropolitan areas , must be based on the General principle of good – Neighbourliness , due account being taken of the interests and well-being of the rest of the World , in Social , Economic , and Commercial matters .

LADO INDEPENDENCE ISSUE IN SUDAN CENTRAL AFRICA

Lado Nation and People Still Intact in Africa –

It should still be known to all that Lado has remained intact as a Nation and as a People inside the old borders in spite of the joint Occupation by Britain and Belgium since from 15th May 1947 , legally , though , it was still the Ottoman Empire which was responsible for the Occupation of Lado , even after the break – up of the Ottoman Empire , which became the Republic of Turkey by the Lausanne Agreement of 24 July 1923 . Then Lado should have been declared Independent together with Egypt in 1923 . Egypt got its Independence on 28 February 1922 with its valid Constitution presented in 1923 while leaving Lado as an Occupied Territory as such , said above . According to the Lausanne Treaty , the Ottoman Empire , which had now become the Republic of Turkey in 1923 , had to relinguish all the Territories under the Ottoman Empire . This included Egypt and Lado ( Equatoria Province of Egypt ) , and meant that the Occupied Territories were Political Entities ( Nation States ) to have followed suit and shed the chains of Foreign Domination , be it either of Ottoman or British / European Rule . Seen from a Legal point of view one can still see that , Lado actually was never colonised as the Lado People never Signed over their Sovereignty to any Foreign Sovereign Powers , although Great Britain and her Allies waged Wars ( since 1871 ) against the State Kingdom of Lado with endless attempts to wipe out and exterminate the Lado People , which is still going on till todate , and finally they only decided to remove LADO from the World Maps so that nobody could see Lado on Maps and starts to give a thought following International Laws in working for the Independence issue of Lado . And they thought Lado People like other Africans they have deceived over independence issues would not have that Capacity to arrive to solve the pending Independence issues of Lado without the Green light coming from them .

The conquest of and the destruction of the Black Egyptian Cultures which started initially with the Jihad Wars in the 7th Century to conquer North African Territories

The Ottomans ( todays known Turkey as a Nation State ) together with the rest of the Arabs elsewhere from the Arab Countries and the European Vanguards who assosciated with them started their conquest war from Egypt and they pushed futher on coming into direct contact with the Black Africans in the interior Continent of Africa . They covered up the whole of the North African Countries , moving on / or rolling more Westwards , Southwards , Eastwards – through to the Abyssinia / or Ethiopia and Galla Highlands of the Black Lands / or Territories and up to arriving to the Central Regions of Africa , known as ” The Sudan Central Africa ” . The Sudan or Black Central Africa is where the Population ( the Lado People ) settled when they left Egypt around 749 b.c , thus Central Africa becoming their Home Land , LADO – Sudan Central Africa . The Ottomans Occupied Egypt in 1715 and occupied Lado in 1871 with the assistence of the European forces which was led by the United States of America , USA Military Command – ( cf : Lado became and considered finally as an Occupied Territory by the Turco / Egyptian Firman of 1 April 1869 with the consent of United States of America , USA ) .

THE EXODUS / OR THE MIGRATION OF LADO PEOPLE AWAY FROM EGYPT

The tracing migration pathways of the exodus / or migration of the Sudanic or Black Lado People from Egypt ( in North Africa ) , to East and South Sudan ( Eastern or Southern Black Lands of African Continent ) , took its root also through the former Abyssinia / or today’s known as Ethiopia and from 640 a.d – 1270 a.d ,Abyssinia / orEthiopia remained under their Rule for seven centuries . Till today there are still found small groups of People populations of Lado ethnic origins of Bari , Moru and others in Ethiopia . One of such Great Ruler of Ethiopia was the Ancestor ( Negus – King / or Agofe ) of Ethiopia by name – Sambala Naiga , who later after the Political upheavals in Ethiopia moved away to settle at the foot of one of the Mountains of Lado , ( Mt. Luku ), as a Lado Hero . As Sedentary – pastoralists and Blacksmiths , Ladoans continued searching for good farming and Metal deposit Areas on their migration southwards along the Nile Rivers and from Abyssinia / or Ethiopian and Galla Highlands and in the end , nearly all of them found themselves inhabiting the vast fertile and rich mineral Area Lands of the Sudan Central Africa which is in between the Water – shade Basins of River Congo and the River Nile . The Name Sudan is in Arabic Language meaning ” BLACK ” and so any descriptions to do with describing the People or Land being as of Sudan / or Sudanic refers to the People being distinguished of their Black Skin by the Arabs anyway . So the Ladoans consisting of the ”29 Tribes of today ” became distinguished as the Sudanics of this Region , Sudan Central Africa – under their ( Kingdom ) name LADO . Even the Arabs and the Europeans called Lado so by its Name ( LADO ) – Note on the Boundry issue of Lado – ( The Borders between Lado and Sudan – Both Independent North and South Sudans in 2011 together , Congo / or Democratic Republic of Congo of today , Uganda / or Republic State of Uganda today ) were fixed by TURKEY , BRITAIN , RUSSIA , ITALY , FRANCE and EGYPT and gradually being done so , from 1887 to 1907 in the Colonisation Period of the continent of Africa and this boundary delimitations are still Valid Documents for any Official – Office Uses in any Discussions on Lado : Lado’s Northern Border is about 7 degrees North of the Equator , and Juba which is in Bari Land is within Lado Territory but not in South Sudan at all . The Tribes ethnic identities of the People of Lado are mainly of the Luu and Lui Tribes and in minorities are of the Lue and Luo who with their consents became of being Lado or citizens of the Modern Lado which came into existence in 847 a.d .

Note on the ALUR or Jonam considered Luo – Nilotics presence in Lado

The settlements of Alur People or sometimes referred to as Jonam of LuoGroupings and known to be Nilotics according to the European system of Groupings of the different African Peoples in East Sudan of the Continent of Africa , were allowed to settle in Lado Areas by the Agreement reached between the Luu – Sudanic People of Lado and the migrants Luo – Nilotic People in East Sudanfollowing the Big War which took place between them , way back in 1650 starting on Bari Lands of Lado . The War was first waged on the Bari tribes of the Luu – Sudanics of North Lado by the Luo – Nilotic settlers in South Sudan with their Aims to have taken the Land Territories of Lado . The War continued through the Lugbari tribe Land Areas of Lado and ended up at the foot mountain of Mt. Logiri where the Luo Soldiers were totally defeated and driven off then , from the Areas , West of the River Nile in Lado . The Peace Treaty was reached in year 1760 , thanks to the efforts of the King / or Omukama of Bunyoro Kingdom who acted as an Intermediary to end the War .

The whole story of the Nilotic Alur People is that they came about and are the descedents of both Rwanda in around from 15th – 16th Centuries whereby they occupied these Country areas of today in the past and had formed a Kingdthe LUU – Sudanic and the  LUO – Nilotic Peoples . The Nilotic soldiers during the War with the Sudanics , raped the Sudanic women and many of these Sudanic women become pregnant with the Luo – Nilotic soldiers . Their babies of mixed race, with both Sudanic andNilotic Blood , who later became known as ( Alur – name given to them by the Lugbari tribes of Lado ) , had their destiny sealed by theNilotic Leaders who ordered their Soldiers to kill the babies . And for this reason the SudanicWomen with their Babies were taken to be hidden and Protected by the Sudanics everywherethey lived in Lado Lands . These Children in future would prefer to livealong the Water Rivers of the Nile and Lake shows of Lake Albert inthe Region Areas of Mahaghi of Lado as most of them out of Food dietary needsbecame and turned out to be good Fish mongers . Naturally then in the end and with time , they started organisingthemselves in Social groups forming counties with their Chiefs nominations ( called Rwots in Luo Paternal Language to them ) , continued to live in Lado and in Harmony with the rest of the Ladoans , especially with the Lugbari and Madi tribes of LUU – SUDANICS as their immediate Neighbours . In their Paternal Luo Language the Alur / or Aluru became known as the Jonam Tribes People to them of the LUO – NILOTICS ( or sometimes called Nilotes ) . Jonam meaning ” People of the Lake or River ” . The term Nilotics which was introduced by the Europeans is actually in reference to the LUO People , the migrants , living a long the River Nile with their cattles . The Luo’s with origines of Makuria People and together with Nubi People ( NUBIANS ) first occupied the North Sudan Region nearby the south border of the Ancient Egypt where they formed the two Kingdoms of theirs of the Kingdoms of Nubia and Makuria when they came out of Egypt . It is from their Kingdom Makuria that groups of Luo commenced to migrate away along the River Nile with their cattles as herdsmen ( Cattle keepers ) and they made their settlements occupying the more South Sudan Regions where they settled in divisable distinct groups of the same Luo tribes ; such are :the Dinka , the Shilluk , the Nuer and the Jo-Luo , Acholi or the Acoli Tribesfor the second time . The third time migration re-opened for them and this time started from South Sudan and they continued moving southwards from their original settlements towards Uganda , Kenya , Tanganyika and forming of Luo – Bito ( sometimes called Luo – Babito Dynasty ) which later disintergrated or fragmented into smaller new forming Kingdoms that sprang up in the Great Lake Regions like Kingdoms of Unyoro , Uganda of today before Colonisation of these smaller Kingdoms in 19th Centuary by the Europeans and in particular by Great Britain in East Africa .

Note : The adjective term Nilotic ( from Nile ) derives from the semetic word Nahal , which in Greek is Neilos and in Latin became as Nilus , in Italian as Nilo , in French as Nil and in English ( Great Britain ) as the Nile which means , ( River or The River which was a name attribuited to the River Nile and all historical events connected to it in Ancient Egypt ) . So the Europeans simply decided to call the Luo Groupings as the People living by the River sides of the Nile , ( The Nilotics as they called them then ) that is , when they met or came incontact with them in East Sudan / or East Black Lands of Africa during their journey of exploration and navigation of the course of River Nile from Egypt downwards to Sudan and to find out the real source of the River Nile up to arriving to the part of Lake Ombizako in Lado . ( Lake Albert , as Major General Sir Samuel White Baker who was the First European Governor – General of Lado in 1871 nominated by the Khedive of the Ottoman Empire in Ruling Lado for the Khedive , named it later in English ) . Meanwhile , the Sudanics for the European Colonialists came to be of and in reference to the Sedentary LUU and LUI People who form / or constitute the greater Population of Lado – Sudan Central Africa , in the Basin of the Watershed Region of the two Rivers of the Congo and the Nile . The Country Kingdom name Lado – meaning where Our Forefathers Dead Bodies Lie , derives its name significance from the LUU / LUI People’s Language as they speak similar intergrated dilectical pattern Language wildely spoken amongst themselves and easily understand each dilects too . The first Hero Leader of Lado who led the Rebellion in Egypt for Lado’s freedom Independence was by name ALIA who first was known to have worked as a Foreman in the Egyptian Gold mines . He was LUU of Moru tribe . Alia was killed in the Battle field and later , was his son , by name Laro , who took over the Military command and came victorious and was then the one who led the Lado People out of Egypt and to settle them on the Foot mountain which the Lado People named Mt. Lado for the first time in and around 687 b.c in this part of Sudan Central Africa . It is therefore true that , without any historical back grounds , the Colonialists just merely came up with all their intentions to create different history lines to the Africans using their own languages in describing the various African Groupings as it suited them , ending it up only for confusing the People and mainly the Africans in destroying their Rightful identity origines as Africans . A point which has been said out in the writing here already – about the Europeans intended drawn up syllabus Programmes of Education in the Schools they created in the Colonial Countries – which was aimed at / in educating the Africans in the wrong ways to forget themselves and to know of their own African history lines . The name Sudan and effectively being used by the Ottoman / or known as the todays Turkey of mainly Arab Origins and out of their desire to expand the Empire ( Ottoman Empire) deep in Africa , first Occupied Egypt in 1517 – and Egypt for them , came to be called Ottoman or Turco / Egyptian Territory . On their advance Southwards as they continued from their Base in Egypt , and according to them , Egypt was an Arab Country and not of a Black Country at all as the Arabs had conquered Egypt in the 7th Century , decided to label in distinguishing all their conquered Areas or Territories by them , apart from Egypt and the whole of Sahara Desert , as Sudan which means Black Territories and the Black People living in these Territories South of Sahara Desert ) . Significantly to them , they believed only that they were conquering and unifying what they called the unbelievers of Islamic Religion Faith or small insignificant Independent Black African / or Sudan African Villagers ––– ( often also called / or referred to as the Kafir ; meaning People with no morals – unclassified ones in terms of Good and Bad to think of , useless People and in short to say , People with no ethics at all in Life History to know of ) but only to be converted to Islam and to become under the Ottoman Empire Authority Rule and be used as Slaves to work for them . Forming a big Army in Egypt with the Arabised Black Egyptians of Islamic faith in addition to the European Military experts who joined the Ottoman Army to work under the Supreme Command of the Ottoman Empire , the long March to Conquer and to Occupy the Black African Lands and the Black People towards the South commenced from around 1820 with their Base in Egypt . Successfully they conquered and occupied various Area Territories which extended Southwards covering up the whole of the North and South Sudan / or North and South Black Area Territories and most parts of the Sudan or Black Central Africa and in most cases and by force , converting most of the Black Populations in the Regions to the Arab Religion of Islamic faith and then forcing the converted Africans to go against their own Black People who ever refused to be converted . The vast Territory they conquered and occupied became known as The Egyptian Sudan / or The Egyptian Black Territories which later in 1899 as the North Sudan and South Sudan Areas above the North limit Boundry of Lado changed to be called as The Anglo / Egyptian Sudan Condominium as Egypt by then , in 1882 , was occupied by Britain and that is how the Egyptian Sudan turned out to be called Anglo / Egyptian Sudan after defeating and reconquering the Mahdists Occupations of the Egyptian Sudan from 1883 – 1898 .

Who were the Madhists ?

Mahdists were the followers of the few Arabs and the major Arabised Blacks of North and South Regions of Sudan / or Black Lands who rebelled / or mutinied against the European Vanguards and Ottoman Egyptian Rule of the Territories of North and South Sudan Areas / or Territories which was known as Egyptian Sudan , thus creating their own two States they named afterwards as North and South Mahdi States from 1883 – 1898 and in so replacing the Egyptian Sudan . The name Mahdi comes out or came out of the Religion inspirations they termed Mahdi or Messianic redeemer of the Islamic faith . The influence of Mahdiyya ( sometimes called Mahdi then by the European Colonialists ) before being spread up in this part of South Sudan Areas ( Egyptian Sudan ) under their Spiritual Leader , Muhammad bin Abd Alla , was already an earlier successful Movement in West Africa Countries / or West Sudan African Countries , just like other puritanical forms of Islamic revivalism that developed in reaction to the growing Military and Economic colonial dominance of the European powers throughout the 19th century . So , Muhammad Ahmad bin Abd Allah who actually ( from 12th August 1844 – 22nd June 1885 ) who was already a Religious Leader of the Samaniyaya of the Islamic Religious Order which was also stationed in Egyptian Sudan decided to change to the inspirations of Madiyya / or Mahdi after seeing , observing a wide spread resentment among the Black Sudan – People / populations which was growing most intensively of the same oppressive policies of the Turco – Egyptian rulers, and the European Capitalist Vanguards of economic dominance decided to apply the same procedures that took place in the West African States / or Western Sudan States of Africa . Meaning , through and using Religion powers , he could attract followers to rebel against the forces of European – Turco / Egyptians and in June 1881 until the fall of Khartoum in January 1885 , Muhammad Ahmad led a successful Military Campain against the Turco-Egyptian Government of the Egyptian Sudan ( under the European and Ottoman / Turkiyah ) and created his two newly Mahdist States of North and South in replacing the Egyptian Sudan State . During his period of reign of the Mahdists States , many of the Theological and Political doctrines of the Mahdiyya ( Mahdist ) were established and promulgated among the growing ranks of the Mahdi’s supporters , that was up to until the Mahdists States came to be defeated and recaptured and brought under a new Condominium State of the Anglo/ Egyptian SUDAN State . Following the recapture of the Mahdist States by the joint Military Forces of Britain and Ottoman / or Turco – Egyptians , on the 2nd September 1898 to 19th January 1899 , Field Marshal Herbert Kitchener , 1st Earl Kitchener , ( a Military British National ) became Governor – General of Anglo – Egyptian Sudan Condominium then . Note : Lado was never a Part of the Egyptian Sudan or Anglo / Egyptian Sudan of its Occupation by the combined Forces of the Ottomans – todays Turkey , Egyptians and the British as Lado was instead tied up with Belgium aleady by the Convention Treaty of Wadelai of 28th September 1892 between Lado and Belgium for Cooperation following and according to the Berlin Treaty of 26th February 1885 , Article 6 for the Colonisation and Occupations of the African Lands and Peoples by the European Nations , the Arab Nations – that is of the Ottoman / Turkey and including the United States of America , USA .

Note : Britain and Ottoman / Egypt could not therefore force their way to Occupy Lado by any other Legal means then . ( Belgium had already Occupied Lado ) .

Below , are the List Names of the Nominated Governor Generals of the Ottoman / Egyptian Sudan or the Ottoman Anglo / Egyptian Condominium :

November 1820 to 1821 : Isma’il , Supreme Commander ,

April 1821 to September 1824 : Muhammad Bey , Supreme Commander ,

September 1824 to May 1825 : Osman Bey , Supreme Commander ,

May 1825 to March 1826 : Mahu Bey Orfali , Supreme Commander ,

March 1826 to June 1838 : Ali Khurshid Pasha , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

June 1838 to 6 October 1843 : Ahmad Pasha abu Wadan , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

6 October 1843 to 1844 : Hakimadar Governor – General ,

1844 to 1845 : Ahmad Pasha al-Manikli , Commander ,

1845 to 1849 : Khalid Pasha ( Husru Abu Amud ) , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

1849 to 1850 : Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1850 to January 1851 : Abd al-Latif Pasha , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

January 1851 to May 1852 : Rustum Pasha Cerkes , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

May 1852 to 1853 : Ismail Pasha Abu Jabal Hakimadar Governor – General ,

1853 to 1854 : Salim Pasha Sayib , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

July 1854 to November 1854 : Ali Pasha Sirri Arnavut , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

November 1854 to 1855 : Hakimadar Governor – General ,

1855 to 1857 : Ali Pasha Jarkis , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

1857 to 1858 : Arakil Bey al-Armani Mudir’umum , acting Hakimadar acting Governor General ,

1859 to 1861 : Hasan Bey Salamah , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

1861 to 1862 : Muhammad Bey Rasileh, Hakimadar Governor – General ,

1862 to 1865 : Musa Pasha Hamdi , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

1865 to November 1865 : Omar Bey Fahri , acting Hakimadar acting Governor – General ,

November 1865 to 1866 : Jaafar Pasha Sadiq , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1866 to 5 February 1871 : Jaafar Pasha Mazhar , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

5 February 1871 to October 1872 : Ahmad Mumtaz Pasha , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

October 1872 to 1872 : Edhem Pasha al-Arifi at-Atqalawi , acting Hakimadar acting Governor – General ,

1872 to 18 May 1877 : Ismail Pasha Aiyub, Hakimadar Governor – General ,

May 1877 to December 1879 : Charles George Gordon ( Gordon Pasha ) British National , Hakimadar Governor-General , 1st time ,

December 1879 to February 1882 : Mahummad Ra’uf Pasha , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

February 1882 to May 1882 : Muhammad Nadi Pasha , acting Hakimadar acting Governor – General ,

May 1882 to March 1883 : Abd al-Qadir Pasha Hailmi , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

March 1883 to 5 November 1883 : Ala ad-Din , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

5 November 1883 to 18 February 1884 : William Hicks (Hicks Pasha) ” dubious – discuss of him ” , Hakimadar Governor – General ,

18 February 1884 to 26 January 1885 : Charles George Gordon ( Gordon Pasha ) , Hakimadar Governor-General , 2nd time ; Killed in the Battle of Khartoum ,

26 January 1885 – 2 October 1898 : Territory of Egyptian Sudan under complete control of Mahdiya ( Mahdist State ) British Military Administration ,

2 September 1898 to 19 January 1899 : Field Marshal Herbert Kitchener , 1st Earl Kitchener , Military Governor Anglo / Egyptian Sudan ( Condominium ) ,

19 January 1899 to 22 December 1899 : Field Marshal Herbert Kitchener, 1st Earl Kitchener , Governor – General ,

22 December 1899 to 31 December 1916 : Sir Francis Reginald Wingate , Governor – General ,

1 January 1917 to 20 November 1924 : Sir Lee Oliver Fitzmaurice Stack , Governor – General Assassinated in Cairo ,

21 November 1924 to 5 January 1925 : Wasey Sterry , acting Governor – General ,

5 January 1925 to 6 July 1926 : Sir Geoffrey Francis Archer , Governor – General ,

31 October 1926 to 10 January 1934 : Sir John Loader Maffey , Governor – General ,

10 January 1934 to 19 October 1940 : Sir George Stewart Symes , Governor – General ,

19 October 1940 to 8 April 1947 : Sir Hubert Jervoise Huddleston , Governor – General ,

8 April 1947 to 29 March 1954 : Sir Robert George Howe, Governor – General ,

29 March 1954 to 12 December 1955 : Sir Alexander Knox Helm , Governor – General ,

N.B : 1 January 1956 , the Whole Territory was given Independence by Britain and Egypt as The United Republic of Sudan . And Later in 2011 it has been spilt into two Independent Sudan States as North Sudan Independent and South Sudan Independent .

THE OCCUPATION WARS OVER LADO

In the Sudan Central Africa – Lado , the first Lado’s War against the Foreign occupation was deeply felt of the War against the Arabs and the European penetration of this Region which was solely of their introduced Trade Issues , of the so called SLAVE TRADE – which started around ( from 1440 – 1840 in Africa ) , in which the Black People were launched War on to take them away to be sold to their Customers who by most of the buyers were then the Europeans and the Euro – Americans who were actively participating in this horrible Trade which changed the whole course of Human Life existence on this Earth . The Sudanic Ladoans had then to turn their Attention in building up their Defence Systems and regarded all the incoming People penetrating their Land as Enemies who were coming only to take away their Lands , kill them and take them away to be Slaves . They remembered that they fought to liberate themselves for their Freedom in Egypt before arriving to settle in the Sudan Central Africa , a Land Area which they called or named as LADO , – ( Lado means where Our Forefathers Dead Bodies Lie ) and the Name was first given to the Mountain they Named Lado which up to now is visible in Sudan Central Africa . It is on this foot of this Mountain , ( Mt. Lado ) , that the first Lado Leader , Hero LARO , who took over from his Father ALIA who was killed in the rebellion fighting in Egypt led the Ladoans ( People of Lado ) out of Egypt to settle first , around this , Mt. Lado . Here Laro died and was buried at the foot Mountain . Lado therefore remains a Santuary Site Mountain for Ladoans till todate and will ever remain so . ONE CAN NOT CHANGE HISTORY !

The fighting Spirit of Lado People for their Independence

The fighting Spirit for Independence for Ladoans has its beginnings or goes way back from 700 b.c in the period reigns of the Pharo’s of Egypt ; precisely in the period of Pharao couple Tut – Ank – Amon and Queen Nefertiti . This kind of fighting spirit re- opened again and this time against the Arabs and the Europeans including United States of America in their Invasion of the Land Areas and the People of Lado in Sudan Central Africa in the late 19th Century to control and govern the mineral rich ancient Kingdom of Lado in Sudan Central Africa . The invasion issue was first established in 1869 by Great Britain , ( GB ) and United States of America , ( USA ) and implimented in 1871 whereby a United States of America , ( USA ) led Invasion Force of USA Troops and Coalition Armies from the European Colonial Powers was sent into Lado by US General and President Ulysses S. Grant . It was out this that decades of fighting to drive out the insurgents by the Ladoans ended in 1947 with a joint Occupation of Lado then by Belgium and Britain till todate . Not withstanding this Occupation still , the Lado People’s struggle never ended and is still going on . Infact , the fighting in South Sudan is much more involved of Lado issues which is hidden under the new created South Sudan independent Country by Britain and United States of America in 2011 for occupying North Lado Territories called Equatoria ( divided into three Regions : West , Central , East Equatoria ; all three becoming as the Parts of South Sudan State Regions ) . In Seventeen hundrends , that is , in 1711, the direct contact between Lado people and later with the influx of the Western European People started with settlements in Lado and this is when the Catholic Missionaries from Austria , by the Franciscan Fathers Vicariate was then opened in the Heart of Africa during the Papacy of Pope Clement XI . That was ( following the Vaticans aims of creating Catholic Mission in Sudan or Black Central Africa by Pope Pius II , 1452 ) . The Ladoans freely accepted the coming into Ladoland of these European missionaries settlements . The Catholic Jesuits travelled all the way from their Valleta House in Malta to Lado and became very helpful to the Ladoans when they gave in their assistence in drafting the Constitution of Lado which the Ladoans passed on 9th May 1772 , whereby the Agofe / or King was given the Executive Powers and became an Institution of the Government of Lado . This is how the formal good Relationship between Lado and Vatican started / or commenced .

LADO’S WAR AGAINST THE EUROPEAN COLONIALISTS

13th February 1841 and 1st April 1869 : Both the Turco – Egyptian Firman of 13 February 1841 , and the Turco – Egyptian Firman of 1st April 1869 were understably Signed by the Ottomans , Europeans and United States of America , ( U.S.A ) creating a Legal Base for the Occupation of Sudan Central Africa whereby Lado was the Heart to be Occupied by them and this took place on 26th May 1871 to convert Lado in a Western so called Modern State in Central Africa . It is therefore up to the Half of the 19th centuary ( 1850 ) and from 1870 onwards , the Sudanic Population of Lado started to face the real Danger of Foreign Interferences and Invasions by the Arabs and this time with the European Colonialists including United States of America – ( U.S.A ) , thus leading Sudanic Ladoans to fight unending Wars against these Foreign Invaders . And the Wars against Colonialists as a whole are still being fought till todate , while writing this File Report memory History of Lado . Note : The Sudanic Population of Lado was located in this Region ( Sudan Central Africa ) from 649 b.c when they left Egypt .

BELGIUM DECLARED WAR ON LADO

In the Belgium – Lado Wars which started in 1879 through to 1881 from Congo side , Britain was encouraging Belgian expansion ( from the direction of the Congo / Congo Free State which had then become already under / or occupied by Belgium in 1885 ) to go ahead to wage War and occupy Lado as a fully European occupied Territory . Lado started to be Militarily Occupied by Belgium from 1887 and it was on the Date of 7th March 1887 when the Karanga ( General ) the Agofe / or King , His Majesty ( H.M / or Culu ) Ayingani Ajua , a Lugbara by Tribe of Lado , was Killed in the War battle by the Belgians . The war of the Occupation of Lado did not end with the death of the King / or Agofe of Lado . The War Continued until Belgium agreed to come to Peace Agreement of 28th September 1892 whichwas reached between Lado and Belgium . Leuftnant Milz took over from his Commadant Van Kerckhoven who died before arrival to Wadelai which was the Capital of Lado by then , signed it for Belgium . On the part of Lado , this Agreement was signed by Commandant Fadh El Mula Aga ( a Lugbari Tribesman of Lado ) . This Convention Treaty came to be known as Belgium and Lugbari Agreement for Cooperation Between Lado and Belgium . Belgium Recognised the Crown Sovereignty of Lado under the Agofe / King of Lado and was allowed to hoist the Belgium Flag at Wadelai on 29th September 1892 .The Belgium’s Top Commandant and Governor General Napoléon Chaltin for the 1st time , was allowed too to Station his Belgium Headquarters ( Millitary Command Post ) at DUNGU Capital City of Uele Region in Lado on 17 February 1897 and stayed at Uele up to November 1897 . Other successive Commandant and Governor Generals after him were as follows :

Nov 1897 – 15 Dec 1898 : Léon Charles Edouard Hanolet ( 1st time ) ,

15 Dec 1898 – 1 May 1900 : Jean Baptiste Josué Henry de la Lindi ,

1899 – 1900 : Gustave Ferdinand Joseph Renier ,

1 May 1900 – Mar 1902 : Louis Napoléon Chaltin (2nd time) ,

Mar 1902 – Jan 1903 : Léon Charles Edouard Hanolet ( 2nd time ) ,

1900 – Jan 1903 : Gustave Ferdinand Joseph Renier ,

Jan 1903 – 24 Mar 1904 : Georges François Wtterwulghe ,

Jan 1903 – Aug 1903 : Albéric Constantin Édouard Bruneel ,

Aug 1903 – Mar 1905 : Henri Laurent Serexhe , Henri Laurent Serexhe ,

24Mar 1904 – 1904 : Florian Alexandre François Wacquez ( acting for Wtterwulghe to 8 May 1904 ) ,

1904 – May 1907 : Ferdinand, baron de Rennette de Villers-Perwin ( acting to Aug 1906 ) ,

Mar 1905 – Jan 1908 : Guillaume Léopold Olaerts ,

Jan 1908 – Apr 1909 : Léon Néstor Preud’homme ,

Apr 1909 – 1910 : Alexis Bertrand ,

1910 – Jun 1910 : Charles Eugène Édouard de Meulenaer .

It was later then in 1910 , after the Death of King Leopold II of Belgium , when Britain forced and illegally ordered Belgium to cede Lado to become under the British Authority from 1912 , following the illegal False Terms Agreement Britain imposed on Belgium Authorities of their called Lado Enclave Issues , ( Introducing – The Term Contract of Leasing Lado to King Leopold II of Belgium in 1894 —— Read ahead in the coming pages of this bogus – ” LAW FICTION ” Contract Terms ) .

While Lado was under Belgium Occupation then , Belgium adapted and adopted different , seperate Official Postal – Stamps , established for use in Lado from that of Congo , ( Belgian Congo Stamps ) . And here underneath are the given to be observed carefully some of the immages of the Stamps and reference notes on them by Abbey Gudenkauf – of the Postage Stamps and Postal History of LADO : The Lado Enclave was occupied by the Belgian Congo in and around between 1887 and 1910 then . The Stamps of the Belgian Congo were used as well in Lado but Abbey Gudenkauf lays to rest the notion that a Lado cover was always identified by Congo Stamps with a manuscript Lado Cancellation and the Khartoum Retta . He examined the 15 types of Lado Covers , including the majority of Lado Covers which bear Sudan Stamps and were carried on Khartoum Steamers . Sections included the Postal History of the Lado Enclave whereby the data date informations indicate in one way that : ” Belgium first Occupied Congo which became known as ( Belgian Congo ) in 1885 two years before it got Lado as its second State Occupied Territory in Africa according to the Legal Berlin Treaty of 26th February 1885 , following the Procedures the Europeans introduced for the Colonisation of the Continent of Africa – see Article 6 of the Treaty ” .

VIEW OF THE THREE SELECTED EXAMPLE IMAGES OF THE POSTAL HISTORY STAMPS OF BELGIAN LADO ENCLAVE , ( LADO ) :

On observing of the Stamp below , is writen DUNGU which is the Capital city of Uele Region of South – west of Lado by then and which is till todate or remains indirectly under the Independent Democratic Republic of Congo , ( D R Congo / or former Zaire ) Occupation for Belgium . Belgium gave Independence to Congo in 1960 on the date of 15th August , but failed to consider the Independence  Issue of Lado .

 

Stamped Stationery - Delcampe.be

 

The Political and Diplomatic History Maps and Flags which were used and till todate indicating the Colonialists in Ruling Lado and Underneath hereby , are shown the different Designed Political and Diplomatic Historical Maps and Flags of Lado till todate 3000 a.d which were used and are still representing Belgium and Great Britain Occupations over Lado Kingdom / or ” KAARI ” of Lado in Africa .1. Colonial Flag of Belgium’s – ” Africa Sudan or Black Africa ” , introduced over Lado Enclave ( 1894 – 1903 ) :   2. Colonial Flag of Great Britain’s – ” Africa Sudan or Black Africa ” , introduced over Lado Enclave ( 1894 –1906 ) :

Decolonisation News Service for The Kingdom / or ” KAARI ” of Lado Showing the Present ADOPTED FLAGS of Lado for ” NAKU AMADRI ” by Lado , ( Naku Amadri meaning OUR LAND and remains as the Political Philosophy of being ” TUALU /or TOGETHER ” . NAKU AMADRI – ( N D ) remains and is the Basic Political Party State Philolosphy of the State Kingdom of Lado .THE NATIONAL STATE KINGDOM FLAG OF LADO :

Present adopted FLAG of The Freedom Fighters of  Lado :

 

The Map of Lado with the Surrounding Countries to it since from 1895 – 1909 in the World Africa Maps :

   

Detail Map of Lado with the Surrouding Countries to it:

 

:

Map of Lado Border / Boundary Agreements as a Country on its own , established and signed for by the European Treaty / Treaties which is / or are still Valid till todate 3000 a.d following now the Decolonisation Issues of Lado : Map of Africa Showing Treaty Boundaries , 1891  ( Showing Lado in particular too in the Continent Map of Africa ) .

Map 1

 

Map of Africa showing Treaty Boundaries, 1891 Print

Map 2 :

 Map 3

 Stamped Stationery - Delcampe.be Map of Lado Land /

Territory as a Country , Showing Regions of the Settlements of the different People or of the ” 29 Tribes of Lado ” , Intact inside Lado :

Historical Facts about United States , ( U.S.A ) Presence in Lado 1876 – 1878 :

United States of America , U.S.A undertook to occupy Lado with Colonel Henry . G . Prost and Colonel Alexandra . A . Manson in the period of 1876 – 1878 as their Governor Generals appointed in Lado , but they failed to control Equatoria – Lado Nation for USA . In Europe and America as a whole Lado was famously noted in for its examplary Fauna and Flora . In the case of the Fauna (Animal) resources and especially for the White Rhinoceroses , see underneath of the Map of Lado Enclave showing the distribution of White Rhino – Rhinoceroses in Lado Land :

Lado Enclave

Infact the American President Theodore Roosevelt was so amazed and so much encouranged to visit and have a foot step in Lado which he did in 1909 when still in office as President of United States of America , USA from (14th September 1901 – 4th March 1909 ) .

Great Britain – The British Presence in Lado

The British presence in Lado started first by the appointment as first Governor General , Sir Samuel White Baker ( a British National ) by the Ottomans Empire Rule over Lado in 1871 after the invasion of Lado by the combined Forces of the United States of America – ( U.S.A ) , Europeans and the Ottomans with the Blue print Plans which started from 1869 to conquer the Interiore of Africa , ( Sudan Central Africa – LADO ) . From that time , the British presence in Lado continued onwards till todate , and continuously too , interfering in the Internal Political Affairs of Lado . The practises of such interferences was seen in for example in the illegal Partition of Lado by creating ” THE CENTRAL REGION OF LADO ” known as West Nile and Madi District as Part of Uganda , ( Uganda as a a Country was first under Germany East African Colony but in 1890 became as the British Uganda Protectorate in the British East African Empire Extensions after the Germans exhanged Uganda for the Island of Heligoland which first belonged to Britain and of which the Germans were most interested to have ) . Britain in the end , and for the remaining large Territory Areas of Lado redivided it again giving , part of it to the Anglo / Egyptian Sudan and the other part to Belgium Congo . All this was done on from 10 June 1910 , following King Leopold II of Belgium ‘s Death in 1909 . See below : NORTH LADO The Northern part of Ladowas assigned or annexed and turned up to be a Province of Anglo Egyptian Sudan ( which were the Defeated States of both North and South Mahdi States by the Combined Forces of Ottoman Anglo / Egyptian in 1899 ) . The then reformed Country Anglo / Egyptian State as it was called after 1899 got its Independence in 1956 becoming and Changed Name to be called , ” The United Republic State of Sudan in 1956 ” . It was called United , because the Defeated two MAHDI STATES made a Treaty Agreement under the Authority of Britain and Egypt to remain as ” One United State Country ” after Independence . The Treaty Discussion was held in 1955 under the Supervison of the British Governor who Ruled from 29 March 1954 to 12 December 1955 and he was the Governor-General , Sir Alexander Knox Helm by then in Authority of the Anglo / Egyptain Sudan . In this Meeting the North Lado Delegation was called on if they wanted to be still then as a part of the New Independent coming of the United Republic of Sudan in 1956 . The North Lado People of Equatoria totally Rejected the idea of becoming as the New Independent Republic State of Sudan but asked instead , rivendicating fully their Lado Independence . Furious , as they became to be of Lado’s rivendication of Independence , the British , the Egyptians , the Arabs of North Sudan and the Southern Sudanese of the Nilotic / or Luo groupings of the Dinka , Shilluk , Nuer , Jo-Luo , Acholi or Acoli Tribes and other lineages of the real South Sudan Citizens turned on , massacred all the Lado Delegates which in History was well known and is still well remembered by all People as the Torit Massacres of 1955 and this opened the old Wounds of War between Lado and the Sudanese People being supported / or backed up by Britain . This is how the War ( the Anyanya War broke up in North Lado ) for the Liberation of the Ladoans of North Lado Territory for the Complete Independence of the Lado State from Sudan , Britain and Egypt , or usually abbreviated as the ( Anglo / Egyptians Sudan rule ) , who were controlling the occupation of Lado and indeed not to let Lado go Free for its or her Independence in Africa . Clearly seen on the Map of South Sudan shown in Red and till todate are the considered Regions of NORTH LADO but are wrongly renamed and again in partitioned forms as West , Central and East Equatoria Regions of South Sudan . In reality these Regions are :

1. KINETI REGION OF LADO with ” AKU AMBO ” / or CAPITAL TOWNS , ( KAPOETA – TORIT ) ,

2. ROHLI REGION OF LADO with ” AKU AMBO ” / or CAPITAL TOWN , ( YAMBIO ) ,

3. YEI REGION OF LADO with ” AKU AMBO ” / or CAPITAL TOWN , ( JUBA ) .

All the three Regions are attached then to what is called today South Sudan Independent in 2011 ( South Sudan was formerly South Mahdi State , which became Colonised as the Anglo / Egyptian State Condomnium together with North Mahdi State in 1899 by both Britain and Egypt . From 2011 North Mahdi became North Sudan State – a sheer change of Name only ) . All the changing Names : from Ottoman Anglo / Egyptian Sudan , Mahdi States , Anglo / Egyptian Sudan , United Republic of Sudan and then now to North Sudan and South Sudan as seperate Independent States , is nothing but the mental tactical switch over of Names only to hide the Independence Issue of LADO State in the Nile Valley of Africa by Britain and her Allies in destroying Lado and for the General Public not to know that Lado has been a Nation – State and still Exists in Africa , in ( Sudan Central Africa ) .

Brief History of Mahdi States ( both North and South ) today called from 2011 as North Sudan and South Sudan Independent States in East Sudan Nile Valley

From 1881 : Arabised Blacks ( the Black People who changed their Religon Faith to Islam ) who wanted to seperate from the Ottoman Dominium and to remain Black ( Sudan ) decided to fight the Ottoman Turco – Anglo / Egptian forces and in the end they became victorious , thus created the ” Mahdi States ” from 1881 – 1899 while Lado on her part was by then fully engaged on the War front with Belgium . The Ottoman / Egyptian Sudan became Liberated and Renamed and Reformed as the State of Mahdi but divided into the two Seperate States as ” North Mahdi ” inhabited by the Majority of the White / or Brown Arab coloured skinned who practised Islamic Faith Religion and ” South Mahdi ” consisting of the Black skinned Native and considered Arabised / or much more influenced by the Arab’s Islamic Faith and those of the rest of the African Religion beliefs  came altogether to be distinguished as the South ” Mahdi State ” . Note : Lado never was a Part of these Mahdi States as by then on her own , Lado was by these Periods of Time engaged/ or was in War still with Belgium from 1879 throuh to 1881  until 1889 when lastly the War ended by Lado and Belgium reaching the Peace Agreement signed on 28th September 1892 in accordance to the International Convention Agreement Rules for Cooperation between Lado and Belgium . From 1881 – 1899 then , the Four Seperate States in Existence in the River Nile Valley or simply The Nile Valley States were of : EGYPT , NORTH MAHDI , SOUTH MAHDI and LADO . But later , after the Defeat of the Mahdi States by the Combined Forces of the Anglo / Egyptians again , the Mahdi State got joint up / or united under the Anglo / Egyptian Rule Condominium in 1899 and remained not until it was given Independence in 1956 by Britain and Egypt and became called / or known as the United Republic State of Sudan . The Newly opened War now in South Sudan , 2013 / 2014 affecting Lado in South Sudan As if the Torit Incidence was not enough for the British to know the Burning Desire of Lado People for their Independence and Freedom , Britain once again continues with its Hatred against the People of Lado and against the State Kingdom of Lado and this time by having created through South Sudan Government Authorities ( East , Central and West Equatoria ) , which are but the same Regions of North Lado ) as the Occupied zones now placed , under the newly carved out South Sudan State – Country in 2011 by the Anglo / Americans in the Heart of Africa to hide the Struggling efforts of Lado Indepedence Issues which they know Perfectly well that Lado issue is still Pending in the United Nations Offices since from 1947 and in the Year 2005 , the Office of the U.N Secretary General was fully and constantly and till todate is constantly being kept informed of the Political Affairs and Situations of Lado still in The Sudan Central Africa . True , South Sudan formerly South Mahdi had all the Characteristics of becoming Independent , so is Lado too to be Independent anyway then , seen that South Sudan is now Independent and North Sudan which was North Mahdi State is even Independent . Surely this time , If United States of America , U.S.A once again comes openly to join their Cousins the British as they did so in the first Invasion of Lado and Occupied Lado in from 1871 with their British National Governor General , Major General Sir Samel White Baker to Rule Lado for them , then it should be easy for the Anglo / Americans to come in and vote positively for the Independence of Lado now in the process of the Decolonisation of State Kingdom of Lado as much as they are involved in the Political Affairs of Lado since from 1869 till todate by the Methods and Procedures of the Decolonisation of a State which has long since been adopted by United Nations in giving Independences and Sovereign Rights , in accordance to Articles 1 and 73 of the UN Charter of 26 June 1945 and within the context of the Resolution of ( UN General Assembly Resolution 1514 ( XV ) of 14 December 1960 .

SOUTH LADO

The South parts of Lado ; ” SOUTH LADO ” was Partitioned into two Parts , as South – west and as South – east of Lado . The South – west Regions were and till todate are :

1. NORTH ITURI REGIONS : with ” AKU AMBO ” / or CAPITAL TOWNS , ( DUNGU – ARU ) ,

2. SOUTH ITURI REGION : with ” AKU AMBO ” / or CAPITAL TOWN , ( BUNIA ) .

These two Regions of Lado were assigned or Annexed to Belgium and that was to thank Belgium for having accepted to the Partition of Lado by Britain . The South – east Region of Lado is the Capital Marked Region of Lado where the Agofe / or King of Lado Resided and ( still represents the Regional Seat Center of the Agofe / or King in the Kingdom State of Lado ) and Britain / or the British Government was so Keen that , this Region had to be in and under the Direct Control of Her Majesty’s Government Administration Services of Great Britain based in Uganda as Uganda was a highly favoured British Protectorate which was one time described by a former British Prime Minister , Sir Winston Leonard Spencer – Churchill , as the Pearl of Africa for Great Britain then . Inotherwords , Disrupting and Removing the Central Authority of the Agofe / King of Lado or to get rid of the Agofe meant the Destruction , the Conquest of Lado Kingdom and its People as a Nation – State Entity once for all then and therefore was to be the End of the Existence of Lado in Sudan Central Africa . Without anymore Problems Africa was and could be Controlled from the Interior then and forever now by the Two Western Big Power Countries : Great Britain and its off Springs of the British Virginia Company who held up building the United States of America , U.S.A in the Continent of North America . It was for this Reason , in 1912 , South – east Region of Lado , which the British Nick named ( THE WEST NILE REGION with its ” AKU AMBO ” / or CAPITAL CITY , ( ARUA ) was transfered from Sudan to Uganda and broken down to a District Level in Uganda which was a British Protectorate of Great Britain . Uganda got its Independence in 1962 from Britain , with this Region West Nile of Lado , remaining attached or incorporated in Uganda till todate and sometimes is known or called North – west of Uganda , yet it is the Occupied Region of Lado for Great Britain now by Uganda . The Conflicts within Uganda with West Nile / and Madi People is over this as it is very well known by everybody that the Population People of these Region are Citizens of Lado and are described as Foreigners in Uganda till todate , who are fighting for their Decolonisation of their State Lado which was already recognised in the International Political Affairs by the INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION RECOGNITION of 28th September 1892 , signed between Belgium and Lado . Note : Uganda became a State much later than Lado on 1st April 1894 by the INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION RECOGNITIONS , signed by Britain and Uganda . These are the standing Legal Orders till todate and living Lado as an Occupied State in Africa rightly under Belgium anyway . Lado is still Defending its Territorial Sovereignty Integrity or Nduvunduvu – ” Nduvunduvu in Lado Language means Sovereignty ” . Thus the Decolonisation Issue of Lado is still in picture till todate . This is how Lado has been Killed by Great Britain and Belgium as the Kingdom State in the Heart of Africa . However , as the Lado People being yet intact , they are still fighting for their Freedom in Africa against these two States of Europe , ( Great Britain and Belgium ) which are much more and actively involved still in the Occupation Affairs of Lado in this 21st Century . The two Countries : Great Britain and Belgium can not therefore ignore the fact that , LADO Occupation is by them till todate . They are inotherwords , responsible for the Decolonisation of Lado now as Lado Demands so of them through and according to the United Nations , UN General Assembly Resolution 1514 ( XV ) of 14 December 1960 .

The Early Territorial Map of Lado :

File:Africa 1909, Edward Hertslet (Lado enclave, detail).jpg

LADO IN WORLD HISTORY

It is not True that Lado was or is not known in the World History . Lado was famously known to the whole Outside World , with all People of different walks of Life , entering Lado to give such colourful Stories and Narrations which today appear to read of Lado and its People in the Sudan Central Africa . Such Narrations include for example of the presence of a former British Prime Minister , Sir Winston Leonard Spencer –Churchill who entered in Lado for his Animal hunting thirst , killed a Big Wide Mouth , ( usually known as White Rhinoceros ) in the Country ( Lado Enclave ) , made the American , Former President of United States of America – U.S.A , Theodore better know as Teddy ) Roosevelt to rush , hurriedly , to Lado and Teddy arrived to Dufile in Lado in 1909 where he stayed to enjoy his hunting of the White Rhinoceroses . While in Lado , ” He / the President ” managed to meet with the Chiefs of Lado and talked with them and that is when the good  Relationship between Lado and United States of America started . In United States it was much talked of Teddy’s , the President’s travel to Africa , so much that the American Journalists recorded that , in his own words before he embarked on his African Journey from U.S.A , he said : ” I should consider my entire African Trip a success if I could get to that Country Lado ( Lado’s Enclave ) . The White Rhinoceros is the Animal I care to get —- even more than the Elephant ” . That was after having read from Winston Churchill’s book and of the successfully hunting experience of Churchill in killing a White Rhinoceros in Lado Land . While in Lado , Teddy for him neatlykilled Nine of the White Rhinoceroses before his coming back to U.S.A , compared to Sir Winston Leornad – Spencer Churchill , the British Prime Minister who killed only one in his hunting day at Wadelai – Bura Land in Lado . Teddy felt extremely more proud and boastful of having killed or hunted down more Rhinoceroses than Churchill did in the famous Lado Land , ( Country ) . However , apart from the talks about Rhinoceroses , the Best thing He , ( Teddy ) did for Lado was of his talks with Lado Chiefs in 1909 which ended up in a Treaty Agreement known as Dufile ( Dufule ) Agreement between Lado and U.S.A for the Friendly Cooperation between Lado and United States of America . The Cooperation Issue became evident in 1936 whereby , when War broke out into the Kakua – Kajo – Keji war in between Lado and Britain because of Britain’s Occupation Issues over Lado in (1931 – 1936 ) , the War did not end until the United States President Franklin . D . Rooesvelt intervened in 1936 , respecting the Treaty Agreement of Dufile / Dufule of 1909 between Lado and U.S.A which was of the auspices of the former President Theodore Roosvelt’s agreement for the Friendly Cooperation with Lado in case Lado was in trouble . From Britain , what Lado people can remember is always of the wise British Prime Minister Winston Churchill ‘s efforts in 1951 , in stopping the three , ” 3 years war ” , (1948 – 1951) following the assassination death of the Prime Minister ( Keego ) of Lado by British Agents , as the war meant breaking the Truce of 1920 reached between Lado and Britain of the first five , ” 5 years ” War fought in ( 1914 – 1919 ) , known in History as ” the Lugbari – British War ” , over the British wanting to Occupy Lado . The Prime Minister Churchill is also remembered of the effective outcome of the talks between him and Lado Envoy in 1953 which resulted in the open talks in 1954 known as the ” Nile Bridge talks which took place in Uganda ” – between Lado Envoy Extraordinary and Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II in Uganda whereby , it was Agreed that Lado would be Independent in 1960 /or in 1961 . The Lado Envoy Extraordinary was the Physical Person who became later and is the Present Agofe / King of Lado todate , His Majesty Culu John Bart Agami Onzima II . Inspite of all these Political and Diplomatic steps being taken for the Independence and Freedom of Lado , it is still only to the suprise of all , every body on this world yet , knows Lado is not yet an Independent State in Africa till todate 3000 a.d . In brief to say , Lado is still moving on , removing the Residual Colonial Mentality of both the Authorities of Belgium and Britain who are mantaining Lado as an Occupied Country State in Africa for themselves since from 1871 through to 1947 when the Question of the Decolonisation of Lado was even raised in the United Nations Organisation ( U.N.O ) – Trusteeship Council in the year 1947 which the British wished later would have been discussed and solved altogether with Uganda Issues in its British East Africa Empire Colonies : Uganda and Lado to be seperated as the two Indepedent State Countries in Africa then . It was His Majesty Anacleto Atobua , Agofe / King of Lado who had asked the Union of Socialist Soviet Russia , ( USSR ) as a Permanent Member of United Nations Organisation ( U.N.O ) by the time in 1947 to raise the Issue of Lado Independence on behalf of him and the People of the State of Lado as ” He / Agofe ” represented Lado . The Citizens of Lado asked for Freedom at that time , for the full Independence and Sovereignty Rights ( Nduvunduvu ) of Lado in Africa . The Agofe asked or requested the USSR to act because Lado and USSR had already signed a Treaty of Cooperation known as the Treaty of Arua between Lugbara ( Lado ) and Russia ( USSR ) in December 1899 During the Time of King / or Tsar Nicholas II of Russia .

THE TREND OF THE POLITICAL AND DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF LADO

Introduction to Early Events Leading to the Occupation of Lado by the Arabs , Europeans and including the United States of America who entered in East Sudan for the Conquest of the Land Area Regions and the different Peoples of this part of Sudan , from North down to South wards , up to entering Sudan Central Africa – LADO which was considered and truely Geographically is well placed in the Centre of the River Basins of Congo and the Nile therefore , is The Heart of Africa :

The Seventies and Eighties of the 19th Century were marked by the Colonial Annexation of Africa . In a mere Decade or two , the European Powers had divided almost the Entire African Continent between themselves . Taking up East Sudan was because it offered an important means for penetrating into Central Africa . The Nile was a Natural route from Egypt , leading into the Interior and moreover as a futher matter , the Occupation of the Sudan Lands ( better known in Arabic of the Arab Language meaning the Black ‘s Lands or Territories ) was closely linked with the Egyptian question . Any Power which gained Control over the flow of the River Nile in the Sudan Lands / Territories would automatically Dominate Egypt .

How was the division of Africa accomplished ?

Individual European Adventurers acted as the Vanguard / or as ( Explorers as they called themselves to be better known so ) of the Capitalist Powers in Africa : South – west Africa was seized single handed by the German Adventurer and Trader Luderitz , East Africa was ruled by the German Conquistador Peters , Nigeria was conquered by a Handful of Enterprising Britishers , ( British People ) who founded the Nigerian Company and The Congo was seized by the Explorer Stanley , who was backed up by the King of Belgium , Leopold II . If these Adventurers or more often described as Explorers schemes failed ( of these single Persons ) , they – the single Persons were forgotten . If they succeeded , their Governments took them under their Wing , despatched a fleet of Army to their “ Domains ” and declared the captured Land their Colony / or as their Occupied Land . The picture was the same in the Sudan ( East Sudan ) across which the River Nile flows . Anyway , in the Eighteen seventie’s , not a single European State undertook Operations in the Sudan in its own name yet . The Direct Struggle between the Powers ( State Powers ) began in the Sudan ( The so called the Black ‘s Land Areas / Territories ) after 1881 , following the British occupation of Egypt in 1882 by the Constantinople Agreement .

How did the Adventurers penetrate into the Sudan ?

These European Vanguards took advantage of the Desire of the Egyptian Khedive , Is – mail Pasha of the Ottoman Empire , which was prompted by his Cotton plant Policy , to gain Possession of the entire Nile Basin . Ismail was setting up Cotton plantations in Egypt and expanding the Irrigation systems . He realised , however , that he could keep the Egyptian Irrigation systems fully supplied only by laying hands on the Nile Basin and all its tributaries . Hence , Ismail’s declarations of wars in Ethiopia and in Equatorial Africa and for the taking over to occupy ( Equatorial / Lado ) which was considered the Sudan / or The Black’s Central Heart of Africa . The Khedive’s aggressive Policy attracted a number of the European Adventurers Soldiers . The first of these was the Englishman Major General Sir Samuel White Baker who joined the OTTOMAN ARMY and fully participated in the invasion of Lado , and as a reward , became appointed by the Khedive of Ottoman as a Governor General and Ismail Pasha in Egypt , gave Baker the Administration of Lado as the First Foreign Governor General of Lado in 1871 which became and Renamed as Equatoria and was turned into a Province of Egyptian Sudan and hereby Baker started building the Town of Equatoria and retaining the Name of the Town as Lado Town yet . Is – mail though a Pasha under the Khedive of Ottoman Domain Empire Rule came out singularly to regard Lado as his own private Domain and called it finally , ” LADO – EQUATORIA PROVINCE OF EGYPT .

Present Misinformations on Equatoria

Todays Map of Equatoria shown in Red is the North part of Lado attached to South Sudan still in year 2011 .

South Sudan has been a Territory Land of the United Republic of Sudan before it got its Independence from the Republic of Sudan which is now split into two States as : North and South Independent States in 2011 . But as Lado was and still is Occupied Territory , part of North Lado ” Equatoria Lado ” is still attached to the Newly carved out Independent State of South Sudan State making it look like / or as Lado doesn’t Exist or better still to say , Equatoria / or Lado does not Exist . However , the Occupiers of Lado may pretend so , it is hereby to note that Lado and South Sudan are not synonym forming one State as many people are made to think or believe . South Sudan is Independent now , Lado – Equatoria is still on its Roadway to its Independence .

Here , below , is shown the Map of Equatoria ( Which is North Lado shown in Red and divided into three Provinces as ( West , Central and East Equatoria ) attached to the Newly Carved Country of South Sudan , from 2011 . Note : The Name Equatoria is what the OTTOMANS Renamed Lado to be called under the Administration of Governor General Major General Sir Samuel White Baker who was Ruling Lado for the Ottoman Empire , meaning Lado was under the Ottoman Supreme Authority exercising its Sovereignty over Lado, —- it is Lado that is Equatoria / or Equatoria is Synonym of Lado . In the Newly South Sudan State , these Provinces as West , Central and East are just the Re- designed Names to suit and to Confuse the General Public Readers of not to think of Lado Decolonisation Process Issues which is still going on . The truth is that these are merely the Regions of Lado as said back before which are :

1. KINETI REGION OF LADO with ” AKU AMBO ” / or CAPITAL TOWNS , ( KAPOETA – TORIT ) ,

2. ROHLI REGION OF LADO with ” AKU AMBO ” / or CAPITAL TOWN , ( YAMBIO ) ,

3. YEI REGION OF LADO with ( AKU AMBO / or CAPITAL TOWN , ( JUBA ) .

All the three parts mentioned above constitute the North Lado Regions of Lado Kingdom State in Africa still . As long as the Social Entity Population People of Lado are still Intact in Lado plus those outside as Refugees and as Stateless Persons , they are making sure that Lado gets its Independence and Freedom in the Mother Continent Africa , that is whether the Anglo/ Americans Like it or not . It is the Legal Rights just like Other Social Entities to be Free and Independent on this Globe Earth , whether these Social Entities are in American , Europe , Asia , in Africa or elsewhere in Heaven or Hell dimensions if ever these dimensions real exist —— , it makes No difference . Freedom is of / for All and is Observed for All . The Ladoans want to be FREE , let them be free to choose what is best for them like Others do for themselves . This is what Great Britain , ( GB ) and United States of America , ( USA ) who are considered to be / or they consider themselves to be so as the Champions of Democracy on this Planet Earth have to Perceive the Problems at least then of and for The Independence Issues of Lado which was opened and is going on since from 1947 till todate . Why is Lado not Independent in Africa ?

The Attached Map of NORTH LADO shown or indicated in Red Colours to the carved out SOUTH SUDAN from NORTH SUDAN which were previously only one United State Country : as the UNITED REPUBLIC OF SUDAN before 2011 :

File:SSudan-Equatoria.png

 

The History lines of the Native ” Sudan ” Black Africans Struggle against the Foreign Invaders

Yes , earlier on , Egyptians , had become / became the Property of a handful of extremely Enterprising and Greedy International Adventurers , ( of the Arabs and the Europeans ) under the controll of the Ottoman Empire . They levied such heavy taxes on the people ( both in cash and in kind ) and robbed the Populations to such an extent that a wave of uprisings against the Europeans and the Ottoman / European – Egyptian rule soon swept all to drive away these Land Seizures and Torchers of the Huma People .

A German National who was Governor General of Darfur Slatin Pasha wrote in his account : ” For over 60 years the Sudan had belonged to the Turks ( Ottomans ) and Egyptians . True , during this period there had been cases when some Tribes ( the Black Native Populations ) had refused to pay Tribute , for which they had been punished , but nobody had yet dared to rebel against the Country’s Authorities or declare actual War on them . But now a Beggar , an unknown ” fakir or ( hermit ) – a Poor man ” with a handful of hungry , poorly armed adherents appeared in every corner parts of the Black Lands and was winning one Victory after another . That’s how the Native Black / or Sudan People started , organised themselves to fight off what to them were the invaders of their Lands.

The European Struggle amongst themselves to occupy Lands in East Sudan .

Having conquered Egypt , the British began to expand the Cotton plantations ; in the nineties , when work began on the construction of a big Reservoir near Aswan . In light of this , the British decided to gain a foothold in the Region of the Nile sources and annihilate the Sudan ( the Black Lands – Territories ) at all costs . France also sought possession of the Nile sources and the Anglo – French contest in the Partition of Africa reached a new pitch of intensity . On the one hand , the French wanted to fortify their position in Ethiopia ( that is to say , the Region of the Blue Nile sources ) , where they had acquired considerable influence over the new Negus , Menelik . On the other hand , while gaining a foothold in the West and Central Sudan , they also intended to spread their influence to the East Sudan , that is to say , to the Regions of the White River Nile sources . The French expansion in East and West Africa forced the British to speed up their campaign against the East Sudan Regions .

Britain had to thwart / prevent the French plans

The British planned to use other Powers ( Other European Nations ) in their fight against the French . They supported the Italians in the struggle against French expansion in Ethiopia . Italy , a Weak State at the time , offered no threat to Britain , who readily exploited Italian – French differences to prevent French expansion in Ethiopia . Britain on the other hand encouraged Belgian expansion from the direction of the Congo ( Congo Free State ) to reach to take over Lado in Sudan Central Africa as Belgium was already fully at War with Lado which started from 1879 ( This War lasted for 10 years up to 1889 whereby the King / or Agofe of Lado , KARANGA / or GENERAL Ayingani Ajua was killed in the War on 7th March 1887 ) . The Presence of Belgium / or the Belgians to take Lado was a Positive thing for Britain then as it was in the British Plans to counter-poise the French Presence in the Region of the White River Nile sources to bring Lado under French Authority . This logic offered Belgium under its King Leopold II to end up the War with Lado and better he thought ; was less costly to him in terms of Human Loses on Both Sides as he may have the need for Human services in the far Lands of Africa under him . King Leopold then Ordered his Belgian Army to Stop fighting and sent his Military Delegation to go to Wadelai in Lado to meet the Lado Military Commandant to sign an Agreement for a Peaceful Cooperation between Belgium and Lado and whereby it was Agreed by the King of Belgium that , Belgium Authority accepted respecting the Sovereignty Crown of Lado . The Treaty was signed on 28th September 1892 by the two Military Commandants of both Lado and Belgium . The British happily so of their Plans in supporting King Leopold over Lado to thwart / or Prevent the French Plans of taking Lado , then , recognised and called Lado or referred to Lado as an ” Enclave Country ” under Belgium King Leopold II in 1894 , ( Observing and Following Article 6 of the Berlin Treaty of 26th February 1885 ) .

On the other hand , while between 1893 and 1894 , the Italians , having gained a foothold in Eritrea ( on the Red Sea coast ) , invaded the North parts of East Sudan and took over Kassala whereby too the British applauded and gave their support to the Italians for taking up Kassala and having not left it to be taken by the French . In 1895 , the Italians started another War this time against Ethiopia , which evoked a big upsurge of Patriotic feelings in the Area / Region Country of Ethiopia . The Ethiopean People rallied their Forces to repel the Italians and defeated them near Adua on March 1 , 1896 . Ethiopia was helped in this War by France and Russia , particularly by France , who after the War , strengthened her influence in that Region . Here , by Double Crossing the Italians , the British refused to help the Italians against the Ethiopians as the Britsh were not keen of Controlling the source of the Blue Nile River from Ethiopia . The British by this time were yet interested in Controlling the River White Nile flow course only , the route which was through Lado from the bolt source point , being Lake Ombizako ( Lake Albert ) in Lado . Discarding away the Italians , The British instead , in 1904 , Signed the Treaty of the 8th April 1904 with France whereby France undertook a commitment before Britain to adopt a neutral attitude over the question of Lado , meaning that when Britain is in war with Lado , France was not to help her against Britain in return for the British withdrawl from Moroco in favour of France .

RESTITUITION ISSUE OF LADO AND KASSALA TO BRITAIN BY BELGIUM AND ITALY

Both Belgium and Italy Militarily Weak Countries to Britain , came to be / or were Double Crossed by Britain and under the British Military Intimidations , Belgium had to Restituite Lado / or ” the so called Lado Enclave Territory ” and Kassala in Sudan by the Italians to Britain by the Relative Treaties they were forced to sign with Britain in 1906 . Italy signed the Treaty on 30th December 1906 . For the other European Countries , the same kind of Treaty was concluded in 1907 , with German , Portugal and Russia not to come for assistence to Lado , in particular , incase Lado was / is at War with Britain . As Britain promised Morocco for France and so did Iran for Russia and that is how both Russia and France withdrew themselves or lost Interest into coming to take over and assist Lado against Britain .

Chronological / or the Sequential Periods of Events in Sudan ( East Sudan ) and Particularly in the Sudan Central Africa where Lado is :

1821 : The initial Ottoman efforts in penetrating East Sudan – The Ottoman / or Turco – Egyptian conquest of Sudan – ( Sudan was known to them as the Black Land Areas or Territories – South of the Sahara Desert by the Arabs since 700 b.c when Egypt was conquered by the Arabs / or somtimes better known as the Persians coming from the Continent of Asia and converting Egypt into an Islamic Country ) – was to unify what they called small insignificant Independent Black African or Sudan villages under the Ottoman Empire .

1840 : Captain Salim Bey, the Ottoman Egyptian first occupied Areas along the Nile up to Gondokoro , near Juba in Lado , whereby , the whole of the Bahr al-Ghazal Regions in the South Sudan of today were invaded and Occupied by Turco – Egyptian Forces .

1869 – 1871 :  The Heart of the Sudan Central Africa was Invaded by the joint Forces from Britain , France , Italy , Austria and the United States of America and together with Ottoman – Turco Egyptian forces ; conquered and occupied this Sudan Central African Region of the Basins of the River Congo and the River Nile which is inhabited by the so called Sudanic / or Black People of Lado who freed themselves from Egypt and moved away and settled in this River Basins calling their Territory as the Kingdom Area / or ” KAARI OF LADO IN THEIR LANGUAGE ” . When the Invaders got the whole of the Area under them as Occupied Territory  , They , later renamed it EQUATORIA and left it to be Administered by Egypt as Lado – Equatoria Province of Egypt under the Sovereignty of Ottoman ( Turkish ) Empire . The Khedive of Egypt , Ismail Pasha then gave to the recommended Fighter by the Sovereign of OTTOMAN EMPIRE which was Paying him ( his Salary ) , Major General Sir Samuel White Baker , a British National , for the Administration of Lado , to be exact on 26th May in 1871 Lado became and to be known in the renewed Name as EQUATORIA and became reduced to a PROVINCE LEVEL thus becoming the Equatorial Province of Egyptian Sudan and hereby General Sir Samuel White Baker started building the city of Lado for Ismail Pasha like that of the Modern European City as was preferred to him , Ismail Pasha . But Governor General Sir Samuel White Baker found it Hard to Rule the People of Lado who continuously waged their Wars against him and at last got him expelled and He finally managed to escape from Lado in the end towards Uganda and never came back to Lado . The sameway , and in the same manner , later Governor Generals appointed in Lado , received the same Treatments from the Lado People waging always Wars to drive them out of Lado as they were considered Invaders of Lado . These Governor Generals were and always appointed with the consent of the Authority of the Sovereign Ottoman Empire :

This included in 1873 : General Sir Charles . G . Gordon who took over from Major – General Sir Samuel White Baker but stayed at Khartum as the Governor General of Sudan ( Egyptian Sudan ) without stepping in Lado as he was fully aware of the Attitude of the People of Lado towards the British and instead appointed an Italian National , Captain Romolo Gessi , as the Deputy or Vice Roy Governor General in Lado to represent him . Captain Romolo Gessi was a well know person to Sir Charles Gordon as one who fought with the British forces in the Crimean War ( 1854 – 1855 ) , where he first met General Charles George Gordon and they became good friends anyway from there . His assignment and as a well a good Military Officer made Gordon to nominate him to go to control Lado for him . Captain Gessi Romolo , who at least sympathised with the Ladoans as the Ladoan Chiefs openly told him that , Sir Samuel White Baker who was the first European Governor in Lado was a Ruthless , cattle Rustler only and unwanted Person therefore among the People of Lado . This is what Captain Romolo Gessi writes in his Diary memory while at Lado and in the Nile Valley Countries where he lived to write his expriences in his Diaries which were later released by his Son , Mr / or IL Signore Felice to be published as a book intitled : Seven Years in the Egyptian Sudan or as in Italian – intitled : ( Sette anni nel Sudan egiziano – Milano , 1891 ) after his Fathers death . When in Lado and in sevice for General Charles Gordon , Captain Gessi travelled to Khartum for Consultations with his Boss , Sir Charles Gordon in Khartum . At Khartum , Captain Romolo was only made to resign and never to come back again to Lado inspite of his effective good Services he rendered in a bit of harmony with Lado People whereby he fought with his Ladoan Soldiers trained by him , against the Arabs and some European Slave Traders who were causing havoc only on the Populations of Lado in Lado Areas . For his good Discipline Military conduct , he managed to regain and earned from the Ladoans , ( Lado People ) respect and trust to cooperate with him . Captain Romolo Gessi died arriving at Cairo in Egypt on his way back to Italy for medical treatments . Though he was believed to have fallen sick on his way to Khartum , his death issue became mysterious as it was found out that , not all his Diary Note books were recovered and that some of the Pages in the Note Books recovered where stripped off or removed from the Diaries . Suspiscion about his death sprang on the minds of his followers making them then , believe that , Captain Romolo who started to vave ambivalent relations with General George Godon in his two years as Deputy or Vice Governor of Lado from 1874 – 1876 , might have been Killed at Cairo in Egypt by his Enemies who didn’t like of his work done in the Nile Valley States of Africa and especially in Lado with the Lado People .

1876 – 1878 : Later after Captain Romolo Gessi ( Italian National ) , two United States of  America ( U.S.A ) Governor Generals came to Lado in 1876 – 1878 . The two Governor Generals were , Colonel Henry . G . Prost and Colonel Alexandra . A . Manson . They too failed to Rule Lado for United States of America , ( USA ) in the two years time they were in Lado .

1879 – 1889 : Lastly a German – Prussian National Governor General entered in Lado on the orders of and directly from the Khedive of the Ottoman Empire  . He was Dr Eduard Schnitzer nicknamed or who took out to be known as or called Emin Pasha as he turned out to be a Moslem and became the Governor General of Lado and was the luckiest to have ruled for 10 years for the Khedive of the Ottoman from 1879 – 1889 in the War zone Sudan Areas . It was in this same period of time when Lado was declared War on by Belgium from Congo Belgium side and the Wars in Egypt Sudan Territories between the Mahdists and Ottoman / Egyptian forces was also reaching its maximum peak nearby Lado , that , the Lado Headquarters was shifted to the extreme south of Lado to Wadelai in Bura Land by the the Lado People .  As Emin Pasha had no more contacts between the Khedive at Cairo in Egypt and he couLd not receive anymore assistances or orders directly from the Khedive of Ottomam , he became isolated , abbandoned to himself but only could now  rely on the People of Lado for his survival and he continued still to be the Governor – General of Lado with the Headquarters of Lado transferred to Wadelai at the extreem South in Bora Land of Lado . With the intensity of War between Lado and Belgium going on and the pressing War in the North Lado against the Lado People by the Arabs , made the Lado Soldiers to rebel , mutiny against Emin Pasha in the months of August to November 1888 whereby he was arrested , imprisoned at Dufile and accused of being a server to the Khedive of the Ottomans and especially being charged of serving  the European  interests , seen that Belgium was in the War battles with Lado   ;  but in the end , he was released and as he accepted to leave Lado to return to Europe thus ending his Administration Affairs in Lado for the Ottoman – Turco / Egyptian Sudan Khedive . He never gave or transfered Lado to no any other European Nation Powers to take over to Administer Lado anyway . After his depature , Fadhul – El – Mula Aga , a Six Feet tall Lugbara man of Lado who was then the Military Commandant stationed at Wadelai took over all the Administration Affairs and eventually would be the one to Sign in the end and on behalf of the Agofe of Lado for the Peaceful Agreement of the International Convention Recognitions between Lado and Belgium to end up the Ten , ( 10 years of the Wars fought between Belgium and Lado over the aimed occupation of Lado by Belgium ) on 28th September 1892 whereby Belgium agreed and recognised the Sovereign Status of Lado under the Agofe or King of Lado .

1881 : The Arabized Black Tribes in Sudan under their Spiritual Guide Leader Mahommed Ahmed in 1881- 1884 joined Lado ‘s War against the European – Ottoman / Turco – Egyptian government forces as mentioned above and to drive them away from the Sudan ( Black Region / Territory ) Lands .

1883 : Mohamed Ahmed ” al-Mahdi ” captured Al-Obeid in South Sudan of the Ottoman – Egyptian Sudan and from here began the era of building the Mahdi States of the North and South Sudan which was occupied predominately of the Arab descedents who settled in these Regions .

1885 : Mahdist forces continued northwards , captured Khartoum after a long seige ; British General Charles . G . Gordon who by then was the Governor of Sudan was killed . The Sudan States of North predominantly of Arab descent and South predominantly of the original Native Blacks became known as the two Mahdi States as : North and South Mahdi States , excluding Equatoria / Lado by then .

1885 : Al-Mahdi died ; the Khalifa Abdullahi took over to rule the Mahdi States .

1887 : Lado Land ( Country ) became Occupied by the Belgians in 1887 and lasted up to 1910 .

1892 : King Leopold of Belgium encouraged by Britain after Occupying Lado / Equatoria – Lado , pretended extending Belgium Administration up to Mongalla which was / is in South Sudan . However , following , the term Agreements of Berlin Treaty , the Equatoria – Lado ” Lado enclave ” became and was exclusively made and became part of the Belgian Congo under King Leopold II as his Personal Property when the French interviened in the South Sudan Areas / Territory Lands . The French forces under Major Marchand occupied Bahr – el – Ghazal , Mongalla and Western Upper Nile to Fashoda which were all forming the South Mahdi or South Sudan parts and by 1896 the French had an Administration in these areas lying North of Lado . ” This is the Territory Area in Sudan which actually today became in year 2011 and as Independent ” . The French did not touch Lado as Lado remained still , legally , according to the Berlin General Acts ( Berlin Treaty ) of 26 February 1885 under Belgium .

1896 : Belgians under Military intimidation by Britain agreed by a False Statement , ( Law fiction ) made by the British of the illegal term Leasing Lado to Belgium to release then Lado enclave under Belgium to British control when King Leopold of Belgium would die . But the real truth behind was only that Belgium was being used by Britain , being a Militarily Weak Country to face Britain was freely to take away Lado from Belgium : ” Both Belgium and Italy Militarily Weak Countries and under the British intimidation had to surrender or as the British put it ” To give back ” Kassala and Lado Enclave to Britain by the relative Treaties they were forced to sign with Britain in 1906 ” . Such a Treaty was concluded as said , also , with other European Countries later in 1907 : France , German , Portugal and Russia not to assisst Lado incase Lado was / is at war with Britain . As said before , Britain promised Morocco for France and Iran for Russia as the Conditions which the two Countries accepted from Britain and that is how both Russia and France withdrew themselves or lost interest into coming to take over and assist Lado against Britain .

1897 : The French Aims – The French forces from Djibouti set off across Ethiopia aiming , unsuccessfully , to link up with the Fashoda expeditionsandannex Southern Sudan to French West Africa . The ” Fashoda incident ” results from Marchand’s encounter with British forces . 1898 : Anglo / Egyptian forces led by General Kitchener overthrew the Mahdist State ( both North and South States ) in the battleofOmdurman . The two countries ( Britain and Egypt ) agreed to establish the Condominium Rule over North and South Mahdist States which later became known as : the Anglo / Egyptian Sudan .

1899 : The British and French Agreement – The Great Britain’s Condominium Agreement was signed which involved France . French agreed to withdraw from South Sudan . The Condominium became known as the ANGLO / EGPTIAN Condominium Territory which in future in 1956 will get its Independence and became the Unified / United Republic State of Sudan with the Sovereign Status under the Condominium of Britain and Egypt . ( Britain secreetly had Occupied Egypt in 1882 ) .

1904 : The second successful Treaty between Great Britain and France – Britain and France Signed the Treaty of the 8th April 1904 with France whereby France undertook a commitment before Britain to adopt a neutral Attitude over the question of Lado , meaning that when Britain is in war with Lado , France was not to help her against Britain in return for the British withdrawl from Moroco in favour of France .

1908 : Wad Haboba uprising in the Gezira against the Anglo / Egyptians but never lasted .

1910 : Belgium’s King Leopold died ; the Lado enclave was falsely added to British Administration after twenty – one years of fierce fighting to oust the Foreign Invaders and the Belgians , who had remained with the British to share Lado between them though , Belgium recognised Lado as a Sovereign State in its own rightbacking Treaty of 28th September in 1892 , decided to withdraw their troops . To accomplish their mission , infact , Britain Made another False Document as said before , presented to Belgium in 1894 , this time , in 1896 , adding that Britain had actually Leased Lado to Belgium ( Specifically to the King Leopold II of Belgium ) – ” a contract granting use or occupation of Lado for a specific period of time by King Leopold II ” and later Lado would have to be returned / or reverted to Britain after the King’s Death . This trickish method procedures imposed by Britain over Belgium favoured only the refusing to let go of Britain’s Precious Conquest of Lado since Britain could not own Lado by any other Legal means or on the Battlefield and after several failed attempts to Force or Bribe the Kings of Lado , like His Majesty / AGOFE / KING , H.M / or CULU Ayingani Ajua , H.M Anacleto Atobua and more later still would want to force in 1962 , the Present King AGOFE / KING ) H.M / or CULU John Bart Agami Onzima II to hand over the Sovereignty of Lado to the British Crown . Therefore only , Britain resorted to its Military Might and cheating , in using the false Lease Contract Terms imposed on Belgium to give another interpretation of the 28th September 1892 Treaty Agreement between Belgium and Lado knowing that they ( Belgians ) were bound by the Paris Treaty , the Berlin Treaty and the Vienna Convention to side with Britain in the Question of the Colonies and the Partition of the African Continent . However , in the light of all these intricasies , the People of Lado ( Ladoans in Lado ) , at least formally , though not practically know that , Belgium is still Responsible for the present day Occupation of Lado .

The Flags of Belgium and Britain used over Lado 

BELGIUM COAT OF ARMS AND FLAG OVER LADO :

 

 

BRITISH FLAG INDEPENDENTLY AND IN AGREEMENT

WITH BELGIUM USED OVER LADO :

The significance of the Blue Colours and of the Yellow Cross and Stars in the Flags The Coat of Arms is the copy of the flag with the personal Coat of Arms of King Leopold II . The Blue Colour and the Yellow Stars are directly inspired by the Congolese Flag , so reminding the link with the Independent State of Congo . They are combined with St Andrew’s Cross , or Cross of Burgundy , in memory of the Company of Oostende which financed the first Belgian Colonial Expeditions . It is to notice that neither this Coat of Arms , nor the Flag , were officially recognized , not even that of the British Flag over Lado Enclave were recognised Internationally . These Flags stood out to be mere covert / hidden designed Flags to present to deceive People and were never fixed permanently anywhere on the soil Land Territory Areas of Lado with exception only of the Permission given to Belgium , ( BUT NOT OF THE GREAT  BRITAIN ‘ S FLAG ) following the Treaty Convention Signed between Lado and Belgium on 28th September 1892 ; whereby finally Lado allowed Belgium Flag to be hoisted at Wadelai on the date of 29th September 1892 , which was the Capital of Lado by then . Lado Nation – State and People Still Intact As said before : ” It should still be known to a few that Lado has remained intact as a Nation and a People inside the old Borders in spite of the joint Occupation by Britain and Belgium since 1947 and Legally , though , it was still the Ottoman Empire which was responsible for the Occupation of Lado , even after the Break – up of the Ottoman Empire , which became the Republic of Turkey by the Lausanne Agreement of 24 July 1923 . In reality , Lado still is withstanding Foreign Occupations as such and till now in the 21st Centuary and the Lado People are still fighting over their Land on the Issue of Independence and Sovereignty Rights in this Water Shade Region of Africa known as Lado – The Heart of Africa ” .

Lado Enclave Issue in Sudan Central Africa and of the Decolonisation Issue in this Water Shed Region of Africa still pending till todate in the Period of 3000 a.d .

As usual and in Great Britain’s / or in the British Government’s direction of their Political Foreign Policy , in a False Statement to the rest of the World to know , Britain issued and continues still to preach in a wrong direction of their Political Education propaganda for people to know that , ” The Lado Enclave Territory in Africa was Leased to King Leopold II as a Personal Private Land Territory on consent for his lifetime by Great Britain ” , and with this ( King Leopold II ‘s death in 1910 ) , the Lado Enclave was to be returned to the British Control by Belgium Government . Basing their , ( Britain / British Governments reasonings ) on this false Political propaganda , Britain / or the British Governments in their tentatives , blocked , block in all discussions and are still blocking the Independence issue of Lado in Sudan Central Africa and making especially Belgium and now of other European Countries who become their Allies in European Union , ( EU ) not even to utter and make them to refuse to hear the Name Lado in any Diplomatic Corridors when it comes about of Lado ‘ s  issues to be raised for its Independence discussions in Africa .

Why all this Hatred for Lado and its People by Britain ?

The Reason may be , there was and there has been No Single Black African Country who immediately asked any of their Colonial Masters to give its Independence with exception of LADO who did so in 1947 amongst all of the Black Africans , since from 1946 when the United Nations Organisation was formed and the question of Independences giving to all Colonial Countries in the World was Established in the United Nations Organisation’s , ( U.N.O ‘s ) Agenda : ” That the Colonialists had by all means to prepare the Colonial Countries and in the end give them their Independences and Sovereign Rights , in accordance to Articles 1 and 73 of the UN Charter of 26 June 1945 ” . It seems Britain never liked the Idea of Lado raising the Issue of Lado Independence as Lado Legally was not Properly Colonised in Africa ( Sudan Central Africa ) by one Single State Member of the Countries who Attended and Participated in the Berlin Conference of 25th February 1885 for the Colonisation of the African Territories and Peoples . Britain realised , realises till todate and in Legal Notions and knows perfectly well that , having not properly Colonised Lado way back from 1871 till todate , Lado is actually Independent and Sovereign State in the Heart of Africa . In a Political camouflage Britain still uses its Powers as a Permanent Member of the United Nations not to allow Lado to have its Seat as a Member of the United Nations at New York in United States of Ameerica . This is the Secret behind , of Britain’s / or the British Hatred of the Sudanic People of Lado ; it pains them ( the British ) in considering Lado to be regarded Independent , Sovereign State with its People in Africa . It is well known for example that , all the Black Independent African Countries which received their given Independences , that is ” from Ghana in 1957 till to the recent South Sudan in 2011 ” , may be are Independent and have their Memberships Seats granted to them as United Nation Members of the existing World organised Body of today , UN ;  but in reality these Countries are not Sovereigns at all in the Continent of Africa . To have been Independent they were / or their Leaders who were or are called Presidents / or Prime Ministers now , were made secretly to sign once again like was done by the Chiefs of the Past Kingdoms  in Africa , giving away their Land Territories / or Land Countries to be Colonial Countries ( c.f : it was the Berlin Treaty of 26 February 1885 which was the Legal Instrument followed by the Colonialists as they designed it , and is still followed for African Affairs anyway ) , to be still under the Sovereignty of the Big Powers , ” their Colonialist Masters ” who have given them the so called only Independences to be Independent in Africa . No Black African Country is a Sovereign Power in Africa anyway as much as is known , may be with exception perhaps of the few Countries which are not Members of the Organisations like that of British Commonwealth .

Futher explaination as an example of the Term introduced as Commonwealth Countries by Great Britain :

They ( the African Leaders before giving them Independences to their Countries ) were made to sign and infact to remain , under the Great Britain and Northern Ireland’s Political and the Diplomatic Chief of State who is the Queen / or King of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and automatically is the SOVEREIGN – HEAD OF STATE of these African Countries too in Africa . In Short to say , Independent or No Independent , nothing has Changed for these African People and their Countries as such in the World International Politics play games till todate . No wonder Britain Hates Lado to be known and referred as Independent , Sovereign State in Africa without the Consent / or Approval of Great Britain . As they , the British say : Lado will wake up the other Sleeping African Dogs , remains still Britain’s Motion to use against Lado Independence and Freedom in the Heart of Africa . Discussions of Lado Issues with Neigbouring Countries : Sudan ( both North & South Independent so called of in Sudan in 2011 ) , Democratic Republic of Congo / former Zaire and Uganda 1. Republic of the Sudan States : North & South Independent States in 2011 as an Issue over Lado : To begin with and in the first place , in writing here , the Official Name of the State of Lado , the State Kingdom of Lado , being talked about is bordered by Sudan : North and South Sudan States to the North , by Ethiopia and Kenya to the North – East , by Uganda to the East , by D R Congo / former Zaire to the West and by the Central African Republic to the North – West . And the Name Lado is the correct Identity of the People of Lado .

The Map of Lado ,( cf : The Historic Map of Lado in Africa )  long since established on the World Maps in its Geographyical position to Neighbouring Country States surrounding it as  the Map of the Lado Enclave  —  ( The Term Enclave was Introduced by Great Britain in 1894 to describe Lado as different Territory to its Neighbouring Countries surrounding it , imposing the Term on Belgium and other European Colonial Countries to accept it , Lado as being an Enclave in Africa  ) .

See  Lado as , like , the HEART appearing  in the Maps below then  

 Map of Africa showing Treaty Boundaries, 1891 Print

 

File:Africa 1909, Edward Hertslet (Lado enclave, detail).jpg

The Lado Enclave in the World’s  Popular Culture :

Although the Lado Enclave at times considered to be a small, remote area in Central Africa , the Enclave captured the imagination of world Leaders and Writers ; world over . Lord Kitchener the once British Governor General of Anglo / Egyptian – Sudan State Condominium ( Todays seperated States of North and South Sudan in year  2010 ) travelled to Lado for hunting , so did Sir Wilson Spencer Churchill , the one time ,  British Prime Minister and Theodor  Teddy Roosvelt who was also one time , the President of the United States of America , ( USA ) as already said or pin pointed out in my writings here . One must not forget that Lado was first and fully Colonised by Belgium where by then ,  Belgium appointed the Congo Free State and Belgian Military Commandants in Ruling Lado as Belgian Colony in Sudan central Africa and repeatedly saying , these were the Congo Belgiums Military Commandants and their known Governor Generals ruling over Lado  from 1897 :

17 February 1897 – November 1897 : Louis Napoléon Chaltin ,

November 1897 – 15 December 1898 : Léon Charles Edouard Hanolet ,

15 December 1898 1 May 1900 : Jean Baptiste Josué Henry de la Lindi ,

1 May 1900 – March 1902 : Louis Napoléon Chaltin (Second time)  ,

March 1902 – January 1903 : Léon Charles Edouard Hanolet (Second time) ,

January 1903 – 24 March 1904 : Georges François Wtterwulghe ,

24 March 1904 – 1904 : Florian Alexandre François Wacquez Acting for Wtterwulghe to 8 May 1904 ,

1904 May – 1907 :  Ferdinand , baron de Rennette de Villers-Perwin Acting to August 1906 .

The  Military Beligium Commandants of the Lado Enclave :

1900 – Jan 1903 : Gustave Ferdinand Joseph Renier (s.a.) ,

Jan 1903 – Aug 1903 : Albéric Constantin Édouard Bruneel ,

Aug 1903 – Mar 1905 : Henri Laurent Serexhe ,

Mar 1905 – Jan 1908 : Guillaume Léopold Olaerts ,

Jan 1908 – Apr 1909 : Léon Néstor Preud’homme ,

Apr 1909 – 1910 : Alexis Bertrand ,

1910 – Jun 1910 : Charles Eugène Édouard de Meulenaer .

THE REAL BORDERS AND REGIONS OF LADO 

The following are the Regions of Lado Kingdom :

ITURI REGIONS – ( Bordered by Democratic Republic of Congo / former Zaire to the West ) ,

NILE REGION – ( Bordered by Uganda to the East ) ,

TORIT REGION – ( Bordered by Sudan / South Sudan inclusive , Ethiopia , Kenya , and Uganda to the North – East ) ,

UELE REGION – ( Bordered by Democratic Republic of Congo / former Zaire and Central African Republic / CAR to the North–West ) ,

YEI REGION – ( Bordered by Sudan / South Sudan and Central African Republic / CAR to the North and North–West ) .

ROHLI REGION – ( Bordered by Sudan / South Sudan and Central African Republic / CAR to the North and North West )

Map indicating Lado Enclave , Occupied by King Leopold II of Belgium and as a Seperate Territory from his Previous Congo Free Stat 

Different Foreign Names given to call Lado by the Colonialists as the Occupied Territory by them

The Colonial Writings referred and still refer to Lado Kingdom by different names as it suited or suits their purposes and time , as : Equatoria , Lado Enclave , West Nile , Haut Nil , North – east of Congo , Southern or South Sudan etc — etc – . The Turco/Egyptian Colonialists called it : The Equatoria Province of Egypt , The British ( at one time ) called it Lado Enclave, while the Belgians called it Haut Nil . And now , the Foreign Occupying Administrations give different names to Lado Kingdom as to what they wish to get after the Partition of Lado Kingdom : in Uganda as West Nile / or North – west of Uganda , in South Sudan today as the West , Central and East Equatoria of South Sudan , and in Congo as North – east of D R Congo . An Objective , the Lado Political Authorities have ever been fighting and are still fighting for tooth and Nail without any rest , day in day out till todate .

Was or has there been or is there Lack of Information on Lado Kingdom ?

It is not true that there was or there is no Information on / about Lado Kingdom in Africa but the damn true fact is that , it seems , most of the African People and especially the African Politicians , or the Educated Africans , do not notice anything unless it appears for them on BBC or American Radio / Television ( T V ) net works . Yes , unfortunately Lado Politics is not being done through the BBC or the CNN , for a number of reasons which can not be discussed here yet in this Hard_talk message discussion on Lado . But still the Lado People are using their Time , Brains , and Sacrifice as much as they can of their resources for Lado . It cannot be done by sitting and waiting for somebody to give them Money to be an Independent and Sovereign State . In one way , many of the Africans who are seen , or regard themselves as Politicians or Scholars or Elites should have kept open eyes , open ears , open minds to look back into the past on the question of Lado in Africa , which in many occasions they do not think of that in their political discussions when it comes on Lado Issues brought into picture to see , to talk on and of . So , lack of information of or about Lado , is because a few only care about Lado and for the rest Lado is not important as they don’t receive Money . Yet these many people in Africa and elsewhere on this World know that this Region in the Heart of Africa , Lado (most times remembered / or known as ( EQUATORIA ) has a Political Conflict unsolved since the Juba Conference in 1947 . In Africa , this Lado information has already been forwarded even to the African Leaders of the Countries surrounding Lado by the Lado Executive Political Office – THE GREEN BUREAU– headed by the living present Agofe / King His Majesty or Culu , John Bart Agami Onzima II of the State Kingdom of Lado , that , the Political Solution to the question of Lado , is the getting of Independence of Lado from Belgium and Britain . And this is being done and better to do it through Peaceful Political Negotiations to avoid any more Bloodsheds in the Mother Continent of Africa or in the World Political Affairs . And even all Liberation Movements and their Armies in Africa have been informed that Lado would like to reach such Political solution in her Region Area / Country , ( Lado ) through Peaceful means .

The Lado Political Strategy

In order to grasp the Lado Political System , a quick glances at the Political Stepping Stones to Lado’s present difficulties in the Basin of the River Nile and River Congo – Watershed of Africa is Required . The Sudan ( hereby is refering to the Sudan State and including the newly carved out of South Sudan country in 2011 out of the United Republic of Sudan State which became Independent from Britain and Egypt in 1956 ) as an Issue over Lado .

a )  In 1927 , the British Governor General of Sudan by then , from 31 October 1926 to 10 January 1934 : Sir John Loader Maffey , Governor-General , recommended that , in order to occupy and colonise the Africans / Peoples of Lado , such as the Sudanic people of Lado , their Political Leaders ( the Agofe / or King , the Opi – Drikulu / or Head Chiefs , the Opi -i / or Chiefs , Kaari-i / or Statesmen- women and their Barui-i / or Families ) have to be killed or exterminated in Lado .

b )  And indeed , the British Governments accepted and took this Policy seriously and practised it and are practising it in the State of Lado Kingdom till now todate as Lado still remains under their control . This in return for Lado , slowed down and still slows down the struggle for the Independence of Lado since 1947 . The Lado Political Authorities Concerned , had all the time to make sure that and even up to now have to make sure that , they are not exterminated . So , various methods of work had / and has still to be done to minimise the chances of getting easily assassinated . If a ruling Agofe / King of Lado and for example dies , there is already another prepared one to take over for the Defence of Lado .

c )  In 1947 , Juba Conference was held , which was chaired by the Chief Secretary of Anglo / Egyptian Sudan ( North Sudan , South Sudan united as one State ) and the State of Lado ( Lado Enclave / Haut Nil ) . The Juba Conference of 1947 , was to determine the case of the Independence of Lado , of which , what you now call Equatoria in Sudan or South Sudan is a part , by the Cairo Agreement of 19 January 1899 and the Agreement of 13 December 1906 . By then , this part was not occupied by Britain . It was clear that Lado was to be Independent and Sovereign State . Lado was not and Lado is not a part of North Sudan or Southern called South Sudan State at all . However , in the same year of April 1947 , the issue of Lado was then raised at the United Nations / UN for the Independence of Lado . Belgium and Britain became the two Joint Administering Countries of Lado . But they never prepared Lado ( Article 73 of U.N ) to be an Independent and Sovereign State . Instead , on 14 April 1948 , the Prime Minister of Lado Colonel Anacleto Atobua who was being prepared as an Agofe , was assassinated by the British Authorities ; in the period of ( the Labour Government of the Rt . Hon . Clemente Richard Atlee , the British Prime Minister by then ) .

TORIT Massacres of 1955 in EQUATORIA / LADO On 1 January 1956 ,

The Anglo/Egyptian Sudan got Independence under the name of Sudan , from Britain and Egypt . But all the preparations for the Independence of Lado was stopped by the British Authorities ; and the British hurried to give the Independence of Anglo / Egyptian Sudan after the Torit Massacres of August 1955 and thereby ignored the fact that , there were / and there are still Four States in the Nile Valley Basin Region : LADO , SOUTH SUDAN , NORTH SUDAN , and EGYPT . While the People of South Sudan did not object to the inclusion of its Land and People to North Sudan , the people of Lado ( Equatoria ) protested and this was clearly demonstrated by the Liberation War the Lado people of Torit Region , Yeyi Region , and Rholi Region fought . This War was known as the ANYANYA Warin Lado / Equatoria , from ( 1955 – 1972 ) . It was a War of Lado Liberation under Rev . Fr Saturnino Lokure ( Luhure ) a citizen of Lado , who was assassinated on 7 June 1967 . Major General Joseph Lagu of Madi Tribe ( Lado ) was the Military Officer in charge of the Military Affairs by then .

The Kokora Policy

President , General Jaafar Nimeeri of the Republic State of Sudan by then ( North Sudan and South Sudan united ) , after the Peace Agreement of 27 March 1972 signed in Addis Ababa , in Ethiopia between the Ladoans of Equatoria Region and Sudan State Government , introduced the Policy of trying to solve Lado Affairs and Sudan in the Region in a such away , the Lado Region of Equatoria was finally to be separated from that of South Sudan . This is what is locally termed and widely known in Sudan ( both North and South ) and Lado as Kokora Policy . The New Boundary followed the Colonial Boundaries between Lado and Southern Sudan , by the Cairo Agreement of January 1899 which is still valid till todate Lado being under Great Britain and Belgium Occupations . Lado is not yet Independent in the Continent of Africa . And so , from that Agreement , the Ladoans who signed the Addis Ababa Agreement of 27 March 1972 with the Government of Sudan State were taking yet , one step at a time , in order to reach the State Affairs of the Lado Political Authority when the issue of Lado could have reached a Final Solution to the Independence of Lado Kingdom in the Heart of Sudan Central Africa as such . Accordingly so , what is called East , Central and West Equatoria in Sudan or in South Sudan State now , is the North part of Lado Kingdom .

In brief to say , is that : East , Central and West Equatoria are the Occupied zones of North Lado ( Lado Land ) , now placed , under this newly carved out South Sudan State – Country in 2011 out of the ; note of the – ” Master Work , Blue Prints of Political Affairs to deal with over Lado Issues ” by the Big Anglo / Americans in the Heart of Africa to hide the Struggling efforts of Lado Indepedence issue . The Anglo / Americans do not want and hate LADO to exist .

Reasons behind the Kokoro Policy – The Dark sides of Events over Lado in the Sudan / Anglo Condominium :

Lado Enclave stretching South – west from Juba to the Nile-Congo divide was Administered by the Belgians until 1910 when Lado was placed or transferred illegally to be under the Rule of Anglo / Egyptian Sudan Condominium rule from 1912 , forced by Britain in Partitioning Lado . The North part of Lado was cut off , placed under the Condominium while the South – West being left under Congo to please the Belgium Authority and the South – East ceded to be Administered by the East Africa British Uganda Protectorate . Meaning Lado was Partitioned by Britain into three ( 3 ) parts :

1. North Lado attached to Sudan , todays ( North and South Sudan States ) ;

2. South Lado but partitioned once again into two : South-west of Lado given to be under Belgium Congo , South – East under the British East Africa Uganda Protectorate . The British Aim / Objective was that Lado Kingdom eventually would be completely destroyed when Independence would come to be given to the three Countries of Sudan ( 1956 became Independent ) , Congo ( 1960 became Independent ) and Uganda ( 1962 became Independent ) . That way they ( the British ) , politically thought , Lado people ( as also of minimised Black African Peoples in general of lower or inferior thinking minds by them , especially in Political Affairs of or in the World Political Affairs ) would never care of being a State or Kingdom State anymore but would have surrendered to be Ruled / or be under Authority of their Satellite Countries of Sudan , Congo and Uganda , ruling / administering Lado Lands and the Lado People for them . These Partition spheres of Lado were established by 1903 and were incorporated in the Sudan Government Missionary Regulations (1905 ) by which even the Church Missions in Africa – Sudan Central Africa created by these Western European Missionaries were bound not to conduct evangelism in Northern Sudan of much more Arab / Moslem-Islam influence , or to establish any Mission Stations North of the 10th parallel ( i.e. north of Malakal ) . The Spheres Policy continued to apply throughout the Condominium period though it became more precise and more complex as the Christians Church Mission work extended and as their New Church Missions entered Sudan or the Black Regions Land of Africa including the Sudan Central Africa – Lado .

In 1963 , within Southern Sudan ( North part of Lado under the Sudan Rule ) , a Guerilla Army ( for Liberation of Equatoria / Lado ) called the ( Anyanya ) was formed . The formation of the Anyanya marks the commencement / beginning of a Nine ( 9 ) year Civil war that engulfed most parts of Southern Sudan then to be Liberated . The Main Aim for Ladoans was to liberate North Part of Lado from the Republic of Sudan Rule by the Ladoans . Many of the Sudanese Black Tribes peoples of the South Sudan ( which were originally of Mahdists State and which later came to be absorbed into being of Anglo / Egyptian Condominium : these are  the Dinka , Shilluk , Jo Luo , Nuer , Acholi / or all of them of as descendents of Luo Groupings in Africa and normally described by the British History Writers / or by the other Western European Writers as the Nilotics in distinguishing them from Major Luu Groupigs of Lado described by the same European History Writers as the Sudanic Race or kind of People of Africa ) joined the Ladoans of the Equatoria to fight the Khartum discriminative Administration of and against all the Blacks of the South Regions and mainly of the Christian Faith Beliefs of the Sudan State which was mainly in the hands of the White / or Brown Coloured Arab origines in the North of Sudan State .

In 1964 ,  and that is after Independence of the Sudan from 1956 , the Missionaries in the South areas of Sudan were expelled . But already the Opposition to the Government was hardening . In exile in Zaire / Congo , a number of Ladoan and Sudanese Politicians including a Catholic Priest , Father Saturnino Lahure / or Lukure ( a Ladoan ) had already in 1962 formed the Sudan African Closed Districts National Union ( SACONU ) , which took its name from the re-imposition of the Old Condominium Closed Districts in the South . The following year , it moved its Headquarters to South – East of Lado which was under Uganda independent then holding South – East Administration of Lado to Kampala in Uganda and changed its name to the Sudan African National Union ( SANU ) .

In 1969 , an Officer’s coup in Sudan ended a confused and acrimonious period of civilian Rule whereby the Army Officer General Jaafar Nimeiri emerged as the leader of the new Military regime , and was to hold on to Power despite a number of coups that came close to toppling him , until April 1985 . As Sudan Northern politics , under Military control , were gaining more direction and Authority , so the Rebel movement , the Anyanya in the south was becoming more cohesive and effective under the dynamic leadership of Colonel Joseph Lagu ( a Ladoan of Madi Tribe in Lado ) .

The time was Right and Ripe for an attempt at Conciliation / Arbitration to end the War between the Equatoria Lado and the Sudan State .

During the summer of 1971 , the World Council of Churches and the All Africa Conference of Churches , sought to bring the two sides together ( Equatoria / LADO and the former Sudan Anglo / Egyptian Condominium ) . A conference was arranged in Addis Ababa between the representatives of the Khartoum Government ( led by Abel Alier , Southern Dinka , who was Nimeiri’s Minister for Southern Affairs ) and Representatives of the Lado / or Equatoria Lado Liberation Movement in the South Sudan ( Political Wing of the Anyanya ) . An Agreement was signed at the end of the Conference , known as the ( KOKORA POLICY ) on February 27th March 1972 , leading to the Regional Self-Government Act for the Southern Provinces , including the attached the North part of Lado Equatoria to South Sudan by the British Authorities in the pre – Independence Ruling of Sudan by the Sudan Anglo / Egyptian Condominium Rule . The Ladoans who signed the Addis Ababa Agreement of 27 March 1972 with the Government of Sudan State were taking , one step at a time , in order to reach the State Affairs of the Lado Political Authority when the issue of Lado could reach a Final Solution to the Independence of Lado Kingdom in the Heart of Sudan Central Africa as such . The substantial self-Government accorded to the South by this Agreement enabled the South to enjoy ten years of relative Peace though these years definately were marked by Political instability and wrangling , and deep division between the different Political factions . Much of this revolved around the perceived Dominance of the Dinkas in Southern Politics especially through Abel Alier who was President of the (Southern) High Executive Council from 1972 until 1978 and again in 1980 : The Campaign Aim was about South Sudan not to seperate from the North Sudan .

With this Campaign Aim again by the Sudan State as a whole , both North and South , One draws his / or her own conclusion and that this Addis Ababa Agreement (1972 ) gave the South peoples of Sudan ten years of some what tense and anxious peace . The dream of a ” Christian ” South largely responsible for its own Affairs and speedily making good all the development losses of the previous 10 to 15 years rapidly faded . The memory of the ” Movement ” and for the generalized sense of a / or the ” Christian South Sudan ” were not enough to maintain Unity . Southern Politics , particularly after about in 1976 became embittered and factional as the Political Representatives of the farming peoples of Equatoria / Lado had still to struggle against the Political Power and Expertise of the Politicians of the Dinka and the rest of the Nilotic peoples of both North and South Sudan Confederates . ln 1978 elections in the South led to the resignation of Abel Alier and the Political emergence of Joseph Lagu as President of the High Executive Council with prominently Equatorian support . From there on , Southern Politics became increasingly confused and turbulent , leading to ever greater intervention and manipulation from Khartoum , against the Spirit of the Addis Ababa Agreement between Equatoria / LADO and the Administration of the Sudan State . Southern Sudan Politics in short became increasingly unstable as the Politicians fought increasingly for their own rather than Regional Interests . This gave the Northern KHARTUM Government ample opportunity for interferences .

In 1981 , President Nimeiri proposed to “re-divide” the South into three separate Regions , transparently a plan to ” Divide and Rule .” From Equatoria / Lado , and with the Advice from the Lado Agofe’s Office ( the Green Bureau ) , this plan was accepted , supported and fowarded through to Major General Lagu to promote it as then , and many Equatorians saw it as an opportunity to escape the Political Dominance of the Nilotics for the South over the Administration over Lado , as Lado was still working for its total Political Independence on the other hand with the Countries of Uganda and D R Congo occupying other Lado Regions , like that of ” West Nile ” known or called so in Uganda and ” Ituri – Uele ” Regions known as ” North – East ” of Congo in Democratic Republic of Congo / former Zaire .

Confused maneuverings followed but in June 1983 Nimeiri unilaterally ” re-divided ” the Southern Region into three Regions , based on the former Equatoria / LADO , Bahr-el-Ghazal , and Upper Nile . This was only one of the issues , that re-awakened the Old North – South hostilities , and also divided Southerners of South Sudan once again to be against the seperation of Northern part of Lado which was attached and till todate is attached to Southern part of or to South Sudan . There was constant flouting of the Addis Ababa Agreement by the Central Government at Khartum , and Southern Sudanese became increasingly suspicious of the North Sudan Government intentions in Major development Projects like the Jonglei Canal , the exploitation of the South’s newly discovered oil Reserves and the progressive collapse of the Economy and the Bankruptcy of the Government put increasing pressure on the provision of Government services in the South ( and throughout the Country ) . However and as the catalyst , the most emotive development was the imposition of a form of SHARIA – ISLAMIC Law on all parts of Sudan in September 1983 . This was the climax of a long process in which Nimeiri had become increasingly involved with Renascent Fundamentalism . The technocrat secularist Army Colonel who came to power appeared not only to have appreciated increasingly the political Potential of Islam , but also seemed to have undergone some kind of Religious conversion of himself . In particular he fell increasingly under the influence of the Muslim Brotherhood and their leader Hassan el-Turabi . It was the imposition of Sharia Law ( though there was no practical possibility of it becoming a reality in the South Sudan and Lado / Equatoria then ) that finally alienated Southern and Christian opinion from the Nimeiri Regime : Lado / Equatoria People this time only giving a hand to the Southern Sudanese of the Nilotic / or Luo groupings of the Dinka , Shilluk , Nuer and Jo Luo / Acholi or Acoli Tribes and other lineages of the real South Sudan Citizens .

The Anglo / American Covert / Hidden Blue Print Plans : SPLM brakes away from Equatoria / LADO .

Already in May 1983 a mutiny at Bor had begun the revolt . The Sudan People’s Liberation army (SPLA) was soon formed under an ex – Army Colonel , John Garang’ de Mabior trained in America ( U.S.A ) . This rapidly replaced other rebel groups like , the Anyanya Military group units in Equatoria / LADO , and by the summer of 1986 SPLA controlled most of the southern Countrysides and deeply entered in Equatoria Lado , except some Southern border areas and where the SPLA was confining the National Sudanese Army to the Garrison towns . This situation recreated a “re-division” issue , dividing Southerners , mainly between the Equatorians / LADO on the one hand and the Nilotic tribes of  Bahr-el-Ghazal and Upper Nile on the other side of the real South Sudan Regions . The SPLA was seen as being a predominantly Dinka movement and as far as many Equatorians / LADOANS were concerned , the” re-division ” had been not about ending Dinka Dominance . Southerners and Southern Christians therefore found themselves deeply divided over the Rebel Movements . The Churches as a result found it difficult to speak with any clear voice in the present conflict other than on the issue of Sharia Law and the growing Power of the National Islamic Front , the Political Arm of the Muslim brotherhood . The Dinka and Nilotic communities within the major Churches have on the whole sympathized with the SPLA . Many of them joined up , and virtually all their Relatives hence got involved in the struggle as put it to Free themselves from the Moslem / Islam North Sudan with the help of the Anglo / American Blue Print Plans . Equatorians / LADOANS on the other hand have been equally cynical about the Khartum Central Government Intentions but then at the same time also mistrust the Dinka – Dominated SPLA under the guide of the Anglo / Americans . This division remained until 1989 although the evident success of the SPLA started drawing increasing numbers of Equatorians to the cause , many of whom are Christians anyway , in otherwards they ( the Lado – Equatorians bowed down to Christian brotherhood to assist the SPLA .

The fall of Nimeiri in April 1985 was due in some measure to the Political pressure created by the success of the SPLA under the Anglo / American – USA military Might , but events since then never fundamentally altered the situations in the South . The transitional Military Government of Siwar-al-Dahab ( April 1985 to May 1986 ) and the Civilian Government of Sadiq al-Mahdi ( May 1986 ) prosecuted the War with a ferocity only matched by that of the SPLA . The result was a terrible devastation of the South on a scale that far outstrips that of the first Civil war by the Anyanya of EQUATORIA LADO military Struggle against the Kharthum Government Administration over the North Lado Regions of :

KINETI REGION OF LADO with ” AKU AMBO ” / or CAPITAL City , ( KAPOETA – TORIT ) ,

ROHLI REGION OF LADO with ” AKU AMBO ” / or CAPITAL City , ( YAMBIO ) ,

YEI REGION OF LADO with ” AKU AMBO ” / or CAPITAL City , ( JUBA )

The year 1988 saw possibly half a million deaths from war , famine and disease . Virtually the entire population of Southern Sudan was displaced , either in North Sudan , in the remote bush in wretched refugee settlements , in the few southern towns left to the Government , or in exile outside the Country Sudan and the lot of Equatorians / LADOANS were left homeless . In the world picture , the war then really presented all the Christian / Churches , Moslem / Mosques with issues of a complexity that the first Civil war undertaken by Anyanya did not . As the war divided Southerners of Sudan , so the Attitudes of Christians and of Church Leaders became divided . The Tribal Dimension of the War opened / roused Tribal tensions throughout the South and all the Churches felt was feeling the strains of Tribalism only . On the one hand now there are Reports from the Homelands of the Dinka , long dominated by the SPLA , of many Baptisms and Confirmations , and of the emergence of many new Congregations in Areas where previously there were few Christians . At its highest level the SPLA has not expressed any sense of Christian Identity , and has in general used a Marxist or secularist terminology . But there are many and increasing numbers of Christians in its forces anyway . At the time of my writing now still there are no indications that Peace is near . National politics continue to be fragmented and without direction. The SPLA is merely continuing escalation of war in the South , failing to bring the Government to the negotiating Table about the Lado Issues as well . There is a sense in which the issues which face Sudan ( both North and South States) now and to which the two Countries still fail to find answers are the same as those which faced the Condominium Government once the Country had in large measure been pacified . What is the place of an African non – Muslim South within a Sudan that is predominantly Arabized and Muslim ? We all know that the British answer vacillated between isolating and incorporating the South . The steady progress of Christian Missions in the South during the Condominium period helped develop Southern Identity and distinctiveness , just as British Policy inhibited any over arching sense of National Identity . At Independence the Religious question was already deeply embedded in the wider question of how National Unity could be forged . In otherwords the Tribe – Nation Identity feeling in building a Nation – State of a purely African Political Nature could be forged . Two prolonged Periods of Civil war , and the growth of the Church in the South , together with the spreading influence of the Muslim Brotherhood and an orthodox consciousness in the North have not brought a Resolution any nearer to Peace in the one time , Anglo / Egyptian Sudan Condominium ( North Sudan / South Sudan ) as termed , the Independent two States of today . What next to write on , is now of the future of the two Sudans ( North and South Sudans ) : Both Independent without Lado still being Independent —– Where does lie the answer for Lado Freedom Independence still ?

The Nile Region of Lado Kingdom as an Issue in Uganda

Meanwhile , in the Nile Region of Lado ( which in Uganda is called West Nile) Great Britain had laid down the Border between Lado and Uganda in 1907 , was fighting the British Colonialism for the Independence of Lado Kingdom . And it was this Nile Region of Lado here that if Great Britain got the Signature of Lado Representative , the AGOFE / or King of Lado , then Lado would have been Killed as a Political Entity . But every body knows in Lado that , The AGOFE / KING of Lado Kingdom , refused to sign any Agreement with the British Authorities in 1953 ; that the Nile Region ( West Nile and Madi ) was to become British East Africa or Protectorate of Uganda . In 1962 the British tended once again to convince the Agofe to sign for the second time the annexation Treaty Documents , but once again the Agofe refused and just before the Independence of Uganda on 12 September 1962 , the Agofe himself ( CULU / or His Majesty , Colonel , John Bart Agami Onzima II ) who still is alive todate , and is now the Present Agofe of Lado , was arrested and quickly Sentenced to seven ( 7 Years ) of imprisonment , imprisoned in Luzira Prison at Kampala in Uganda , for not Signing the Annexation Treaty or Document to Annex Lado to the British East Africa to which Uganda was / is a part .

 The Ituri and Uele Regions of Lado Kingdom under the Democratic Republic of Congo

In Ituri Region and Uele Region , known or referred to as ( North – East of Democratic Republic of Congo ) , which were and are still under the Democratic Republic of Congo / former Zaire Administration ( Belgium Colony ) , the Simba Liberation War by the Ladoans was fought and still being fought for the Independence of Lado and the War follows the 1956 Conference held at Arua in the Capital City of Lado , which had included Congo’s first Black Prime Minister , Mr Patrick Lumumba on the question of Lado and its People’s Rights to Self – Determination ( as Lado was regarded in the first place and Legally was then still regarded as of Belgium Occupation which was seperate from Congo – Belga . So it was important the Agofe of Lado and the future Prime Minister of Congo in 1960 , Mr Patrick Lumumba had to meet for talks which took place in 1956 . The question of the seperation of Lado and Congo as the two different States and the Water issues of the Congo and Nile waters at the Conference , ( cf : Nile Waters Agreement of 1929 and Nile Waters Utilization Agreement of 8th November 1959 ) were discussed in this meeting Conference as Lado was then to have received its independence too in 1960 / 61 . But things never turned good neither for Congo nor for Lado . In the processs of becoming Prime Minister of Congo , Mr Patrick Lumumba got assassinated in 1960 while Britain blocked the Independence issue of Lado to take place in 1960 / 61 . The British arrested the Agofe of Lado and dumped him into Prison , sentencing him to seven Years of imprisonment in September 1962 and only leaving Uganda to get her Independence from Britain .

Lado Political Authorities

The Lado Political Authorities , since 1947 , worked together with the militia Liberation Groups of ( Simba Military units of Ituri and Uele in Congo/Zaire and Anyanya Military units of Torit , Rholi , Yeyi of North Lado – Equatoria in Sudan ) under the Agofe and who is the Military Commander-in- Chief of Lado Command based in the Nile Region of Lado . One of the Political Leaders of Lado Kingdom ( North Lado ) , Rev. Father Saturnino Lokure who by the time was in South Lado ( Nile Region of Lado ) was Killed in Uganda by the Uganda Army , when he and some of his Assistants went to collect Medical Supplies for the Refugees and Diplaced Ladoans from ( Yeyi , Torit , Rholi , Kineti of North Equatoria / Lado ) . This was in the Catholic Mission of Laco in Acholi / Acoli , Uganda . All Yei , Torit , Rholi Politicians know about this incidence very well . And they are able to figure out Why ? and the reason falls within the British appointed Governor of Sudan , General Sir John Maffey Policy or Reccomendation of 1927 and every Body knows too , that Uganda is under British Sovereignty york ( AUTHORITY ) and till todate . The Commonwealth Countries help Carry out the United Kingdoms of Great Britain and Northern Ireland ‘ s / U.K Policies only to destroy Lado .

On 25 January 1971 , Major General Idi Amin Dada a Kakua / Kuku and of Lado origin , became the President of Uganda , The present Agofe of Lado CULU JOHN BART AGAMI ONZIMA II returned from Exile in France , requested the President of Uganda General Idi Amin Dada to freely then to open Lado Issues to be discussed between Uganda and Lado and hoped in working with Uganda gradually , and to reach a Political Solution on the Issue of Lado Kingdom in 1973 . But things did not work that way , although in that , same year 1973 , the Agofe managed to Confirm the International recognised Boundary Agreement between Lado and Uganda of 1907 ( which was fixed by Sir Winston . S . Churchill , the British Prime Minister by then ) and this became once again evident by the Agreement of 31 May 1973 signed in the Nile Conference held in Kampala , between Lado and Uganda . This Boundary Legal Agreement is still Valid todate and accordingly defines , draws the Boundary lines between the Jonam and Madi Tribes of Lado and the Acholi Tribe of Uganda and there is still no other Agreement Signed in evidence till todate to Nullify the previous Signed Legal Documents for the Boundry Issues . It is River Ayugiwhich stands or is the dividing Natural Feature Boundry line . Inspite of of all these Peaceful Agreements being carried out , again the AGOFE’s Life was threatened in Uganda – by the Uganda Authority for bringing on the Negotiating Table of Lado Issues of Independence to be openely discussed by Uganda and Lado for a lasting Peace and Recognitions issues between the two Nations of which Britain had often blocked the Independence issues of Lado in Sudan Central Africa and allowing part of Lado ( known as West Nile Region ) to be Occupied still by Uganda for Great Britain . Avoiding to be assassinated like his predecessors ( former Agofes / Kings of Lado ) , the Lado Authority through the Council of Chiefs of Lado thought it wise to hide their Agofe once again . The Agofe left Lado in 1974 to continue his living life in Exile as before since 1962 . He is and still a Political Refugee for over 50 Years now as a Stateless Refugee King ( AGOFE ) of the Occupied Kingdom State of Lado till todate by Britain and Belgium and which are being assisted by their Satellite Independent Countries : Uganda , Sudan ( both North and South Sudan States now ) and D R Congo in Administering the Old Lado Kingdom State for them as it figures out in their Foreign Policies of Indirect Rule Exercise Power over and in Africa through their chosen Politically weak obedient African Countries to them , which they say they have been given Independences to and therefore these Satellite Countries must do what their Masters ( Colonial Masters ) tell them to do .

On 11 April 1979 , General Idi Amin Dada ( who was a Ladoan Origine in Uganda ) was overthrown and his Regime in Uganda was overthrown out of his Administration Records which Ugandans and Ladoans were and are all well aware of . The Question to ask is really where did the King of Lado go wrong in opening a Peaceful discussion on a Negotiating Round Conference Table table which was meant to solve the Political Situation which was facing the two Nation States of Uganda and Lado ? Instead War broke up to over throw the Ugandan President General Idi Amin in 1978 / 79 in which and in Uganda the Ladoans of Sudanic Origin were chased and massacared with Impunity and the Massacares continued , extended to / in the Nile Region of Lado itself , ( known in Uganda as West Nile / or North West of Uganda ) . Over 350 ,000 People of Lado were Massacred / Perished . And Officially it was Recognised by Uganda and in the ( Uganda plans of 1967 and Uganda decree of 12 May 1980 , Art. 5 and Art. 10) , in that , Ladoans were / are Foreigners in Uganda . With these facts in evidence , it is plausible for one to think ; Ugandans are / were Right . That is because Ladoan’s Country , ” the Kingdom State of Lado ” is not yet Independent as a Political Entity in Africa . Truely in this war of 1979 , this time , the Nile Region Ladoans were the ones who ran to Yeyi , Torit , Rholi , Kineti Regions of Lado which were / are still under , as Occupied Territories of the Sudan or under the now newly created Independent South Sudan Country – State and they ran to Uele and Ituri which are the Occupied Territories of by the Democratic Republic of Congo / former Zaire . By 1986 about 500 , 000 Sudanics of Lado were Killed . Above all , of these Massacares , the World was made to keep quite / Silent and till todate , not to know and say anything about Lado Political State Affairs in Africa still .

In the same Year , 9 May 1979 , The Sudanic Refugee Organisation / SRO was formed , instituted with Assistance of all the Chiefs of Lado under the Authority Office of AGOFE /or King , Culu John Bart Agami Onzima II for this reason and as was / is their Political Duty to Protect the People and the Land of Lado . After this Organisation Institution for taking Care of the Lado Sudanic Refugees issues which became operative , working hand in hand with the Office of the United Nations High Commission for Refugees , UNHCR based in Geneva , the Provisional Government of Lado came to be set up and was formed on 7 March 1987 on the date to remember and to recall the memories of the AGOFE of Lado , Karanga ( Military title meaning General ) Ayingani Ajua who was assassinated on the same date 7 March 1887 by the combined Forces of Britain , Belgium , Turkey , America and Egyptian Military forces in the War against Lado People . And Lado was fully allowed to be Occupied by Belgium in Africa from 1887 then . From this Date , 7 March 1987 , Lado once again re – opened the Decolonisation Issue Processes of Lado with the PETITION sent to the Highest Office of the World Body , the United Nations , UN to come in and for the re- view of the Position of the State Kingdom of Lado in Africa since from 1947 when the Lado issue was already Raised , Brought and for the first time to the Attention of United Nations Office for discussions and asked the UN Members by then to Act for the Independence , Freedom of Lado . Out of the Negligences of the UN decision makings , Lado till todate is being bullied and punished with impunity on their own Lands living as Refugees and Stateless in and outside Lado . The Provisional Government in Exile of the State Kingdom of Lado is responsible of running the daily Government Affairs of the State under the Keego / or Prime Minister while The Highest Diplomatic Office of the Kingdom State of Lado , is the GREEN BUREAU , which is the Office of the AGOFE / or King who is the Chief of State in Lado .

Formation of Sudan Peoples Liberation Movement , ( SPLM ) in 1983 against the Ladoans / Lado Citizens where Britain has ever been involved The old odds of the hatred against the existence of Lado People in Sudan Central Africa was not only in Uganda .

In 1983 , Sudan Peoples Liberation Movement ( SPLM ) was founded in the Sudan State to fight the Ladoans and between 1985 and 1987 the Ladoans were / have ever been working hard to prevent Britain using SPLM / SPLA Chairman of Sudan under Colonel John Garang who had received his Military Training in ( United States of America , USA ) and Uganda under President General Yoweri Museveni to wage Wars against Lado . Infact , President General Yoweri Museveni and Colonel John Garang reached a Secreet Agreement over Lado , with the Support of Britain and United States of America , U.S.A . That is why Britain and U.S.A were very Keen on the Issue of an Independent South Sudan to be created , hoping that , they would / will make it destroy Lado and prevent the Equatoria Region to be a part of Lado . The Religion Factor of MUSLIM / CHRISTIAN was / had been and remained instrumental  as usual  by the Colonialists , to use as a Cover up for destroying the State of Lado Kingdom . From these facts , however , the Ladoans do not know yet how the African Politicians / Elites saw , were seeing / are seeing till now / todate and understand the Sudan SPLM / SPLA wars which were meant to fight the North Sudan Government of Khartum , were always fought in Equatoria ( Lado ) . The Villages destroyed were and times to go on , will always be those in Equatoria , the Leaders of Equatoria get Assassinated or Killed such as Mr Joseph Oduho , when at SPLM / SPLA Meetings .

To the People of Lado ( Ladoans ) know that the true National Citizens of South Sudan : the Dinka tribes , Nuer tribes , Shiluk tribes , Acoli / or Acholi Tribes , Jo-Luo tribes people or collectively known as the Luo / Nilotics of the Regions of Southern or South Sudan Country were / are still being used by Britain and United States of America , USA to help them to destroy LADO as a Nation – State Kingdom in Mother Continent Africa . They are also , still busy working now on to Control all , so called Elites of Equatoria ( Lado ) , to work for them to include permanently the Region ( Equatoria / Lado ) as part of South or so called Christian Southern or South Sudan Country Independent under the Anglo / American Sovereignty ever to be . Lado People said and continue to say Big NO and NO to this Anglo/American and heavily being supported Militarily of course by United States of America , ( USA ) . They are using as they have been using before the United Nations ( U.N ) as the Institute to implement their Plans always . And truely they have Created so , the Southern / or South Sudan as the Independent Country now under them in 2011 and think they have finally Partitioned Lado Kingdom . But on the minds of all and every body knew and knows till todate and as a reminder to all to know , there was one time a Country in the Nile Basin called South Sudan State Country and indeed as separate from North Sudan State Country and from the Nation State of Lado Kingdom in Sudan Central Africa as seen in the  different  Maps of Africa since 1895 and presented in World Map Atlases aleady  in 1909 . Reference : The Map of Africa since 1895 presented in World Map Atlases from 1909 . The marking Map of Lado drawn boundry lines was fully done by Sir Edward Hertslet , a British National in his ( Lado enclave, detail ) –—– ” Hertslet , Edward , Sir , 1824 -1902. ” This map is available from the United States Library of Congress’s Geography & Map division which is seen here underneath .

It is therefore not by the 2011 year date that Southern or South Sudan became an Independent State in Africa for the first time and so thanking Britain and United States of America – USA for that . The Political Game play here , is about of the Occupation of North Lado Territory and the whole of Lado Kingdom as such only and remain divided under the Administration Ruling beloved Countries likes of Uganda , Sudan ( the created South Sudan now ) and D.R Congo , for these two Big Powers : United Kingdoms of Britain and Northern Ireland , U.K and United States of America , U.S.A  in Controling Africa from the Heart which is Lado . Another witty People along side who worked and are still working to destroy Lado Kingdom as people , if Ladoans may be wrong , are the many people working in Churches , were being used and are used as usual to help Britain and United States to Kill Lado . Especially such People were being paid and as usually are paid so , special attention and treatment in the terms of ( Money , Property owns and Honour ) and when it came to the Creating of the Independence Issue of South Sudan . Well , Ladoans know for themselves and they do understand how difficult it is for one to Risk and Sacrifice so much in order to work for Lado . No Independence and Sovereignty come easily anyway . The Struggle for Lado’s Freedom continues still !

A general Communication to the Different People of Africa and the World at Large This is a Communication matter to inform the different People of Africa and the World at large that , the State Kingdom of Lado is still an Occupied Territory by Belgium and Britain , and not yet an INDEPENDENT SOVEREIGN STATE in Africa . The People of Lado are struggling for the Independence of their Kingdom and above all , the Sovereignty Issue of Lado since 1947 till todate ( 3000 a.d ) . Taking all issues into account , the State Kingdom of Lado should have been an Independent and Sovereign State Country at most now since 1960 . But Britain blocked again the Independence of Lado which was to be on 9 May 1960 . Britain has been blocking and continues so at all times when it comes over to the issue of the Independence and Sovereignty of Lado Kingdom since and till todate while writing this history memory information notes of past and present in the ( 3000 a.d ) and sincerely we all know or everyone knows to say of this Great Britains Attitude / Behaviour which is in VIOLATION OF THE ARTICLES 1 and 73 of the Charter of the United Nations of 26 June 1945 , and : Articles 6 , 12 , 15 of Berlin Treaty of 26 February 1885 ; including all instruments of International Law . The Lado Kingdom Decolonisation Issue This Communication on the Question of Lado ( Decolonisation ) is or given a chance to clear up some of the Misinformation , and Disinformation that has been Spread out about Lado Kingdom , and still it is being spread out about Lado in Relation to what the Political Authorities of Lado ( The Green Bureau of Lado and the Government in Exile of Lado ) are doing to bring about the Decolonisation of Lado . The Political History of Lado has been falsely presented to the world . As a result , many of former African Colonial Countries like Sudan : both North and South States , a close neighbour Countries to Lado , even Believe it . The typical example of the people at most are the People of Uganda who strongly and dearly believe so . For the Heavens or Hells Sake ( Uganda is the most Protected African Colony Independent of Britain ) by the British . The Hard truth behind is that , the Nile Region of Lado ( Referred to or known as West Nile or North West of Uganda , an English name given in Uganda to the Nile Region of Lado by Britain ) is not a part of the Territory of Uganda but can be best for Britain that , this Region , the Nile , is taken care for them by Uganda as the part of Lado Occupied Territory .

Brief Occupation History of Lado Kingdom and till todate

Lado was first an Occupied Territory of the Ottoman Empire by Turco / Egyptian Firman of 1 April 1869 . The Borders between Lado and Sudan , Congo , Uganda were fixed by TURKEY BRITAIN , RUSSIA , ITALY , FRANCE and EGYPT and gradually being done so , from 1887 to 1907. These were and still are the Colonial Boundries established according to the Berlin General Acts ( Berlin Treaty ) of 26 February 1885 , following the Berlin Congress from 15 November 1884 to 25 February 1885 . The Lado Issue was first presented to the United Nations in 1947 , at the UN Special General Assembly Session of 28 April – 15 May 1947. It was His Majesty Agofe / King CULU John Anacleto Atabua , who represented the State / or KAARI , ( KAARI in Lado meaning Kingdom ) of Lado in New York , USA . The AGOFE / KING His Majesty Anacleto Ataboa / or Atabua was assassinated on 14 April 1948 by the British for this reason .

Information notes on the Agofe / King Anacleto Ataboa of Lado :

1945 : The Pan Africanism Association was formed of which the Agofe / King Ataboa of Lado became the Chairman of the African Chiefs / Heads in the Conference which was held in Manchester in 1945 , and relative Pan Africanism documents were handed / transfered on to him from the Trinidad & Tobago Offices to begin of Establishing the Headquarters of the Pan Africanism to become and be solely in Africa . In the Meeting Kwame Nkrumah ( His first name was Francis ) was appointed / nominated , became the Secretary and Jomo Kenyatta ( His real name was Johnston Kamau ) became Assistant Secretary to the King . But the Agofe / King will be Assassinated because He asked USSR to raise the question of Lado at the UN in 1947 for Independence of Lado which was to be the center Heart holding the Pan African Issue in the Mother Continent .

Why did the British Kill the Chairman and the King / or the Agofe is not even recorded in the African History , even yet , as a founder member of the Pan Africanism Association for Africa in the African Political Affairs ? 

A British Imperial Army ( King’s African Rifles ) was established in 1891 under the Kavalli Agreement of 17 September 1891 signed at Kavalli in Lado . The Agreement was signed by the English Captain Frederick D. Lugard who later became the Governor – General of Nigeria and Major Selim Matera ( Lugbari Tribe ) , a Citizen ofLado . Under this Treaty the British managed to engage all the Lado Military forces strong men Fighters forming the first King African Strong men fighters ( Soldiers ) along side with the British King’s Forces . It is in this Military Army that Culu Anacleto Atabua who later was to become Agofe / King of Lado , was taken into , the British / African King’s Rifle following the Kavalli Agreement . The King reached the military rank of Colonel , serving in the King’s African Rifles ( KAR ) in the 4th Regiment which was British , with Headquaters at Bombo in Uganda . He went to fight for the British in Burma in 2° World War ( WWII ) with the 4th Regiment of the Kings Africans Rifles , which later was stationed at Jinja in Uganda . ( Records to find with and in the British and Lado Archives ) . The Lado leader resigned to carry out the Independence of Lado in 1947. He was replaced by a British Colonel called Alan Knight . The Lado leader later was assassinatedon 14th April 1948 by the British , because he asked USSR to raise the question of Lado at the UN in 1947 , and the British found that was not the right thing to do .They ( the British ) said , He was opening the eyes of many Africans and African countries , and above all his Role as the First Black African Chairman known to be of the Pan Africanism Association and being a Military Officer was a deadly Snake poison to the global Western Anglo / American Political Interests in Africa . With the death of the King Ataboa , was actually the end of Pan Africanism Associtation in Africa with its founded Head Quarters which was to be at the Capital of Lado – Arua – Aru in the Independent Kingdom State of Lado as Lado is Rightly situated in the Heart of Africa . All Members present in the meeting of 1945 had agreed and voted in for that : the Permanent Headquarters of Pan Africanism to be created and solely be so in Mother Continent Africa for future References . It was by the Agofe asking The Ambassador of USSR to the UN , His Exellency Mr Andrei Gromyko , to raise the Question of Lado at the United Nations Special General Assembly Session of the 28 April – 15 May for the Independence / Sovereignty of Lado . Infact , this Special UN General Assembly , as said earlier on here in the text notes , was called by Britain . Both the United States of America and the United Kingdom of Britain and Northern Ireland argued that , the Question of Lado should have been raised by the UN Secretary General , according to Article 99 of the UN Charter of 26 June 1945 . Since May 1947 , Britain with the Financial Assistance and Military Support of the USA have been blocking the Independence of Lado , and the Sovereignty of Lado , and the Territorial Integrity of Lado in Central Africa . Instead , Britain and USA want to Kill the State or ” KAARI ” ; KAARI meaning in English is ( KINGDOM ) of Lado in Central Africa in order to grab the Land of Lado and its Natural Resources , especially the Minerals . Added Information to the Brief Occupation History of Lado till todate 3000 a.d . The Modern Great KAARI ( Kingdom ) of Lado has ever existed as the Kingdom of Lado since 847 a.d till todate ; ( originally Lado was founded in 700 b.c ) and through out the 400 years of Slave Trade in Africa , from 1440 to 1840 a.d till todate ( 3000 a.d ) . Lado was recognised as a Sovereign State ( Kingdom ) within and this is by and according to the Treaty of Holy Allience ( in Vienna ) , dated 26 September 1815 , and by the Turco / Egyptian Firman of 13 February 1841 , and by the Turco / Egyptian Firman of 1 April 1869 , even though the KAARI or ( STATE KINGDOM ) of Lado was occupied , on 26 May ) 1871 , as the Equatorial Province of Egypt , under the Sovereignty of the Ottoman Empire ( today , the Republic of Turkey , with Capital at Ankara ) . His Majesty ( King Agofe ) Ayingani Ajua was the Agofe of Lado ( Equatoria ) in the period of 1859 –1887 by then . His Majesty AGOFE AYINGANI AJUA was assassinated on 7 March 1887 by British Colonial Agents . Egypt was Occupied by the Ottoman Empire ( Turkey ) in 1517 a.d , and Sudan ( todays Republic of Sudan including of course South Sudan ) was occupied in 1821 a.d . These three Countries ( Lado ,Sudan : both North / South Sudan combined and Egypt ) were Seperate Political Entities under the Sovereignty of the Ottoman Empire ( today -Turkey ) , even though Britain proclaimed Protectorate over the Kingdom of Egypt on 18 December 1914 ( during the First World War , 1914 – 1919 ) . Note : Lado was not under the Sovereignty of Egypt . So , Britain did not get Lado .This same Communication on the Question of Lado ( Decolonisation ) has been clarified to the African People and that of Uganda especially and through their Parliament and Governments that , Lado has never been a Colony or Protectorate of Britain or any European Country . Only the fact is that , Lado has been an Occupied Territory from time to time since 1871 . In otherwords , The Lado Political Leaders have never Signed off the Lado Sovereignty or Sovereign Status of Lado to any Foreign Country . And Britain is aware of that , although , Britain would like to behave as if / though Lado has been a British Colonial Territory . That is not True , It is not technically Correct . In the case of the Partition of Africa , it is the Berlin Treaty of 26 February 1885 which is the Legal Instrument followed , and is still followed for African Affairs , including the Paris Conference and Resolution of 3 August 1875 , which was followed by the Berlin Congress from 15 November 1884 to 25 November 1885 .The AUTHORITY OF THE AGOFE of Lado , you can see my dear Foreign Minister , of this Hard_Talk information on Lado hereby is that , Lado Kingdom is still Protected by the Article 6 of Berlin Treaty .The Enemies of Lado Kingdom however in their tentatives to Kill Lado decided to give and still give false Names of the Partitioned Regions of Lado by them and that is for the rest of the People of the world not to know anything about Lado Kingdom or the KAARI / KINGDOM of Lado in Africa . False names given to Lado : In and under Belgium Colony ( D. R Congo / former Zaire now is given the common name of as North East of Democratic Republic of Congo / D R Congo Region . While the true names and in the original Lado Languages are : SOUTH ITURI Region / or Kala ( Kala means Region in Lado Language ) with ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , ( BUNIA ) ; NORTH ITURI Region / or Kala with ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , ( ARU ) ; UELE Region / or Kala with ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , ( DUNGU ) . In and under Anglo / Egyptian Condominium ( The Republic State of Sudan / and or in the New State South Sudan are given the names as East , Central and West of Equatoria Regions of the Republic of Sudan or now of the South Sudan State . While the true names and in the original Lado names are : YEI Region / Kala with ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , ( JUBA) ; KINETI Region / Kala with ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , (TORIT ) ; RHOLI Region / Kala with ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , ( Yambio ) . In and under British Protectorate Uganda ( The Republic of Uganda ) is given the special name called West Nile or sometimes North West of Uganda . While the True name and in Lado is the KALA – ALIA Region / Kala with ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , ( ARUA ) . NOTE : The Territory of the State KAARI / KINGDOMof Lado is Located , shown on different World Maps and Atlases as established and recognised by the Colonialists and Colonial Boundries recognitions are as indicated above in the writings here and therein Lado’s to Right to have become Independent and Sovereign by 1960 as promised by Her Majesty the Queen Elisabeth II of England in 1954 and above all by the Valid Document issued and stated in accordance to Articles 1 and 73 of the UN Charter of 26 June 1945 and the Resolution Document of UN General Assembly Resolution 1514 ( XV ) of 14 December 1960 . Why did Lado not become Independent then ? To this Question as an answer , Lado is issuing as a communication hereby a brief Statement on the question of Lado ( Decolonisation of Lado ) . It is hoped that , after getting to read this communication , the different People of Africa and from the different Countries of Africa and especially of those , the Neighouring Countires to Lado in this Region of Sudan ( the word Sudan means Black ) Central Africa and in particular Uganda State will continue to cooperate with Lado and therefore not to continue to believe in the Political Rumours , and the Lies or the Deliberate Campaign and Propaganda against the State Kingdom exsistence of Lado , and against the Political Authorities of Lado , and against the People of the State of Lado . Lado needs facing the Political Realities . The People of Lado ( Ladoans ) are Struggling to defend the Independence of Lado and the Sovereignty of Lado in the ( Heart , Watershade Region ) of Africa .

The Colonial History of Uganda in Relation to Ladokingdom

The Territory of the State of Lado is Located as on the World Maps of Lado drawn so , before the First World War . The State of Lado Consists of six ( 6 ) Regions , all named by Use of Lado River Names These Regions of Lado are as follows :

Ituri Regions of Lado with ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , ( Aru – Bunia ) ,

Nile Region of Lado with ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , ( Arua ) ,

Kinet Region of Lado with ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , ( Kapoeta – Torit ) ,

Rohli Region of Lado with ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , ( Yambia ) ,

Uele Region of Lado with ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , ( Dungu ) ,

Yei Region of Lado with . ” Aku Ambo ” / or Capital City , ( Juba ) .

A brief look at the Political History as to how Uganda became a Nation / Country under the Control of Britain without Lado Kingdom being involved

1.1 :  This Communication hereby is to inform you that , Uganda became a British Colonial Possession ( British Protectorate ) on 1 April 1894 . After Different Kingdoms , Nations , and / or Tribes were forced to Sign at different times by their Respective Leaders ( Kings , Crown Princes , Chiefs , or Regents ) to transfer their Sovereignty to the British Queen , to be under the British Sovereignty , regardless of the circumstances under which they signed ( by free will or were forced to sign ) . It is still a Treaty Law , which is binding to the Parties .

a)  Uganda Kingdom signed these Treaties or Agreements with Britain on 26 December 1890 , on 30 March 1892 , on 17 June 1892 , on 29 May 1893 , and Officially Uganda Kingdom was Occupied on 1 April 1893 and Proclaimed a Protectorate on 1 April 1894 , on 10 March 1900 and finally on 18 October 1955 , following Namirembe Constitution Conference 1955 .

b)  Nkore Kingdom ( known today as Ankole ) signed Agreements or Treaties with the British Authorities as follows : on 1 July 1891 , on 25 October 1894 , on 25 October 1901 , and 30 August 1960 , following the Wild Constitutional Committee of 1959 .

c)  Toro Kingdom signed Agreements with Britain on 18 August 1891 and 6 June 1901 , and in 1903 . The King of Toro is known as the Omukama .

d)  Usoga Kingdom signed the Agreements on 25 March 1890 and Administrative Arrangements in 1895 . Therefore , all of them became One Nation under the Colonial Title British Protectorate ( Colony ) on 3 July 1896 . This was Confirmed by the British Order – in – Council of 1908 .

e)  Koki Kingdom was defeated by Britain and Uganda Kingdom combined forces . Then Koki Kingdom was annexed to the Uganda Kingdom in 1897 . Thus Koki Kingdom became a Province of Uganda and lost its National Identity as the Kingdom of Koki until today .

f)  Mpororo Kingdom was broken into two : one Part given to Ankole Kingdom and the other Part remained as Kigezi District , together with other Non – Kiga Tribes such as the Bafumbira People . The Majority of the People of Kigezi are the Bakiga People .

g)  The Acholi , after the War of Lamogi , became Part of Uganda by the Agreement of 1912 , since the Boundary between Lado and North – West of Uganda was established in 1907 , the Anglo / Russian Agreement of 31 August 1907 and Lado and North Uganda was established in 1914 , and the Lake Rudolf Province was transfered from Uganda Protectorate to Kenya Colony , and Mombasa – Coast Protectorate in 1926 .

h)  Unyoro Kingdom resisted British Occupation until 1923 ( where King Kabarega died in 1923 ) . Unyoro Kingdom became a Part of the State of Uganda ( British Uganda Protectorate ) by the Unyoro – British Agreement on 23 October 1933 , which was renewed by the Unyoro Agreement of 3 September 1955 . During the Namirembe Conference of 1955 , under the Chairman of Professor Sir Keith Han and then the Wild Constitutional Committee of 1959 .

i)  The Other Parts of the British Uganda Protectorate since 1 April 1894 ( approved by the British Parliament on 27 August 1894 ) such as Teso tribe , Lango tribe , Kumam tribe people , and so forth became part of the State of Uganda in 1937 .

j) Karamoja , however , remained an Occupied Territory of Britain under Special Arrangement until 1962 . The People ( from Lado ) do not know if the ( Karamoja People ) have ever had an Agreement with Britain to be a Part of the British Uganda Protectorate ( 1908 ) .

k)  As an Issue to the British , The State ( Kingdom / ” KAARI ” ) of Lado has been a Seperate Political Entity since 1839 . It was occupied by the Ottoman Empire ( Turkey ) through Egypt on 26 May 1871 by the Turco / Egyptian Firman ( Decree ) of 1 April 1869 and the Turco / Egyptian Firman of 13 February 1841 .

In conclusion and By the British Order – in – Council of 1908 , all the / these different Kingdoms who made seperate Agreements with the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland , becameone Political Entity under the name Uganda . The Name Uganda is the Kingdom of Uganda , meaning the Land of the Ganda People ( BAGANDA TRIBES) . Whereas and while Unyoro Kingdom remained an Occupied Territory after its Military Defeat by Britain in 1896 . The Uganda Kingdom became known as the Buganda Kingdom , a Political Entity under the British Protectorate including Ugisu , which later came to be known as Bugisu , following the Uganda Kingdom Agreement with Britain of 10 March 1900 ( signed by Uganda Regents ) . By Article 6 of Uganda Agreement 1900 , Britain over rules . Uganda then and therefor became as a Political Entity , in 1908 without Lado being a Part of it .

1. 2 :  All the points ( Agreements ) mentioned above , is to emphasize the fact that , the Modern Uganda as Political Entity became into being in 1908 , by the British Order – in – Council 1908 ( Uganda ) . An Order – in – Council is a Legal Document , or a Decree , made under the Signature of the King or Queen , by the Privy Council with the Queen or King as the Chairman . This is the General Principle which applies to the Kingdoms . And the Judicial Committeee is the Highest Court of Appeal ( in the British Empire ) now in the British Commonwealth .

1. 3 :  It is therefore , very important to note and to know that , the State of Lado never signed or made an Agreement with Britain to become a Part of the British Uganda Protectorate . There is NO single Lado Person or collective Persons in Lado who has or have signed any Valid Legal Document with Britain or Uganda till todate while writing this File History Memory of Lado for any part of Lado to be or under Uganda or Great Britain’s Political Administration Systems or Affairs . In fact , that was the reason why His Majesty ( H.M ) Agofe CULU JOHN BART ONZIMA II of Lado refused that , Lado be a Part of a British East African Federation , which was a Federation of British Colonial Territories in East Africa , it would mean that Lado was consenting to be a British Colony under the British Sovereignty if such a Legal Document existed . So Lado rejected the East African Federation in 1953 and in 1962 when Britain proposed this to the two Agofes of Lado if Lado was to be Independent . It was the British Tentative to blackmail the Agofes of Lado to get hold of the Lado Sovereignty then . 1. 4 :  As Lado is not and has not and does not want to lose her Sovereignty / Sovereign Status ( NDUVUNDUVU in Lado Language ) to Britain or any other Foreign Country , the Decolonisation of Lado shall not be done under the British or the British Commonwealth Association or a British Commonwealth Countries . 1. 5 :  Since 1947 , Britain blocked any Process for the Decolonisation of Lado and when in May 1960 , Britain once again blocked the independence of Lado , the British Government had planned to find Ways and Means to block the State of Lado , using her Position as a Permanent Member of the UN Security Council and as the Chief – Head of the British Commonwealth Member Countries , such as Uganda , Kenya and the whole British Commonwealth ( Refer to Document of 1926 and West Minister Statute 1931 ) . However , there is no need to drag the People of Uganda in or through the Long Political History of Lado and Legal History of Lado , knowing that , Lado defended the State of Lado since 1839 . But a short Essential Information about Lado is thought to be necessary for the Uganda People . The State of Lado is Situated on the Nile – Congo Water Shade Region in Equatoria Central Africa . The State of Lado is the KAARI or ( STATE ) of Lado . A State can be a Kingdom or a Republic . While the Form of Government can be a Unitary , or a Confederation , or a Federation depending on the Constitutional Background of the Peoples and Tribes that make the State . Both Writen and Unwriten .

The Struggles of Lado People in the Occupied Territory of Lado

2.1 :  The State / or KAARI of Lado ( Nile – Congo Watershade Region ) is still and not yet an Independent State / Country in Africa . Lado is an Occupied Territory by Britain and Belgium since 1947 . This means that Britain and Belgium are the Administrating Countries of the State of Lado . And Lado is a Non – Self Governing Territory , according to Article 73 of the UN Charter of 26 June 1945 . Therefore Lado has the Right to Territorial Self – determination and to be Decolonised and be Independent and Sovereign Nation State ( Country ) . That is why Lado Demands its Independence .

2.2 :  The British Policy on Lado is that , Lado should be Killed as a Nation State in World Politics ( International Law , International Politics , International Diplomacy , and International Relations ) . The People of Lado do not know why Britain ( Including Her Majest’s Government ) does not want Lado to Exist as an Independent , Sovereign State ( Country ) on this Earth and particularly in the Mother Continent Africa . The People of Lado ( Ladoans ) are not going to do a guess work here . That is for the British Politicians and Statesmen to give you an answer here . But the People of Lado are sick to death and tired of it , of the British behaviour towards Lado . Lado hopes the British People try to understand that .

2.3 :  However , the People of Lado , under their Successive Leaders ( Agofe , and the Chiefs and Politicians ) , have resisted and rejected to be Colonised by any Foreign Powers , including Britain since 1839 till todate . Simply stated , no Country , or any European Country has effectively ( Legally ) colonised the State of Lado . And more so , the State of Lado has not been colonised . And the State of Lado does not want to be colonised . It is a Fact that the State of Lado has been Occupied by different Colonial Powers from time to time since 1871 . But the People of Lado defended the Independence and the Sovereignty of Lado till todate ( 3000 a.d. ) . So you may refer to the Terms such as Occupied or Non – Self Governing Territories or Colonial , or Protectorate , each has a different meaning in Politics . It is important to note that we should know each of these Terms and as well understand each of its implications to a State or a Nation ( Country ) and its People .

2.4 :   As Legally stated , no European Country , Colonial Power colonised Lado , therefore  the Countries surrounding Lado ( Sudan : North or South Sudan States , Uganda , Congo / former Zaire , Ethiopia , Central African Republic / CAR , and Kenya ) did not inherit and do not inherit the Territory of the State of Lado to be under their Administrations . The Territory of the State of Lado is a Seperate Political Entity since 1815 through to 1885 , till todate ( 3000 A.D ) . Lado did not become a Colonial Possession of the European Colonial Powers / Masters in Africa , as Britain for Uganda , Kenya , and Sudan : both the seperated North and South Sudan States now , as Belgian for Congo / Zaire , and as France for the Central African Republc / CAR . There is a big difference between Dominions , Colonies , Protectorates , and Occupied Territories . And Lado is an Occupied Territory . That is Correct , or that is right according to Article 73 of the UN Charter of 26 June 1945 . That is Why Lado Demands the Independence / or Freedom / ( DRIWALA in Lado language meaning Freedom ) of Lado .

2.5 :  Till todate ( 3000 a. d ) Lado is a Seperate Political Entity ( State ) , just like other Countries surrounding Lado ( Sudan : North Sudan / South Sudan States , Congo / former Zaire , Uganda , Central African Republic / CAR , Kenya and Ethiopia ) . The only difference is that , the State of Lado is not yet an Independent Sovereign State . It is still an occupied Territory by Belgium and Britain since 1947 . In short , the Occupied Territory of Lado is a Non – Self Governing Territory . The People of Lado demand the Independence of Lado and the Sovereignthy of Lado . And the People of Lado are working hard for the Independence of Lado in accordance to the Articles 1 , 51 , and 73 of the UN Charter of 26 June 1945 and Berlin Treaty of 26 February 1885 including the UN General Assembly Resolution 1514 ( XV ) of 14 December 1960 . Note – about the Intentions of the European Colonialists which started from 1875 :  The Paris resolution of 3rd August 1875 set the base for Colonization and to Establish the Laws , how to divide the African Land among the European Powers whereby a Conference was held and which came to be known as the Conference of Berlin was designed . It took place in Berlin , in Germany . It started on 15th November 1884 up to 25th febuary 1885 . What was called the General Acts of Berlin or the Treaty of Berlin was signed on the 26th of February 1885 . This is the Law , the Charter that granted the Power to the European Powers to take any Land in Africa and divide it among themselves . Colonisation was born in 1885 and continued up to approximately , one can say , up to 1960 , where the Philosophy of Decolonization started after the Second World War 1945 ” .

2.6 :  The Concern of the People of Lado is to inform the People of Uganda and the Countries in Africa that , the Lado People Demand for the Independence and the Declaration for the Independence and Sovereignty of Lado is not against Uganda , or against any of the Countries of Africa or even against any of the Countries of the World . The People of Lado are struggling for the Territorial Independence of Lado and the Sovereignty of Lado as a Sovereign Nation State ( Political Entity ) . Even the EUROPEAN COUNTRIES , who had come to Colonise the African Countries in 1840 – 1940 , and the African Peoples know very well that Lado has to be Independent Sovereign State according to the Berlin Treaty of 26 February 1885 and the UN Charter of 26 June 1945 , plus the OAU ( Organisation of African Unit ) Charter of 25 May 1963 , including the Relevant Resolutions of United Nations and International Law .

2.7 :  Almost , all the African countries are now Independent Nations since 1940 , or are being prepared to be Independent Nations by the U.N and O.A.U / or A .U , and Others . Why not the State Kingdom of Lado ? Britain does not allow the State of Lado to be put on the UN list of Non – Self Governing Territories . What does Britain have against the State of Lado ( People , Land / Territory of Lado , Government , the Sovereign and Natural Resources ) ? The State of Lado is not even a Part of the British East Africa , or Colonial Territory . So it must be just a British Political hatred and Political Discrimination to want dominate Lado , Control Lado , Exploit the People of Lado and the Land Natural Resources of Lado . And be that , the Lado People Reject it in every possible way on this Earth . Lado people Shall not Want to be Slaves of other Nations on this Earth . Lado shall continue to fight / struggle for her Territory Independence of Lado and Sovereignty / Nduvunduvu of Lado ( Africa ) . So that , Lado People can also creat Wealth and Happiness for themselves on this Planet Earth on which they also live as Free people like the British people .

2.8 :  The Lado Political Authorities ( The Agofe of Lado and the Government of Lado ) have already sent to the Concerned Countries and Institutions , the Lado Demand and Ultimatum for the Nation Independence and Sovereignty of Lado as a Sovereign State in the Year 3000 and will do so in years to come when the need be . This is in accordance to the UN General Assembly Resolution 43 / 47 of 22 November 1988 .Indeed it has nothing to do with Lado consisting of 29 Tribes – People wanting to fight Neighbours ( Bantu people , Nilotic People , and Hamitic Peoples ) of especially in the pretext going on in Uganda talks or fighting anybody else in Africa . However if anybody / or anyone wants to Colonise the State of Lado , for sure , the People of Lado will fight for their Rights to / for their Territory Independence of Lado and Sovereignty of Lado in the Nile – Congo Watershade Region of Equatorial Central Africa and the Nile Valley Basin and the Great Western Rift Valley .

2.9 :  It is with Regret and Great Concern that , the Political Authorities of Lado , and the People of Lado , have noted that , the Government of Uganda especially is very Agressive and Militarily Provocative against the State of Lado ( People / Population , Land / Territory , Government / Organ , the Sovereign , and Natural Resources ) . The People of Lado , under their Political Leadership ( AGOFE ) want Good Future Relations with all the Lado Neighbours ( Sudan : North and South Sudan States , Congo , Uganda , Kenya , Ethiopia , and Central African Republic / CAR ) in the Regional Affairs of Central , North and East African Countries and in the Internation Cooperation Relations with all Countries of the World . In brief to say therefore , Lado only wants the Independence and Sovereignty of Lado in the ( Nile – Congo Watershade Region ) in Equatoria Central Africa . This is the Lado Objective and Demand to Britain and Belgium , who are the Administering Countries of the State of Lado Kingdom till todate .

2.10 : Lado wants Security , Peace , and Stability in her Country . And the Political Authorities of Lado Believe that , even Uganda and the Other African Countries want Peace and Security in their Countries too . Truely , and the Politicians of every Country should work for Peace , Security , and Stability . For without Peace , and Political Stability , there is No Economic and Social Development and / or Progress . Without Peace there is no Security . ( Look what is happening to all the surrounding Countries to Lado today / and how will they be , in tommorrow ‘s time comings ? ) . The people of Lado need Peace and Security as a Nation State .

Independence and Sovereignty of Lado Request to Britain and Uganda

3.1 :  This Communication on the Question of Lado is to present to the People of Uganda ( Africa ) and as Britain is using Uganda as a Major Stepping foot Stone to destroy Lado and those friends of Uganda in a Summarised Form , so that , it is easy to digest it by anyone who cares to read it . The People of Lado ( Africa ) want Peace and Security . They want Freedom and Liberty .

3.2 :  The Demand for the Independence of Lado and the Sovereignty of Lado , since 1947 , is a Right of the People of Lado as a Political Entity since 847 a.d through 1517 todate 3000 a.d. and is in accordance to the International Law , International Politics , International Diplomacy , and to International Relations , International Customs , including the General Principles , and Internation Practises , the People of Lado want to determine their own Life and Destiny here on Earth .

3.3 :  The Basis for the Independence of Lado and the Sovereignty of Lado are plain , and indeed , very clear for any People , and / or Country to understand , who believes in the Maintainance of International Peace and Security and Justice . This Demand for Independence of Lado is also , in accordance to Articles 1 and 73 of the UN Charter of 26 June 1945 . And also Articles 6 and 15 of the Berlin Treaty of February 1885 . The People of Lado Love Peace , and they need Peace , Security , and Justice , and Stability : But Let No one have an illusion or think that , those wonderful Human Concept of Society apply only to Countries that are under the British Sovereignty . They apply to all Countries of the World , and All Peoples of the World . That is what All Leaders of the World should Strive to Maintain , internally and externally : Peace , Security and Justice .

3.4 :  The Desire of the People of Lado is to bring about the Independence of Lado and Sovereignty of Lado , through , or by , Peaceful Means according to UN Resolutions ; and the Organisation of African Unity / OAU Charter of 25 May 1963 ; the Berlin Treaty of 26 February 1885 ; and the African Charter on Human and Peoples Rights of 21 June 1981 . 3.5 :  The Lado Authorities ( The Agofe of Lado and the Government of Lado and Laodan Elites in General ) know that for the UN to do anything , in any Country , the Process is very Slow . And at times , the Issue and / or the Process is deliberatley strangled by the some World / UN Powers . Especially , if the Issue , or the Conflict , has to do with some Black African Countries and Peoples . And of course , for Lado, it is worst as the State of Lado is Hated by Britain . Britain seems to loath the People of Lado and the Fact that Lado can exist as a Sovereign , in the Middle / Heart of the Continent of Africa without Britain , or British Commonwealth / Empire .That is unfortunate Political View which Britain holds on Lado since her ( UK ) Colonial Days . But Lado continues to struggle for her Independence and Sovereignty as a Nation State , and to build on Lado Peoples Values and Systems within the International System . The People of Lado do not want the Colonialism over Lado , directly or indirectly . No and No . The People of Lado want the Independence of Lado and Sovereignty of Lado .

3.6 :  Futhermore , the Demand of Lado People for the Independence of Lado and the Sovereignty of Lado is not a Joke . Neither is it a Fun or for Fun . It is not a Threat to Uganda , or to any of the Countries neighbouring to the State of Lado, as far as the State of Lado is concerned . All Lado needs from her Neighbours : Uganda , Congo / Zaire , Sudan or North / South Sudan States , Kenya , Ethiopia , and etc — etc — is Good Relations , which is a Moral and Political Support for Lado . And the best would be for All to come to a Conference on Lado . A Conference on Lado Peace Process to find Lasting Solutions to Lado ‘s Problems and Conflicts according to Lado ‘s Vital Interests . Not according to what the British Government would wish , inorder to Protect her Interests . At least , for once , Let Africans find Solutions , and / or reach Agreements that are not Recommended from outside of our Countries and Peoples and Continent of Africa . The People ( Ladoans ) need their Dignity and Respect as the People of Lado and as a Political Entity of Lado . Lado People do not want to be Slaves of Other Peoples on Earth , or anywhere else . The African People have been enslaved from 1440 to 1840 A.D already . And no more please !

3.7 :   The Position of LADO is that , Lado has to be an Independent and Sovereign State ( KAARI ) of Lado as soon as possible in this World Community Countries . Any other Issues , Problems , Conflicts which might be arising in course of time , must be sloved through Peaceful Negotations . Any Issue regarding Borders should be done by an International Boundary Commission / IBC . There is no need to fight over the Border Issues / or Matter . Lado

Foreign Policy Out – Look ; Overall View

4.1 :  The Political Leaders of Lado are aware that , UN Records of solving serious African Conflicts originating ( Mainly ) from European Colonial Connections have been minimal and indeed very poor , unless it is in the the Interest and advantage of one of the UN Permanent Members of the Security Council . However , the State of Lado still has hope in the United Nations / UN to do something for the Lado People to bring about the Decolonisation Process of Lado through Peaceful Negotiations , Mediation , Arbitration , Conciliation , and Adjucation . There is no other Institution yet to replace the UN . So the UN is better than nothing . The State of Lado believes in the Fact that , Peace never comes out of Military Power / Conquest alone . Military Force / Power creat Fear , Distrust , Future Wars . Above all , Military Power serves as a Colonial Instrument and / of Destruction , and for control of others . So there is no Economic Development , or Social Progress , when involved in Military Wars .

4.2 :  The State of Lado does not want War with any Country , or anybody , because Wars are very Destructive Instruments to a Society . And Wars bring about so many Negative Elements into a Country that does promote any Well being of the Society . Lado People try their best to avoid Wars . That is why the Ladoans ( Lado People ) are asking the People of Uganda and other African People and elsewhere to know that . It is not that the People of Lado Fear Death . Not at all . Lado needs Peace and Security . Lado wants the Independence and Sovereignty of Lado .

4.3 :  It is Britain and Belgium , who are Responsible for the Occupation of Lado . The African Countries and their Armies , who are used to Kill the People of Lado and thereby to Occupy the Land of Lado for Britain and her Allies , have no Right and no Responsiblity over the Question of the Independence of Lado . This is because Britain has the Sovereignty Right over them ( Commonwealth Countries ) : that is to say , Uganda and Kenya , or any other British Commonwealth Country . Whom should Lado fight ? Her African Neighbours ? or Britain ? or Belgium ? The Lado People do not want to fight any Country . They need only the Independence and Sovereignty of Lado . That is all and Clear . They do not want War but the Independence , Intergrity , and Sovereignty ( Nduvunduvu ) of Lado .

4.4 :  Lado also wants the International Community to do Justice to the People of Lado . The U.N , or the International Community , owes Lado Justice . Even if the People of the State of Lado are Black Africans , whom most European Countries and Governments and their People do not like on this Earth , except as Slaves on this Earth , in Africa , the Lado People Deserve International Protection and Justice to be done to them . The People of Lado are Human Beings like the British People are ( same Human Values ) and the People of Lado are as well like the other Africans or People in Africa ( be White , Black , Red , Brown , Orange or of any other Colour to say least in the Continent of Africa ) , who are under British Empire / or Commonwealth . The People of Lado should not be denied their Political Rights . The People of Lado have the same Values and Dignity like any other other Human Beings . Therefore, they need their Right to Independence of Lado and Sovereignty of Lado as a Political Entity . They shall still remain Africans , and Friends . The People of Lado shall mantain , a Policy of Neutrality , Unity , Integrity , Independence , and Sovereignty of Lado .

4.5 :  The People of the State of Lado , under the Political Authority of Lado , long to live in Stabilty , Peace , and Security . They want to enjoy Political Stability , which is the Key to Economic – Civic Developement and Social Progress , as a People and as a Political Entity ( Nation State / Country ) . This is why the People of Lado Demand the Independence and Sovereignty of Lado . The People of Lado insist that , the Independence of Lado and Sovereignty of Lado , should be done by Peaceful Means or Negotiations . This is ( Ladoans ) Desire . This is what they want : Freedom / or ” Driwala ” .

4.6 :  The Lado Political Authority recognises the Need to mantain Peaceful Relations with other Nation States . This is the Basis for International Peace , Security , and Justice . This is why the Lado Foreign Policy is Unique . The Ladoans prefer to strive to use Peaceful Negotiations to solve Conflicts between Lado and other Countries . The Lado People believe in Peaceful Negotiated Agreements to reach Lasting Political Solutions . And they believe , lasting Political Solutions can be produced through Diplomatic Negotiations , not by Military Might or Killings alone . The Diplomatic Relation is needed .

4.7   The Lado Political Authority knows , and indeed , is convinced that , the Use of Military Force / Power to reach a Political Solution , only postpones the Conflicts . Such make Wars are Recurring events , thus blocking any Economic Development and Social :Progress . Lado still continues to beg her Neighbours for a Negotiated Political Solutions and Agreements rather than the Use of Military Force , and Manipulated Colonial Policy driven or directed Solutions by Remote Control . Lado wants Peace , Security , Justice which means Stability and Prosperity in Lado .

4.8 :  The Lado Political Authority is Unhappy , or disheartened , for Africa as long as African Leaders see the Use of Force as the Easy Option in both Internal and External Politics . Then Africa is Doomed . The Africans must all work to change that , of their belligerent Attitudes . The African Leaders , have to develope Diplomatic Skills based on Knoweldge and Wisdom to achieve Peace and Protection of their Vital Interests . Peace is made and Mantained by Genuine and Negotiated Agreements ( Treaties between Nations / Countries , or the People Concerned / Concerned People ) . Let Africans begin to practise this : Justice and Law . Therefore it is on behalf of the Green Bureau of Lado / GRB , and on behalf of the Government of Lado ( The Provisional Government of Lado / LPG ) and on behalf of the People of the State of Lado ( Lado Population of about 10 million ) , Lado appeals to the People of Uganda and the Government of Uganda to build Good Relations with People of the State of Lado , and the Government of Lado , and Sovereign of Lado . The Choice is that of the Government of Uganda and the People of Uganda . Lado People demand the Independence , Territorial Integrity of Lado .

4.9 :  The Diplomacy , or Peaceful Negotiations , is the best way out . The Lado Political Authorities are ready to meet the Uganda Political Authorities to negotiate on any Issues / Problems that will arise during the Decolonisation Process , ( this same Request applies / or is extended also to all the Neighbouring State – Countries to Lado ) . Good Relations are very important to build and mantain Confidence betwwen Lado and Uganda . Indeed , Lado and Uganda have a lot of Issues that require Serious Talking / Talks in order to build Good ( Future ) Relations betwwen the two Nations . The State ( Kingdom of Lado and the Republic of Uganda will always be Neighbours , sharing Common Borders / Frontiers . Wars are never good for Peaceful Co – Existence between or among Nations and Nation States . Lado needs Peace and Security . That is , there is Need for Good Relations between Lado and Uganda , Sudan : both North and South Sudan States of today , Congo / former Zaire , Kenya , Ethiopia Central African Republic / CAR etc — etc —

4.10 :  While the State of Lado does not believe in Wars as Means of reaching Political Solutions , the People of Lado will not sit by , or down and only mourn , when Peoples of other Countries are Killing the People of Lado with Impunity , so often , with the blessing of the International Community , meaning Anglo /Saxons and Anglo /American Authorities seeing Foreigners dancing on the Dead Bodies of Lado People , and burning the Deads of Lado , just hurts .

In Conclusion to say

The View that the Berlin Treaty is now a History , no longer applicable is not true . Let the African Leaders and Academicians and Intellectuals wake up and see the Woods for the Trees in the Internationl Politics , International Relations , International Law , International Diplomacy and the International Customs , and International Principles and International Practises . The People of Lado are prepared to negotiate with their Neighbours , with their Opponents , with their Enemies , whether they wish Lado Well or Bad . Lado has the Responsibility and Duty to Protect her People of Lado ( Africa ) . The People of Lado consists of Four Ethnic – Linguistic Communities and are as follows : The LUU People , The LUI People , The LUO People , and The LUE People . They make a Population to about 10 Million souls ( 7 Million in Lado and 3 Million in Exile ) at this very time of writing here now in the year 2014 . They form the State of of Lado in (Central Africa ) with its present Capital at ARUA – ARU. Modern Lado Kingdom was founded in 847 a.d , although Lado People have been established in the Nile Valley Basin since 3000 b.c . However , the Struggle for Independence from Egypt started in 1090 b.c to 700 b.c . The War of Lado Independence took place between 749 b.c. to 700 b.c .

Foot Note on the British Commonwealth Countries in Africa The British Ruling Empire System and how it Operates this Imperial Commonwealth Club :

The proper starting point to feel here , is viewing Africa’s position in this complex World Affairs . Africa seems to have a lot of problems , and indeed Africa well known still has a lot of problems but gradually must find its way to arrive to solutions to these problems . Wide and apart as an issue , there is the feeling that , in order for the Africans to find a good standing point , the Africans should start examining in handling their History going back to the time when the Slave trade started for them , come through colonization , then come through decolonization , and then examine at least how the IMF [ International Monetary Fund ] and the World Bank are operating and controlling the financial issues of Africa , thus finding out suitable methods , procedures and certain degree of mechnisms for the economic development of Africa , then lastly come to understand the present campaign for globalization on this world . According to the observations in Lado , all of these issues ( Slave trade teaching of about Africans , Colonisation , Created Financial Institutions in the terms of IMF ) are mere techniques , which are being used to control the Economic resources of Africa . When one says – Economic resources – , that also includes the African Personnel , the African people . According to most intellectuals in Lado , it might be a little bit hard , but it is yet in the Continent of Africa , the official European policy of Governments , seem to see Africa as nothing except a source of Economic resources , and cheap Labour / Labor . Therefore , when one hears of the sayings from the Continent of Europe : there’s genocide in Burundi , genocide in Rwanda ,genocide in Congo , genocide in Lado , genocide in Sudan or North Sudan / South Sudan , genocide in Uganda , or genocide anywhere in an African country , it does not affect the European Governments , so long as Europe can still continue getting the economic advantage . That explains why , when for example , former Zaire’s President Mobutu was being fought to be overthrown , everybody knew that president Mobutu was going to die shortly anyway . Why do you need to have such a big war , to overthrow a man who is already going to die ? Now , he was thrown out and he died in Exile , but where was / is the peace in D R Congo / former Zaire ? Where now is the Democratic Republic of Congo left with the economic advantage ? Many people continued and still continue saying it as an excuse that it is too short a time to see it , but if you see it as it is , chasing President Mobutu out would definitely not have brought a solution to the problem of Congo / Zaire in Africa at all . The Colonial Apparatus is still and always effective in Africa till todate .

So, where does African problem lie ?

One , it lies in the Colonial apparatus , which is still effective in Africa , either under the British Commonwealth or with other European Powers . There are some Africans who will say or say ,” Oh ! , African Countries are Independent ,” but look and to assure you as a reader here , that , those of African Countries who are under the British Commonwealth , have no SOVEREIGNTY . They don’t have it . And if you don’t believe it , those of you who are members of the UN , the Ladoans don’t know whether they have changed it , but the British High Commissioner, or the British Ambassador to the UN , calls weekly meetings for all the Commonwealth Countries Ambassadors to U.N , so that when they go to vote , they are going to vote as Britain says . And it is internally , legally correct , because when they became a Commonwealth member , They signed a British Privy Council document , which says that , the Commonwealth Countries surrender their SOVEREIGNTY to the British SOVEREIGN . So when these African Commonwealth Countries are complaining , for example ” Why is Uganda’s President General Yoweri Museveni behaving like this ” ? or ” Why is so and so Mr President in Africa doing that ?

Look !

These African Presidents are getting their orders from somewhere . They do not operate on their own . For heaven’s or hell’s sake , President Museveni of Uganda or like other Presidents in Africa do not make guns . In Uganda how would President Museveni support all that war , support Mr. Laurent Kabila all the way to Kinshasha to overthrow the former President of Zaire in Africa , have Ugandan Soldiers sent to Iraq , maintain Ugandan Soldiers in Somalia and other remote corners of the world ? That is one problem . The other problem is , when the Africans talk of the International Community , who are the International Communities ? Again , the International Community is composed of mainly of European Countries . They are the ones , which have the Power and North America only . There is no African country which can say , ” It is a part of the International Community ,” because the AFRICANS don’t have any right to make Decisions . So they collectively as African Countries , only sit and say in their Headquarters of former Organisation of African Unity / O.A.U or known today as African Union / A.U in Addis Abba – Ethiopia , ” Why aren’t they coming these White Europeans ? We are killing ourselves in Africa . What is United Nations – UN doing for the Africans ” ? But what is the UN ? Why should the Europeans send their people to go and die , in saving the miserable Africans in the corner of an Africa country somewhere remains the question really the Africans should ask themselves in the first place .

Now , where is the problem ?

Again, the problem comes back , which lies in the European Policy , Africa as a land , probably should not belong to the Africans , because the Africans don’t have SOVEREIGN RIGHTS . If One looks at it very carefully , it is that the only African countries that have Sovereign Rights at the moment , are : Lado , though not independent , Ethiopia , Egypt , and Eritrea . These are the Countries , which can Legally stand up in the United Nations – UN and say , ” Hey Fellow Country GUYS in the U.N , NO OTHER COUNTRY cannot tell us what to do , because We are by Ourselves . ” But the rest in Africa , they either have to consult Paris , or London , some Washington , some Lisbon . Sad indeed , there is no way that Africa can do anything , so what should they do ?

One of the things that Africa could like to ask the European Campaigners here , is that , for Africa ( the Africans ) to start a Campaign , is to abrogate the Berlin Treaty of 1885 , where Europe ( Europeans ) decided to share Africa and decided to own Africa , so that O.A.U or A.U at least legally on paper , the World can say , Hey , this Law here is now removed : at least that gives Africa ( Africans ) room to do things for by itself . There is a factor in Africa as an example , the people in the Nation – State LADO know , is that the Organization for African Unity / O.A.U was created under the same Treaty under European Guidance and even today’s of African Union ( A.U ) . That is why we , in Lado , the Lado People find it difficult and therefore freely cannot go to the and say , Oh , O.A.U / A.U ! , please help Lado . The People of Lado can not do that , because the O.A.U or A.U can not do it . They ( O.A.U / A.U ) will go to London first and ask London , what do you say ? Can we help them ? The answer is  They don’t . Or they will go to Paris and whereby there is No answer given . Unless this questioning issue is removed from African minds of  dependence and Free will of thinking ( Thought Mind Issues  is restored ) , the same people from Africa have still a long way to go realy in Free mind thinking in / on Political Organisation Affairs . Yet we all know what Politics is all about : The Objective of it being based on people’s mode of Constitution Buildings , Organisation Level Buildings . Administration Buildings and based on the General Public Administration and Participation Issues on the Build and Re – Build Issues of a State / Nation Being . In short , is to have the degree of that Political Mind in Protecting their Land , their People and their People’s Interests . Lado Kingdom as a Nation State was built on these Principles long way back before the Arabs and Europeans Colonisation Political theories in their Negative were imposed on African People . The European Philosophy till todate remains of their minds thinking is that : an African human being is below an European human being . Just immagine a white Italian politician Senator Roberto Calderoli in year 2013 got the guts to describe a poor African Lady qualified medical Physician doctor and a Politician in Italian Society now ( became Italian Citizen and a responsible Member of Parliament as a full Minister of Immigration Affairs in Italy ) was heavily attacked by this White Italian Senator on her talk discussions on FOREIGN IMMIGRATION ISSUES in Italy , as an animal ( Monkey – Orango compared to woman reasoning ) in her talks views on Immigration and Intergrations regulations that could be presented in Parliament for discussions in the Italian Parliament . The point here to note is of this poor woman Ms Hon . Cécile Kashetu Kyenge with Origins from Democratic Republic of Congo in Africa , is She in a Right or wrong place in the Italian Society or Italian State Government Cabinet , really to open her mouth for talks as a black African woman ?

The Education of Statesmen

The main problem in Africa is Education for the Africans which they failed till todate to establish . The African politicians do not actually know what a politician is supposed to do for his country . They think you become a politician to make money quickly , and get rich quickly for the Country . And they go about looking for the Donors to give Money . And One guesses now to know who are the Donors ? And yet , a politician , as we all know is supposed to be somebody , who is dedicated to protecting his people , the interests of the People , the Country Land , and to Organizing the country , so that the people can Produce .

The second thing is , the Africans should also learn what Economics is . None of them knows the mechanism of Money . We are poor . We are poor , they always cry out and yet all the minerals are there in Africa . Africa is the poorest , and yet Africa is the richest . Now , what is the problem ? Why don’t Africans learn how Economics operates , how Money operates ? Again , it goes back to  SOVEREIGNTY . If if these African Countries are not SOVEREIGN , they have no rights to Create Money . No , they can not . So they have to forget to do it !

Now , the third , is SCIENCE or KNOWELDGE as such . As Africans , need scientific knowledge , One is reading a beautiful view of this man ( Cheikh Anta Diop ) in the 1960s , ’70s , but how many can really do something , so that at least , in an African country , a man can really do something , so that at least , a man can sit in a corner in peace and make a bicycle , or manufacture a needle , because if he cannot do that , then he will always say, ” Oh , may be the Europeans are superior ,” because everything he gets , he gets from Europe . He is unable and can not see it , and learn , and try to produce something for himself . When industrialization started in Europe , the Europeans started with food production , agricultural things , but nothing like that takes place in Africa . And instead , all of Africa’s poor want Bread from Europe , and , of course , they ( Europeans ) will give it , just for pleasure , but its not for free . They don’t give it for free . True Knowledge is the key to power . So , what are the Africans going to do ? May be the Schilelr Institute should take one or two Africans and train them , to see how these things work , so that when one goes to negotiate with the International Monetary Fund – IMF , may be at least , one can get better conditions . Instead , they ( Europeans ) get a Minister or an Ambassador from African Countries who knows nothing about finance , to come to negotiate . Then , may be he ( the African ) drinks very nicely , and then tomorrow he is told , You sign . He signs , and he has signed the whole country off . It is remembered here in Lado that , at one time attending a meeting with the former person who was in charge of the World Bank . I think it was Robert McNamara . He said , ” I have been working with the World Bank for so many years , and I have been waiting to hear an African say no , to the conditions we give them , but non has said it “. Up to until he retired , no African came and said , ” Hey Boss ” , these conditions are bad . We are not going to take it , and the explanations , because they the Africans at such meetings don’t know what economics is , how it functions . Why don’t they know ? Because they have been badly taught . For example , right from the Colonial period administrations and after the Colonial Countries which became independent , nothing changed of the Education programmes of the Colonial mentality , such is : even in the African Parliaments of today the Presidents continue still to be nominated and approved by the Colonial Authorities . How do you expect people who have been treated like this for 2 generations , 70 years to run themselves ? Alas ! The education policy , training policy got in Africa , is still the Colonial one . The Africans are supposed to be just Clerical groups . Even if an African gets a Ph.D. in a University somewhere , He or She will get that prestige , but in reality , He or She doesn’t know what He / She can actually produce with that Ph.D . So , that is how the Lado People see it . In Africa the Ladoan People say that they need to do a lot in training , in learning , and they have to do something to remove this idea that Africa belongs to Europe . Those who may not believe this , if you take the World Organizations , how they group the world , One notices that Africa is not a part of Africa . South Africa is attached to Australia and New Zealand . Now , where are the African Countries between the Sahara and the Kalahari deserts ? May be North Africa , Algeria and Morocco will be attached to the Middle East . What happens with Africans in the middle ? So , One thinks really Africans have a lot to do for themselves , and with those who want to help them , so that , at least , they ( Africans ) have a face as Africans . Africans need knowledge and they must know that it takes long to learn . No need rushing in acquiring Knowledge only from text books writen by the Western Europeans . You get knowledge from every corner parts of the World and right from and inside Africa as well . Knowledge is a key to power to over come our problems in Africa still and to look to the future for the better . This is the Instance in Lado we strongly believe into for our future Generations on to come . The World does not end today !

The Name Sudan used in Africa What does the name Sudan mean and where the Lado Kingdom is found too ?

The name Sudan is being wrongly used , it doesn’t reflect the Social Identities of the people African People as such . Anyhow , the name Sudan in a broad sense , refers in Arabic languages and collectively to Blacks of Africa , south of Sahara desert : it is that vast extending territory areas covering up the belt zones / areas from the Western African Coast of Atlantic Ocean to the East African Coast of Indian Ocean . Notably , within this belt Region /Territory , are founded people in years of centuries to centuries , who lived in an organised social ways of lifes in this geographical areas giving rise to Nations / Countries / States or Kingdoms before the Arabs and the Western Europeans came up with their modes of imposing their chacteristic civilisations of colonialism to change the whole immage of the faces of these various communities of people in the whole of Africa .

The Conquest of Sudan by the Foreign Invaders ( Arabs and Europeans since from 700 b.c

The conquest of the Sudan ( Sudan in Arabic – Bilad-es-Sudan ) means , country of the Blacks – that region of Africa which stretches , south of the Sahara desert and Egypt , ( Egypt fell under Arab Rule in the Jihad war of 700 b.c. on the Black Egyptians of the Pharaonic civilisation of Africa ) . This Black Land areas stretches from Cape Verde on the Atlantic to Massawa on the Red Sea as said above .

It is bounded South :

1. by the maritime countries of the west coast of Africa ,

2. by the basin of the Congo ,

3. by the equatorial lakes ,

4. and East , by the Abyssinian and Galla highlands .

Meanwhile the name ” SUDAN is often used in Great Britain in a restricted sense and deliberately to designate only the Eastern part of this vast Territory of Africa , the really name refers to be properly applied is to the whole areas indicated , which correspond roughly to that portion of Negroid Africa north of the Equator under Mahommedan influence by the Arabs .

The terms Nigritia and Negroid land , at one time current , refered to and still refer to the same region by the Europeans in their Literature / Literary writings about the Blacks or the Negroids of the Continent of Africa . The European Division of Sudan The Sudan has an ethnological rather than a physical unity , and politically it is divided into a large number of States , all now under the control of Christian – European powers with exception of the exclusive Affairs of Lado ( Lado Enclave – State Affairs in Africa ) which till todate the Europeans find it hard issue to bring under their Rule Control / Authority . The Sudan contains the basin of the Senegal and parts of three other hydrographic systems , namely :

The Niger , draining southwards to the Atlantic ; The central depression of Lake Chad ;

The Nile , flowing northwards to the Mediterranean lying within the tropics and with an average elevation of not more than 1500 to 2000 feet above the sea . The most Regions of the back cut off from the black North Africa by the Saharan desert , the inhabitants , who belong in the main to the Negroid family proper , are thought to have received their so called and wrongly much talked of earliest civilisation from the East of Arab influence and the Muslim / Islam religion began to be felt first in the Western Sudan as early as the 9th century and had taken deep root by the end of the 11th centuary . The trend of the spread of Islam was through the war ( Jihad wars ) declared on the black people which started from 700 b.c in Egypt then covering the whole of Northern parts of Africa in the first place . The existence of Black Native States of Nubia , Ethiopia , Eritrea and Lado Kingdoms hindered for some centuries the spread of Islam in the Eastern Sudan . And throughout , these Country States / or Kingdoms , many and most people of the tribes remained and have still remained without , even later , seeking of the Western European ways of worship ( Religions of Christianity ) , hence sticking to their own ways of worship ( Religions / or Orijoruti ) till todate . Such is like ORI ” belief Religion Affair in Lado . In Lado the English term Religion is or means – ORI . It was not until the last quarter of the 18th century that the European Natives became and created the ruling force to replace and re – estabish what the Arabs had / were doing on the Africans , but this time the Europeans were doing it and till todate in the name of their Religion Christianity out of which is forged their Political Limelights in the Continent of Africa . The terms Western , Central and Eastern Sudan became indicative of a created Geographical positions merely by the Europeans . Infact the various States existing before in Africa came up to be turned into the so called Modern European created States in Africa and so Politically became divisible into the four groups by the Western European political minds up to this date writing here :

1. Those , West of the Niger river ;

2. Those , between the Niger and Lake Chad ;

3. Those , between Lake Chad and the Basin of the Nile river ;

4. Those , in the Upper Nile Valley river The first group includes the African Native States / Kingdoms of Bondu , Futa Jallon , Masina , Mossi and all the tribes within the great bend of the Niger . In the last quarter of the 18th century they ( these Kingdoms ) fell under the Control of France , the region being styled officially as the French Sudan . In 1900 this title was abandoned by France . The greater part of what was the French Sudan is now known as the Upper Senegal and Niger Colony ( see Senegal , French West Africa ) . All these live now under the Sovereignty Status of France till todate .

The second group of the Sudan States / Kingdoms is almost entirely within the British protectorate of Northern Nigeria . It includes the Sultanate of Sokoto and its dependent emirates of Kano , Bida , Zaria , etc — , of and the Ancient Sultanate of Bornu , which , with Adamawa , is partly within the German Colony of Cameroon ( see Nigeria and Cameroon dispute over the boundry lines ) .

The third or Central group of Sudan States / Kingdoms is formed of the Sultanates of Bagirmi with Kanem and Wadai. Wadai was the last State / Kingdom of the Sudan to come under European influence , its conquest being effected in 1909 . This third group is included inFrench Congo . The fourth group consists of the States conquered during the 18th century by the Turkey/Arab Egyptians and became and still now under the joint control of Great Britain and Egypt of today . These countries were / are known collectively as the Anglo / Egyptian Sudan which became independent as todays : The Republic State of Sudan including the young newly fogged / caved out State : South Sudan but which is still under the Anglo / Egyptian Sovereignty – Authority .

NOTE : Lado was , is not a part of these present Independent Republic States of Sudan at all . The Anglo / Egyptian Sudan , the region which before the revolt of the Arabized black tribes under Mahommed Ahmed in 1881-84 was known as the Egyptian Sudan has , since its reconquest by the Anglo / Egyptian expeditions of 1896-8 , been the Area under the joint Sovereignty of Great Britain and Egypt . The limits of this condominium differ slightly from those of the Egyptian Sudan of the pre Mahdi Arabised period .

It is bounded till todate :

North : by Egypt ( the 22nd parallel of N. lat. being the dividing line ) , East : by the Red Sea , Eritrea and Abyssinia ,

South : by Lado and Belgian Congo ,

West : by French Congo , North of Darfur , is the Libyan Desert , in which the western and northern frontiers meet . Here the boundary is undefined , ( this is the real cause of War trouble in Darfur of the Boundry Issue at this very time of 21st centuary ) .

The Anglo/Egyptian Sudan however forms the compact territory extending south wards to the north border line of Lado ( Lado , which has never fallen Legally under British Authority till todate ) brings the whole of the Nile valley from the Equatorial lakes to the Mediterranean under the control of Great Britain . The Anglo / Egyptian Sudan extends north to south about in a direct line , and west to east about also in a direct line . It covers 950,000 sq. m. , being about one / fourth the area of Europe thus becoming the 9th biggest Country in the World ; what follows the term Sudan is used by Britain to indicate the Anglo / Egyptian condominium only . But there has been and is still now what is boiling in the Cocoons of the Anglo/America minds is to capture and destroy Lado as the KAARI / Kingdom State still in Africa to show to the world that Africa has finally been completely colonised by the Western European world as enshrined in the Berlin Treaty . This , they have been doing and finally by creating a new State called a Christian Southern Sudan State in Sudan – South sudan State to replace the political Indentity Issue of the State Kingdom of Lado which became a known ( Modern State Kingdom by 9th May 847 a.d and with its built up Constitution of 9th May 1772 ) .

Lado Kingdom has remained hidden by the European Scolars to the rest of the World to know , yet the Kingdom has been and is still so , one of the oldest State Kingdoms of Africa and in the World History at large , just like Kingdom of Great Britain and Nothern Ireland is or like the other European Kingdoms which are still existing today in the Continent of Europe . By the way there are more existing Kingdoms in the Continent of Europe than in the African Continent till todate in 3,000 a.d . Why is that Europeans want to destroy African Kingdoms only ? Why Kingdom of Lado in particular ? The fighting going on in the Sudan Central Africa was and is all for that ; to  Destroy the Kingdom of Lado . The war machinery is being controlled by the Anglo/Americans now for the Colonisation of Lado . The question is really , have they succeced now by the Creation of South Sudan State as such ? As Africans are considered ” Foolish , Stupid and so backward ” , some Africans already believe so , that South Sudan is an African formed State by the Africans through by the African Union . The Answer is No and in Lado , the Ladoans don’t believe it . South Sudan is the Blue Print of Britain being supported by her ally USA to Occupy Lado in the Partitioned form and for Lado to remain under the Sudan Anglo / Egyptian / and Belgium powers over Lado . The Local Administration of Lado is being run however for them by the Governments of : Cairo capital of Egypt , Khartum / and now Juba capitals of both North and South Sudan , Kampala capital of Uganda and Kinshasa capital of D R Congo / former Zaire .

Brief note on Egypt and Role of Egypt over Lado :

From 700 b.c. : Lado people struggled for their Independence from Egyptian Pharaonic Reign over them in the period of the last fall of Pharao ‘ s dynasty which was intensified by the Power struggle between the Egyptian High Priests and the Pharao couple : Tut Ank Amon and Queen Nefertiti . The fall of the World’s Super power , the Pharaohnic Dominium , collapsed and opened up to the rising of new Kingdoms of the North Africa Egypt , which later was divided into three Kingdoms by then : of  Upper , Middle , and Lower Egypt Kingdoms . Nuba people , Makuria people and Lado people fought side by side during the rebellion in Egypt to free themselves . While the people of Nuba / Nubians chose to settle around the foot hills of Mt. Nuba Territory , thus becoming Kingdom of Nuba and together with the Makuria people / Kingdom of Makuria they formed the Kingdoms of North Sudan , the Lado people instead moved onto settle on the foot hills of the Mountain , which they named Mt. Lado in 687 b.c. , a Territory lying in the Sudan Central Africa within the watershade of the Nile and Congo rivers , and with the southern tip end of Territory extending up to Lake Ombizako ( a name in Ladoan language of Lado ) , today called /or nicknamed Lake Albert in the Foreign English language .

The Ottoman Invasion of the Sudan Lands and in Particular of the Occupation of Lado

The war Lords and the Rich Ottomans decided to invade the areas of these territories ( of the different Kingdoms at a time ) , south of Sahara desert ( called collectively Sudan Lands ) , of which according to the Ottomans , belonged to and was the property of the territory of Egypt . The Ottomans occupied Egypt in 1517 . In 1821 , the Ottoman empire’s invasion together with the Egyptians succeced in occupying ( The Turco /Egyptian occupation ) , of the vast areas of the North Sudan , that is to say the Kingdoms of Nuba and Makuria to plunder the blacks of their gold , ivory , timber , other natural resources and the involved Slave trades . In 1871 , the Combined European and American – Ottoman occupying forces ( The Turco / Egyptian forces ) this time extended their occupation of Lado to which they gave the name ( EQUATORIA REGION PROVINCE OF EGYPT) as a seperate Region with its seperate Governor General named Sir Samuel White Baker an English National / Subject who worked directly under the Supreme Authority of the Khedive of the Ottoman empire . His Salary was paid by the Ottomans . Note : The Sudan of Nuba and Makuria had their own seperate Governor Generals nominated independently from Lado / Equatoria by the Ottoman Turco / Egyptian Empire .

About the Modern European Created States in Africa The interpretation of Berlin Treaty :

The Berlin treaty of 26th Febuary 1885 in History ( in its Story ) opened the Chapter for this matter of the Colonisation of Africa . The article 6 of the Treaty is very clear on this issue . The Central Africa ( Lado ) remained the biggest problem ever , since from 1885 till to date , because in a broad Legal sense Lado people as a Nation – State Kingdom , refused and still rejects to sign to the former Colonial and to the present forces who aspire still for the overal Legitimate control of this Sudan Central Africa – Lado . That means Lado has not been Colonised by any Foreign forces in accordance to the Berlin Treaty as such . The Berlin Treaty is still in force as there has not yet been another Treaty Signed to Nullify the Berlin Conference which established the Treaty itself , thus to cancel it . The Colonial Powers and the present Proxy forces know more about this , but unfortunately , it seems most African Community Members of States of today may or may not care to know of this fact . Thus living the Lado issue to dissolve in Nulla . Up to now , there has still been no present African Nation-State as such , who has at least the Courage / the Guts to put to the International Community ( such as the United Nations , U.N ) the challenge of the illegality of the Berlin In International relations , these countriesTreaty and its implications . Probably , there is a definite answer to that , when the present Modern States acquired their so called , Independences from the Colonial Powers in the most absurd incomprehensible ways – by signing to be independent , they only favoured for a second time , the application of the implication of the Berlin Treaty . All in all , with few exceptions , African Modern State / Country Leaders , obeyed to sign to live and exist under the power Authority ( Sovereignty ) of the Foreign powers , specially in international and internal decision makings for them . N.B : In Lado Language SOVEREIGNTYmeans NDUVUNDUVU. COUNTRIES WITH NO SOVEREIGN POWERS , have no Capacity to decide and therefore no Sovereignty . This is the reason why these independent Modern African Nations / Countries find themselves in difficulties to raise the issue of Lado affairs at an International conference for discussions . Independence and freedom for Lado is to be established according to the provisions of the United Nations Charter . The Historical Partition of Lado by Britain and Lado’s Continuous Struggle for her Freedom till now The Geographical Area of Lado is located at the ” White Nile ” in the Nile – Congo Watershed Region , which also shares Borders with Sudan ( comprising today of the seperated both North and South Independent States in 2011 ) , Central African Republic , D R Congo , Uganda , Kenya and Ethiopia . But if you check your present / Modern World maps , Lado is not found . But traces of Lado remain still as an enclosed ( or as an Old Lado Enclave ) in  Africa as seen here in the Maps below :

Lado Enclave  

The Partition of Lado

Lado was Partitioned for the reason being that , ( the British and for the West as such , the rest of the Europeans ) , by pulling or removing out Lado from the Maps and stretching the Lado Country-Kingdom to the Sudan , Uganda , the Congo and the Central African Republic Countries was the best plan to do for People and the rest of the World not to see and know about the Kingdom of Lado and its History events . This prerogative objective was a Master mind complot and finally to result as the conquest and totally of the destruction of Lado as a people and Land . Done this from 1910 – 1914 , Britain and Lado entered into a Military war battle which lasted for 5 ( five years ) from 1914 – 1919 . The War came to a stop as Peace Agreement ( Truce ) was reached and signed by Britain and Lado in 1920 .

The British Diplomat sent to Lado

A Senior Police High Commissioner in South Africa Mr Arthur E. Weatherhead , participated to end up this known five ( 5 ) years Lugbari ( Lado ) British War from 1914 – 1919 . The British envoy was sent to Odupi in Lado to sign this Agreement on belhaf of the British Crown . The British on the Diplomatic character honoured to respect the existence of the State of Lado Kingdom . The Agofe / King of Lado , Culu , Boroa signed the Peace Agreement for Lado and as a Legitimate Recognition , the Agofe ( King ) of Lado was awarded the Merit of the highest Order in Council of the Queen ( The title Order in Merit , O.M ) . Mr Arthur . E . Weatherhead in turn was appointed then , Senior Commissioner or Deputy Governor General to represent the British Crown to Lado with Headquarters in the Capital of Lado , Arua . One of the Cardinal out come of this Truce was to prepare an understandable future Diplomatic relations to be established between Britain and Lado and to find meaningful terms on the Water uses in question and particularly the uses of the water flows of the White Nile river . ( cf : The Nile–Water diplomacy ) , as put it , who controls the entire Nile Valley water flows from the Nile source up to Egypt Nile delta , controls Egypt . Britain being quite aware and till todate tried and tries to push out any other Foreign Powers to Establish and Exercise any Rule Authority directly or indirectly over the Land Territories through which the Nile water flows . Looking at Maps and following the flow course of the River White Nile , and one finds out that the bulk of the source of the Nile flow is in the bolt hold of the source by Lake Ombizako which the British named Lake Albert which is really in Lado Kingdom . Lado was and or is and will remain always the Strategic Land to be under the supervision of Britain as Britain had already secreetly occupied Egypt in 1882 . Therefore the other Western Foreign Powers of the world had to be pushed away from Occupying Lado . By War or not , Britain must take Lado as a Possession under the Crown of Britain . This is the leading Chapter to the European and Western Major Conflict over Lado . For the best reasons known only to the Western European History Writers , it is hard to find the name Lado being used in their writings and in their Diplomatic Corridors . Lado is vaguely refered to as Side Territory by them or ” That Area ” of Central Africa , and of course widely in use now , Lado is hidden under the collective term name of the ” Great Lake Regions ” of Central Africa , and now again , as ” South Sudan Stateto suit the cause and the course of events of the Wars in Sudan Central Africa of which Lado is the Heart . They insist that Lado and its History must not be known and Lado never to be a Kingdom State standing in Africa . One can see the Area or Region of South – East of Lado ( known as West Nile and Madi forcefully removed and annexed to Uganda which is under the British Commonwealth Sovereign Authority Control . The Map of West Nile and Madi removed from Lado Enclave and ceded to become part of Uganda in 1914 by Britain , forcefully and illegally today still standing as the Occupied Region of Lado by Uganda for Britain . Uganda is a British Commonwealth Member Country / or Province under which / or through which to Rule the divided parts of Lado Lands by Britain .

The Map of West Nile and Madi seen as 1&2 in Uganda as North-West of Uganda : File:West Nile subregion.png  

 

Lado Under Belgium Control Occupation

The Quote  of  The History Remarks by King Leopold II of Belgium about Lado :

King Leopoldo of Belgium , Head of the Free State of the Congo considered the Sudan territory of Side ( also known by the name Sweat Leopoldiano ) like part of his territory . When in 1881 the Ladoans and the revolt of the Black Arabised Mahdi , made loose to Egypt the control of Sweat , King Leopoldo II of Belgium in turn decided to send diverse men and his Belgium Military units to The Side of his Expeditions and settled down a position in Lado . Agreements with Great Britain ( 12 of May and 14 of August of 1894 ) Recognized the Temporary possession to him of the Territory called formally Side Enclave , separated from the Province of Bahr el Ghazal in South Sudan which was formely under the French Adminstration . The Agreement was modified by the 9 of May of 1906 having delimited the Sphere of influence of both States in the Nile and Tanganyika Lake whereby certain Territories of the Sphere of British influence were left into the hands of the Free State of the Congo . The Territory mentioned had the Eastern border was the Nile , the western one was the Nile Basin , the Border of the North was a horizontal line through Fashoda , and the one of the South was the German Eastern Africa .

While this Territory remained in being of the Free State of the Congo , it was to have a special flag for that matter . Map Showing Lado Territories attached to Congo Belgium as the District Areas of these Lado Regions of SOUTH , NORTH ITURI and UELE Regions being marked with the numbers as seen underneath : No. 12 & No. 15 in 1905 in the Partition of Lado by Britain and Belgium . Belgium took these Regions in their Administration then and later left Britain to take over the rest of the Lado Areas which Britain Partitioned once again to be under Anglo / Egyptian Sudan and British / Uganda Protectorate in East Africa , thus holding the Administration of these Parts of Lado for Britain . This is how Lado till todate remains an Occupied Territory in Africa by Belgium and Great Britain . A matter which Lado is still fighting for , her Decolonisation of the Occupation by these two Countries ( Belgium and Britain since from 1947 till todate ) in Africa .

The Colonial Special Flag and the Coat of Arm for and used over Lado ( 1894 – 1903 ) by the King of Belgium as shown earlier but still you can view it as below :

The territory of Lado within the Agreement was divided in two zones by the line of the 30 degrees : the western one would always belong to the Sovereigns of the Free State of the Congo and the Eastern one would be rented to the Sovereign and would be returned to British Sovereignty after the death of Leopoldo II . After protests of France to Leopoldo II , it was agreed in turn that the territory to the East of the line of the 30 degrees was reduced then to 15,000 miles square . This territory became the Enclave of Side ( although it was not an Enclave ) , a seperate Administration was Established in the city of Side , Capital Lado then . Re : See Map of Lado traces in all Map showings here in the text writings . Great Britain in her pretext protested soon by the bad Administration of the Territory by the Belgian King Leopoldo II . Before King Leopold II died , he made as a donation the Congo Free State to Belgium , thus becoming a Colony ( The Belgian Congo ) in 1908 but never surrendered to give Lado to Britain as Britain pretended so . The last Agreement over Lado was the only one King Leopold made with France which nullified the previous Britains claims of renting Lado’s Enclave to the King of Belgium in 1894 . King Leopoldo II died in 1909 and the unclear illegal adopted term of renting ( Leasing ) Territory side to the King up to 1910 seized to exist . But ” Britain again through Military intimidation and forcefully imposed on Belgium Government to revert Lado to Britain ” . Britain in her acts to destroy Lado decided on her own later with War campaigns against any of the Western powers who dared to enter into Lado Affairs , partitioned then , most of the Territory Land Enclave ( Lado ) , incorporting it into the State of Sudan , except for a portion of the South – east that was ceded to Uganda and part of South – west was left to the Belgium Government to be under Belgium Colony in appeasement for having surrendered Lado to Britain Occupation . Britain pretended and forgets , in the Legal consensus , that Lado is a Property of Lado People but not a Possession as such for Rents or Sells . No single Lado Person at any one time Signed with no any Foreign Power and not even with Great Britain herself to give the Right of Ownership / or Possession of Lado Territory to any Foreign Rules for Sells or Rents to other Countries . What today , is talked of Independent Southern or South Sudan Country , was / has been and actually is the Secreet move to see that the part of North Lado Region remains attached to the southern part of the Sudan State and this is the Blue Print work of Britain and being assisted by United States Of America , USA . The real South Sudan has been and still is the Country which was incorporated in the Anglo/Egyptian Sudan and lies deep in the Sudan State 5° 30 minutes parallel of latitude above the northen limit border of Lado as writen here in this text writing already and had Independence as the Republic of Sudan in 1956 from Britain and Egypt ( Anglo / Egyptian Dominium Authority ) .

SUMMARY Rising of the so called Morden States of Sudan ( now North Sudan and South Sudan ) and its implication on Lado :

Before , Sudan State both North and South was known as Mahdi State not until 2nd September 1898 . The Mahdi State was Militarily defeated by the combined forces of Britain and the Egyptian forces thus becoming later to be known , the Anglo/Egyptian Sudan State in 1899 . Both Egypt and Britain decided in 1955 to give Independence to this Territory becoming The State of Sudan in a stretch of Land with its Southern parts boardering with the north limit border of Lado Nation – State Kingdom . ( cf: Lugbari ( Lado ) / Belgium convention Treaty of 28th September 1892 ) for the International Recognition of the Nation – State of Lado existence in Africa and that is according to and following the Berlin Treaty Implication Agreements for the Recognition of the States created in Africa by the Europeans . The People and Population of Lado The population of Lado is estimated at 10 million souls now at the time of writing here . It is composed of mainly Sudanics who are the 29 Ethnic – Tribe groups ( Lugbari, Madi , Moru , Bari , Keliko , Logo , Kebu / Ndu , Lendu , Avukaya , Gimara , Azande , Makaraka , Kakua , Kuku , Gbaka , Anyara / Anara , Bongo , Mumvu , Mundu , Alur , Jonam —- etc — etc —- ) . The Alur and Jonam are the only non – Sudanic Ethnics . They are a Luo language speaking Ethnics . The Languages spoken in Lado are Lue , Lui , Luo and Luu tribes who have their affliation / association / federation to the State Kingdom of Lado since from the Modern State of LADO was Estblished , 9th May 847 a.d . Specifically the Luu and Lui languages in close affinity are understandable to all for communications in Lado .

The Lado Military Troops Mutiny in the Uganda Protectorate 1897 – 1901 over the British Rule

A mutiny in 1897 by the Ladoan Soldiers which the British have always wrongly called the Sudanese Mutiny in Uganda in their history writings was suppressed after two years of fighting , during which the Baganda Christian Allies of the British once again demonstrated their support for the Colonial Power over them ( Buganda / Uganda ) . This Uganda support led Britain took a more active interest in the Uganda Protectorate , and in 1899 , Sir Harry Johnston was commissioned to visit the country and to make Recommendations on its future Administration in Uganda . The main outcome of his Mission was the Buganda Agreement of 1900 , which formed the basis of the Great Britains Relations with Buganda / Uganda for now more than 50 years in Existence. Under its terms the Kabaka / King of Buganda ( or Uganda in Britain’s Political denomination ) was recognized as Ruler of Buganda or Uganda as long as he remained faithful to the Protecting Authority ( under the Sovereignty Rule of Britain ) . His council of chiefs , the Lukiko / Parliament , was given Statutory Recognition . The Leading Chiefs benefited most from the Agreement , since , in addition to acquiring greater Authority , they were also granted Land in freehold to ensure their support for the Negotiations . Johnston later made other Agreements of a less detailed nature with the Ruler Chief of Toro (1900) , and subsequently a third Agreement was made with the Ruler of Ankole (1901) and here on with other Regions which signed various Agreements to be or became part of Buganda / Uganda State today .

The presence of Lado Soldiers in Uganda

These Lado Soldiers were the former soldiers who served the Khedive of Egypt in Lado by then when Lado was a Province of Egypt . Britain recruited these Lado Soldiers through the Agreement which Britain made with Lado Authorities known in History as the KAVALI AGREEMENT of 17th September 1891 whereby a British Imperial Army ( King’s African Rifles ) was established in 1891 under this Agreement . The Agreement was signed as said by the English Captain Frederick . D . Lugard who later became the Governor – General of Nigeria for Great Britain and a Citizen of Lado , Major Selim Matera signed for Lado . Frederick Lugard was in Reality the Head of the Imperial British East Africa Company , and with these Soldiers formed the Core of the British Military combined Forces to carve out much of Great Britain’s East African Empire . Under this Treaty too , the British managed to engage all the Lado Military forces strong men Fighters forming the first King African Rifles / KAR Strong men fighters ( Soldiers ) along side the British Kings Forces .

The Long time later to become Agofe King of Lado Anacleto Ataboa , was taken into this Army of the British / African Kings Rifle . The King reached the Military rank of Colonel , serving in the Kings African Rifles ( KAR ) in the 4th Regiment which was British , with headquaters at Bombo in Uganda . He went to fight for the British in Burma in 2° World War ( WWII ) with the 4th Regiment of the Kings Africans Rifles under his command , which later was stationed at Jinja in Uganda. The Lado Military mutiny in 1897 Following the Military mutiny in 1897 by these Lado soldiers of the harsh British ruling in Uganda and Britain wanting to send them to fight their own brothers in North Lado in 1897 decided to fight off the British rightly in Uganda . This Mutiny was suppressed after two years of fighting by the British soldiers combined with the British / Indian – Asian soldiers which were brought in from India and with the Baganda / Ugandans Christian allies of the British which demonstrated their support for the British Colonial power over them in Uganda . As a reward for this support by the Baganda / Ugandans , and in Recognition of Buganda’s / Uganda’s formidable Military presence , the British negotiated a separate Treaty with Buganda , granting it a large measure of Autonomy and Self-government within the larger protectorate under indirect Rule . One-half of Bunyoro’s conquered Territory was awarded to Buganda as well , including the Historic Heartland of the Kingdom containing several Nyoro ( Bunyoro ) Royal Tombs . Buganda /or called / named as Uganda by Britain doubled in size from ten to twenty Counties (Sazas) , but the lost Counties of Bunyoro remained a continuing grievance that would return to haunt Buganda or Uganda State in the 1960’s till todate 3,000 a.d . Meanwhile , for the Lado people , the Military mutiny in 1897 by the Ladoans , had a Permanent Dramatic devastating effect on them as a Military reprisal . The people of Lado became Discriminated , continued to be and till todate 3,000 a.d , regarded as the Bad People in Uganda and making them live desperate life as Displaced Persons , the Stateless Persons and the Internal Refugee Problems arising among them and they became and are often now called by the British and in the East African Countries ( especially in Uganda as Nubians : and that amounts so , beacause of their belief religion – ” ORI belief ” and for many of them believing in Muslim faith belief / Islam . Yet these people are the only Major Community Descendents of LUU and LUI people in / of Lado Kingdom who ever since then were being held mainly in Uganda and Kenya as Prisoners in Reservation Camps , the so called Restricted Settlements at ( Bombo , Soroti , Gulu in Uganda and Kibira near Nairobi in Kenya ) , all this was started by the British since 1897 . The British and the Ugandans may perdon a Ladoan and call him a Ugandan of Ugandan Citizen , if he or she is or accepts to belong to / become of Anglican Christian or of Roman Catholic faith —- than otherwise a Ladoan is a Nubian or sometimes identified as Simba , Anyanya – Soldier Foreigners in Uganda and therefore can not and must not participate in Uganda Politics : in Uganda they get killed if found till todate . The truth behind is that . The British have never forgotten nor forgiven the Lado people of their Religion beliefs of ORI , Muslim / Islam for this Breach of Discipline , which explains why these Displaced People easily identified and refered to as The Nubians in East Africa , are still being punished and secreetly Murdered with Impunity day in and day out as Unwanted Persons and heavily Discriminated against , very much like the American Indians were treated by the Europeans .

The Chronological Diplomatic History of Lado since 3000 b.c

Following a war which started as a Spartacus – like rebellion from 1090 b.c to 700 b. c , LADO people entered into the War to free themselves and to become Independent from Egypt .

From 700 b.c :  Lado people struggled for their Independence from Egyptian Pharaonic Reign over them in the period of the last down fall of Pharao’s which was intensified by the Power struggle between the Egyptian High Priests and the Pharao couple Tut – Ank – Amon and Queen Nefertiti .

Around 749 b.c :  The Sudanics left Egypt like their predecessors the Jews had done under Moses around , ( 11 – 1200 BC ) , led by their War Hero , General/ or ” Karanga ” , LARO who took over from his Father Karanga Alia killed in the freedom War in Egypt . The Sudanics moved Southwards , migrating and finaly decided to settle first , around the foot of the Mountain which they named ” LADO ” . The name Lado means , where our ” Forefathers Dead Bodies Lie ” on or at the foot of Mountain Lado . MOUNTAIN, Mt. LADO IS A GREAT SACRED PLACE OF LADO FOR LADOANS WHICH REPRESENTS ITS COUNTRY , NATION – STATE IN AFRICA ” . As in their Natural habitat as organised hard working Sedentary pasturalists , manual metal tool making uses  ( Blacksmiths ) the Ladoans spreaded out , settling in vast Large Regions of Farming Lands  and mineral rich  Areas stretching between the River Basins of the Nile and Congo Rivers , in what was and still called the Sudan Central Africa and hence the People came to be known as the Sudanics of the Sudan Central Africa with their Leader , the Great Likiji who contributed  as the Agofe / or ” King  ,  in the building up of the Political Administration Systems of Lado based on the Tribal Philosophy Education .  The Political system became effective for the welfare taking care of  the People , ensured  good Judciary Systems and mantaining  Peoples Languages intact and in the end  the Defence  systems were easily enforced  and built up  for the Defence of  the Lado Land / Territories .

687 b.c :  The Ladoans who are of the Sudanic Speaking Languages settled and covered up the Geographical Areas lying in the Sudan Central Africa within the Basin of the water Shade Regions of Nile – Congo Rivers with the southern tip end Territory extending up to Lake Ombizako , a name in Lugbari language of Lado , today called by the British / and Uganda as ( Lake Albert ) .

640 a.d – 1270 :  Ethiopia was under the Rule of Lado for 7 centuries . One of such Great Ruler of Ethiopia was Ancestor ( Negus ) of Ethiopia , Sambala Naiga , who later moved away from his home place at Lake Tana at the time of his Reign and after the Political upheavels in Ethiopia , he moved to settle at the foot hill of Mt. Luku in as a Lado Hero .

847 a.d :  A modern Nation State – Kingdom of Lado was Established in and to replace the then Ancient Lado which was founded already in 700 b.c and continued to develop through 10th , 11th and 12th Centuaries into its present features and forms of today .

13th and 14th Centuaries :  was the period of Re – organisation of the Region ( Sudan Central Africa ) based on the Tribal Philosophy in order to ensure a proper Protection care and a better Social Services to the People under the Great Agofe / King Likiji for and of the Lado People . The 29 Tribes of Lado was Re – organised and existing till todate with the Tribes Affiliation / Association / Federation to the State Kingdom of Lado .

1452 :   In the period of Papacy , ( Vatican in Rome ) , Pope Pius II , aimed to create a Vicariate in the Sudan Central Africa .

1711 :  The direct contact between Lado and with the Western European World started when Catholic Mission was founded in Ladoland ( Sudan Central Africa – LADO ) by the Franciscan Fathers , from Austria , during the Papacy of Pope Clement XI ( cf : the aims of creating Vicariate in the Sudan Central Africa by Pope Pius II , 1452 ) .

9th May 1772 :  The Lado Constitution was passed on 9 May 1772 , after the 60-year War (and specifically with Arabs of the Slave Traders ) and gave Executive Powers to the Agofe / King , which became in and as the Institution of the Government of Lado . Lado was Assisted by the Jesuits who travelled from their Valleta house in Malta .

1821 : The beginning of the Turco / Egyptian occupation , as it was later called , was to plunder of the black lands South Sahara deserts ( the word Sudan means Black in Arabic Language ) and Lado later was occupied in 1871 .

13th February 1841- 1st April 1864 :  The Turco – Egyptian Firman of 13 February 1841 , and the Turco – Egyptian Firman of 1st April 1869 were understably Signed by the Ottomans , Europeans and United States of America , ( U.S.A ) for the occupation of Sudan Central Africa whereby Lado became Occupied and this took place on 26th May 1871 to Convert Lado in a Western so called Modern State in Central Africa . The Sudanic population of Lado was located in this Region from 700 b.c up to the Half of the 19th centuary ( 1850 ) and from 1870 onwards , the Sudanic population started to face Foreign interferences and invasions from the Arab and European Colonialists including United States of America , ( U.S.A ) , thus leading Sudanic Ladoans to fight unending Wars against these Foreign invaders . And the Wars against Colonialists are still being fought till todate , while writing this Report History of Lado .

1850 :   One can thefore say the Half of 19th centuary up to ( 1850 ) is mainly about the The History of Lado which took place among its Ethnic groups for the Political re – organisation levels on the philosophical Tribal basis for the Protection of  the LAND , the PEOPLE and the INTEREST of the 29 Tribes of the founded Nation – Kingdom State of Lado in Africa .

26 January 1846 : His Holiness , Pope Gregory XVI signed a Document making the Upper Nile Valley , Lado , becoming , ” The Vicariate of Central Africa ” .

1867 :  The Jesuits remained in Lado until 1867 by which time they were replaced by the still now present Verona Fathers from Italy .

26 May 1871 :  Ottoman – Empire ( todays reduced to Turkey ) with the Consensus of the Europeans , the United States of America , ( U.S.A ) as one and following the Agreements of the The Turco – Egyptian Firman of 13th February 1841 , and the Turco – Egyptian Firman of 1st April 1869 extended their Authority for the control of Lado under the Nominated a British National who was serving in the Ottoman Military Service by name Sir Samuel White Baker . He became the First Governor General to Lado to serve the Ottoman Interests – ( Lado Occupied ) ,

3rd August 1875 : could / can be remembered as the beginning date , as the European States divided the African Continent amongst them , ( the Paris Resolution ) in Establishing and for the Application of their famous term ” Terra Nullius ” over the Mother Continent of Africa . And again as a follow up which took place at Berlin in Germany , on 26 February 1885 ( the Berlin Treaty ) became to conclude , where they took African Freedom and Liberty and imposed their Religion and their Values on the African Peoples .

1876 -1878 :  United States of America , ( U.S.A ) undertook to occupy Lado , whereby , Colonel Henry . G . Prost and Colonel Alexandra . A Manson in 1876 – 1878 actively participated in the Administration of Lado and both failed to control this Equatoria / Lado Nation to be occupied for U.S.A . If they succeceeded by then , immediately ” Lado would have turned to be like Liberia in West Africa for the United States of America , U.S.A ” as Lado was and is still the Core / Centre Heart of Africa , which is better Geographically placed , in the World for Strategic Military Control Operations – meaning Lado becoming the centre for ” ECHELON ” in Africa like Poland being in Europe .

1879 :  Belgium after defeating Congo and occupying Congo which became Congo Belgium declared War inorder to occupy Lado . It was from this date 1879 to 1889 , when Lado was then held out in a ten years of war against Belgium to defend its Sovereignty . The war ended with Peace Treaty of Wadelai ( Wadelai was by then the Capital of Lado ) on 28th September 1892 between Lado and Belgium . Lado never recognised the Belgium Crown over her ( Lado ) Sovereignty .

1881 :  The Arabised Blacks in Sudan who wanted to seperate from the Ottoman Dominium and to remain Black ( Sudan ) Africans decided creating a Fighting Force a long side with the forces of Lado which was already in War , fighting the Belgians from 1879 to fight the Turco – Anglo / Egptian forces and in the end defeated the Anglo Egyptian forces thus creating the Mahdi States from 1881 – 1899 . As advantage to Lado , this revolt and the defeat of the Ottoman / Egyptian forces made loose to Egypt the control of Lado . The Sudan became liberated and renamed and reformed as the State of Mahdi but divided into the two Seperate States as North Madhi inhabited by the Majority of the White Arab coloured skinned typical of Islamic Faith and South Madhi consisting of the Black skinned Native and mostly Arabised / or much more influenced by Faith / Islam plus the non Believers in Islam or those who have their own African Religious beliefs came to be distinguished as the South Madhi State . But Lado remained as it is , ” The Lado Nation – State ” , never was the two a part of the Madhi States .

25th February 1885 :   The events and implications of Berlin Conference for the Partition of Africa took effect and thus affecting Lado and in this period , Lado was heavily engaged in War with Belgium .

7th March 1887 :  The Royal – Agofe / King of Lado – AYINGANI , was assassinated during the War with the Belgium troops .

1887, 29 April :  Paris Treaty betwwen France and Belgium was concluded about the frontiers between the Congo – Leopoldville , Lado , and the French Equatoria Africa , Congo – Brazzaville , Central African Republic , and Chad .

1889 :  The War ended up between Belgium and Lado which lasted for the 10 ( Ten ) years .

1890 :  On 24 May a Treaty ( sometimes refered to as Macknnon Treaty ) was signed betwwen Britain and Belgium Recognising the Frontier betwwen Lado and British Spheres of influence to the East of the River Nile .

17th September 1891 , Kavali Agreement :  A British Imperial Army ( King’s African Rifles ) was established in 1891 under the Kavalli Agreement of 17 September 1891 . The Agreement was signed by the Englishman Captain Frederick D. Lugard who later became the Governor – General of Nigeria , and a Citizen of Lado Major Selim Matera signed for Lado , It was him Governor – General , Lugard who developed the British Colonial Doctrine called The Dual Mandate ( Indirect Rule ) , which is still in Force through the Commonwealth Pyramid Divide – and – Rule System with the Queen / King on top , and under the Sovereign Head are the British .

28th September 1892 :  Peace Agreement was reached between Lado and Belgium . Leuftnant Milz took over from his Commadant Van Kerckhoven who died before arrival to Wadelai , signed it for Belgium . On the part of Lado , this Agreement was signed by Commandant Fadh El Mula Aga ( A Lugbari tribe of Lado ) . This Convention Treaty came to be known as Belgium and Lugbari Agreement for Cooperation Between Lado and Belgium . ” Belgium Recognised the Crown Sovereignty of Lado ” .

29th September 1892 :  Finally Lado allowed Belgium Flag to be hoisted at Wadelai , which was the Capital of Lado by then .

12 of May and 14 of August of 1894 : An Agreement was signed between Britain and Belgium Recognizing the temporary possession to King Lepeold II , Lado territory called formally Side Enclave , which was separated from the Province of Bahr el Ghazal of Sudan State .

1894 May :  The Brussels treaty of 12 May 1894 was signed and for the first time , the term Lado Enclave figured out . Lado enclave was to be for linking all the possessions of the British Crown from Cape Town in South Africa to Cairo in Egypt .

1894 June :  The Brussels treaty of 12 May 1894 was denounced by the Belgium – British declaration of 22 June in favour of Germany .

1894 August :  The Brussels treaty of 12 May was again denounced by the treaty of Paris of 14 , 1894 between France and Belgium .

1899 :  France disengaged herself from the problems of Lado through the Cairo treaty of 21 March 1899 , between Britain and France which was concurrently signed in Cairo ( Egypt ) and in London ( Britain ) by the French Ambassador Paul Gabon and the British Lord Salsbury . This treaty sanctioned the French to withdraw from the Nile Valley Conflict .

December 1899 : The Treaty of Arua between Lugbara ( Lado ) and Russia ( USSR ) in December 1899 ( For Cooperation ) During Nicholas II .

1904 : The treaty of the 8th April 1904 between France and Britain whereby France undertook a commitment before Britain to adopt a neutral attitude over the question of Lado , meaning that when Britain is in war with Lado , France was not to help her against Britain in return for the British withdrawl from Moroco in favour of France .

1906 :  Britain concluded another treaty , Treaty of London with Belgium on 9th May 1906 to obtain Belgium cooperation as a fellow Europeans to colonise Lado . In December 1906 a similar agrement was reached with Italy and succesfully with Portugal , Spain and Germany all in all forcing these countries not to come into military help , assistance and not to trade with Lado .

1907 :  In the same manner , in 1907 , Britain reached another agreement with Russia to obtain the Russian abstention from assisting Lado when at war with Britain in exchange for Iran which was important to Russia ( cf : Arua Treaty between Lugbari and Russia for mutual cooperation ) . 1909 :  Treaty of Dufile ( dufule ) between Lado and U S A ( For Cooperation ) was formulated during the period of President Theodore Roosevelt ( New York ) in the same year when King of Belgium – Leopold II died and secretly the British took advantage of that to take over Lado.

1910 :  On 10 June 1910 , following King of Belgium – Leopold’s death in 1909 , Lado Great Britain forced Belgium Government to give away Lado to be under Great Britain’s Administration and so Lado became a Province of the Anglo Egyptian Sudan .

1912 :  Britain Partitioned Lado whereby the southern half of Lado was ceded to Uganda , then a British protectorate .

1914 – 1919 :  War broke up between Great Britain and Lado which in History is known as Lugbari – British Wars which lasted for five ( 5 ) years over Great Britain’s wish to occupy Lado .

1920 :  The British agreed to end the War with the Lugbari People of Lado which ended up in signing a Treaty ( Truce Treaty ) signed at Odupi in Lado whereby the British on behalf of Great Britain agreed for the Recognition of the non existence of British Crown over Lado . The British of Great Britain did not and normally don’t give up easily in their Politricks to deceive others on this World in their Political Affairs in expanding their Political Interests

1926 :  The British of the Great Britain’s Attention was turned on to confuse the Kakwa Tribes People of Lado in Sudan ” Black Africa ” this time to sign against being of Lado Kingdom State in so much to change the Kakwa’s Indenty Issues

In 1936 :  From then 1926 there was growing tension going on between the British Occupants residing on the Lands of Kakwa Tribes of Lado and which again led to the War breaking out into the Kakua – Kajo – Keji war against Great Britain in the period of 1931 – 1936 . The war did not end until the United States ( USA ) intervention by President Franklin D . Roosevelt in 1936 and that was in respect to the 1909 Treaty of Dufile ( dufule ) between Lado and USA ( For Cooperation ) between Lado and the United States .

1940 :  King / Agofe Lemiro was Assassinated by the British Agents then out of issue of 1936 .

1947 :  The question of the colonisation of Lado was raised in the United Nations Organisation ( UNO ) – Trusteeship Council which the British wished to discuss with Uganda by the USSR . The citizens of Lado asked for freedom .

1948 :  On the April of 1948 , the Keego / Prime Minister of Lado was assassinated by the British Colonial Authorities when he was to travel to UN for talks on Lado . From that time up to now , Britain does every thing to keep Lado as her Possession ( Occupied Territory ) . Punishes any body who dares to use the name Lado .

1951 :  The assassination death of the Prime Minister of Lado re – opened the war again with Britain , the 3 years war , in the period of ( 1948 –1951 ) . The British conservative Government under the wise old man Prime Minister Winston .S .Churchhill in 1951 stopped the war and favoured a thoughtful approach to the Independence for Lado . The Governor for Lado affairs by then was Major General Sir John Hall .

1952 :  Lado Envoy Extraordinary Atamva John Bart Agami who today is the present AGOFE / KING of Lado was sent with assistance of President Colonel Abdel Nasser of Egypt to USSR to meet the Secretary General Marshal Joseph Stalin as Lado situation was precipitating following the British attitude towards Lado . This time the USSR took a side for Lado .

1953 :  Another yet , Keego / Prime Minister of Lado was assassinated by the British to change the political cause of Lado . In this particular moment , Lado had rejected the British intention of creating an East African Federation as Lado a part of it .

1953 :  Once again , this time , the Lado Envoy Extraordinary Atamva John Bart Agami was sent with the assistance of Ethiopia – Emperor Haile Selassie Tafari Makonnen to meet Prime Minister , Wiston . S . Church hill , in Malta .

1954 :  Nile Bridge talks – between Lado Envoy Extraordinary Atamva John Bart Agami and Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II took place in Uganda . It was agreed that Lado would be independent in 1960 / 1961 .

1956 :   A conference was held in Arua in Lado which included : the Chief Jalasiga ( Rhowt of Alur who was from Mahagi Regions of Lado which was still under Belgium Congo by then ) , he acted as the Representative of the Head of Chiefs of Agofe of Lado . Present in the Conference were also , the Prime Minister ( Keego ) Mr. Gaspero Oda , Congo’s first Prime Minister , Mr Patrick Lumumba . The main Agenda in the Confrerence included the question of Lado and its Peoples Rights to Self – determination and on the question of the Nile waters . ( cf : Nile Waters Agreement of 1929 and Nile Waters Utilization Agreement of 8th November 1959 ) . The Agofe / or King of Lado by then was His Majesty , H.M Mariko Onacia Boroa .

1957 :  The Representative of Lado Atamva ( Mr. ) Ringe afterwards was assassinated following the Conference issues of and on Lado by the British / Uganda Agents who stood against , never favoured Lado’s Independence issue . ” Atamva Ringe was an Alur of Luo tribe in Lado ” who stood strongly for Lado Issue excistence in Africa .

1958 :  General Elections of March 1958 were held to determine the Independence of Lado and the future Prime Minister after Decolonisation and the two People who stood in for the Elections were Atamva Gaspero Oda of Lugbara Tribe and Atamva Lobidra of Kakwa Tribe . Atamva ( MR.) Gaspero Oda ( a Lugbari tribe ) won the elections amongst all the candidates of the 29 tribes of Lado .

1960 :  The Agofe of Lado Culu / His Majesty MARIKO ANACIA BOROA , O.M died of the untimely natural death whose death the British properly took advantage for the Independence of Lado as promised by Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II .

1961 :  As by the 1954 Agreement between Great Britain and Lado of the ” Jinja Bridge Agreement between the Chief of State / or Head of State of Great Britain Queen Elisabeth II and the Chief Representative of Lado Military Connel John Bart Agami Onzima II of Lado by then who was of the Military Service Officer of / for British Uganda as said already before in this writing of this Lado File Memory History of Lado was finally to have its Independence in 1961 as the Agofe of Lado’s Signiture for being and to be under the Crown State of Great Britain . Elections were held and LADO was to have to its Independene under the Government Prime Minister Gaspero Oda by the Lado Arua Constitution of 1956 regarding Lado Political Affairs under the Agofe or King of Lado and Benedict Kiwanuka for Uganda regarding the Uganda Constitutional Political Affairs of Namirebe Costitutional Affairs for Uganda under the King / Kabaka of Uganda United by the 19O8 Agreement officially signed by the Kabaka of Ugannda . The issue was like Breat Britain giving Independence to the two Countries like done by Great Britain between Pakistan and India who got Independences on the the same day in 1947 . But Britain for Lado decided in the final hour not to do that , nullifying the whole Independence Issues for the two different Countries of Lado and Uganda . Out of the Poiltical Pretext decided to re orgainise new elections and this time to throw out Lado and postponing Independence issues and that Lado issue will remain to be done by the Africans and Under Ugandan Parliarment . The AGOFE of Lado refused and rejected of this British Proposal which was completely Absurd in a Political sense in futher more of treating Lado Political issues .

1962 :  In 1962 9th October , Great Britain went ahead and having the Military Power to do so gave Uganda Independence from Britain but on the Political grounds , the Lado leader then CULU John Bart Agami the Agofe of Lado was arrested and sentenced to imprisonment by the British Authority in Uganda . He was and is the living physical person today of the Agofe of Lado who fortunately was released by his military personel of which he was the commandant of the army in Uganda under the Supreme Command of Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II and note – ( Uganda got its independence but remains till todate under the Supreme Authority of the Crown of Britain ( cf : Implications of the British commomwealth ) , Uganda offers a suitable base for attacks on Lado .

1967 :  A new political constitution after being draughted in 1966 was passed in Uganda Parliament , without allowing a debate on it in 1967 , ( intention was to hide the knowledge that Lado is a seperate State from Uganda since 1892 ) .

1971 :  Uganda ‘ s plot for the extermination came into picture in 1971 of the 1967 Master plan to finalise but failed in carrying it out in January

1971 : The result came out of the over throw of the President of Uganda Mr Apollo Milton Obote ( a Luo tribe of Uganda State ) . And by the Military hierachy Major General Idi Amin ( a Sudanic – Kakua / Kuku by tribe from Lado ) took over the State Affairs of Uganda on 25th January 1971 ) . In the reorgainsation of the State of Uganda General Idi Amin thought it wise to take back the Sovereignty of Uganda to view the Uganda – Lado Relations . This became a big blow defeat for the British . In the course of events on to come , the Sudanic people in Uganda and Lado finally were to be wiped off completly in a War which would take place to liberate Uganda from Idi Amin’s Administration of Uganda . Idi Amin and the rest of Ladoans in Uganda became to be regarded as Foreigners Ruling Uganda .

1975 :   London Agreement of 1975 was reached . It was worked out in Lusaka in Zambia between Uganda and Britain , inclulding other Commonwealth Countries to fight the Sudanic tribes of the State of Lado .

1978 / 1979 :  War was declared on Lado and its people ( predominately Sudanic race ) from 6th October 1978 to April 1979 , whereby 250,000 soldiers were assembled from all over the World especially from the British Commonwealth Countries and from the Political Allies of Britain . In the Diplomatic channel it was Denmark , a strong British Ally who undertook running the Diplomatic machinary to impliment the War and was the one who raised the issue in the United Nations under the cover that the War in Uganda was necessary to over throw the World ‘ s worst Dictator ever known , General Idi Amin . ” General Idi Amin is a Kakua / Kuku Sudanic tribe in Lado ” . After the over throw of Idi Amin , the coming true President of Uganda Professor Yusuf Lule said ” the Nile is betwwen us ” , confirming the existence of the two States : that was to say , Lado ( since 1892 ) and Uganda ( since 1894 ) by International Treaty Conventions .

1979 :  In March 1979 , the Uganda Ethnic Groups ( Bantu , Nilotics / Luo and Nilo Hamatics and of Tanzania and other Africans held ” Moshi Confrence ” in Tanzania , finally to impliment the London Agreement of 1975 . In the end of the War resulted in killing the Prime Minister of Lado in 1979 by the so called Ugandan Liberators assisted by Great Britain and her / its Allies like the new United States of America including Denmark and other Scandinavian Countries which became aggressive of the outstanding Lado Politics stand point of view in Africa especially when it comes on the topics of the Political Economic grounds to talk on when Lado issue is or later Lado People are involved on Treaties to be dealt on with in this World Economic Affairs .

1980/1 :  From 1979 to 1981 massive massacres of the Sudanics in the Southern Lado , in Uganda and in other East African Countries inclulding total destruction of Properties in this part of Lado ( both Private and Public properties ) was carried out in order to occupy Lado land ( cf ; Uganda plans of 1967 and Uganda decree of 12 May 1980 , Art. 5 and Art. 10 of the Uganda Documents ) , This was done with full cooperation of Tanzania .

Lado Petition to United Nations ( U.N ) 1 January 2002 :   Lado through the Act by the present Agofe Culu John Bart Agami Onzima II sent a Petition to the UN Security Council and requested the UN Secretary General to act under Article 99 , and whereby the UN Secretary General ” needed to do was to express his concern ” for the Lado People and say that there was a Situation which was bad and Dangerous in Sudan Centra Africa – Lado and what was better , was to go about to implement the UN General Assembly Resolutions 43 / 47 of 22 November 1988 , UN General Assembly Resolution 1514 (XV) of 14 December 1960 and Article 1 and Article 73 of the UN Charter of 26 June 1945 . In any case of legal complications and Difficulties on the question ( Decolonisation ) of LADO , the UN General Assembly could have refered the matter of LADO to the International Court of Justice for the Advisory Opinions . This would have eventually resulted in the Formal Recognition of the State of LADO as an Independent , Sovereign Nation State ( LADO ) in Central Africa which would have at the same time been in the Plans to definately restore LADO to its former Historical Status as a Sovereign Nation State ( LADO ) .

Year 2005 : A different picture appeared on world political affairs again and that was in the ; ” Nairobi Agreement held in Kenya ” of 9 January 2005 which was to bring Peace between the Rebel Forces SPLM ( Sudan People’s Liberation Movement ) and the Sudan Government in Khartoum , was reached . There is / was no doubt that , behind the move was the long – term Objective to Destroy Lado , the Lado State in Central Africa situated in the Great Lakes Regions and in the Nile-Congo Watershed Region , which is falsely shown on the map as Southern Sudan and DR Congo . But it is the Northern Territory of Lado ( “ Equatoria and Ituri Province of Lado ” since 1871 which was in the background yard mirror to be permanently annexed to South Sudan and Democratic Republic of Congo , DRC ) .

The Intricate History of British Rule of and over Lado

Lado Wiped off the World Map by Britain Lado was wiped off the World Maps in 1947 after 34 years of unsuccessful Occupation by the British from 1913 . Before 1913 Lado was an Independent and Sovereign Country , the size of the British Isles , with its Constitution drawn from 9th September 1772 , and is situated at the Upper Nile Valley in the Nile-Congo Watershed Region , and since 1871 it was called Equatoria as a part of the Ottoman Empire’s Divide and Rule Policy . Lado was Administered through Egypt by Britain . The British Influence started when they signed the Constantinople Agreement in May 22 , 1887 , when they Administered Lado through Egypt , which incidentally was then a possession of the Ottoman Empire . The first two Governor’s of Lado , Col. Sir Samuel White Baker (1871-1873) and Col. Charles George Gordon (1874 – 1876) were appointed through the British with the Consent of United State of America , U.S.A but their salaries were paid by the Ottoman Empire . After the failure of the Governor General Sir Samuel White Baker to control Lado and who infact abandoned Lado of Lado people’s resent of him , the British later Appointed again their Governor General Colonel Charles George Gordon to Lado , but he would never set foot to live in Lado , instead gave the resposibility of Administration control of Lado to an Italian Soldier , Captain Romolo Gessi as his Vice Roy to maintain Relations with Lado for him and the British Government . Captain Romolo Gessi tried with a bit of luck but never continued as he at many times disagreed with Colonel Gordon on the ways of his Adminstration systems over Lado . He too had to abandon Lado .

From 1876 – 1878 :  Two American Colonels became Governors of Lado , namely : Colonel , Henry G. Prout and Colonel , Alexander A . Mason and neither the British nor the American Governors lasted very long as formal Occupiers of Lado . Officially , the British pretended that they did not have a part in it with United states ( USA ) Colonels being American Governors in Lado . This is perhaps and because of the Sovereignty of Lado was Still under the Ottoman/ Turkish Control .

1879 – 1889 :   The other reason was that France was fighting Britain over Egypt which would later and secretly become under Military Occupation by Britain in 1882 .

1879 – 1899 :  Another , German Prussian Edward Karl Schnitzer tried with a bit of more luck from 1879 to 1889 , Ten ( 10 ) years of Administration over Lado for the Khedive of the Ottoman Empire . Governor Schnitzer in more or less pretended and became a Moslem to have the trust of the Khedive and took the name ” Emin Pasha ” and he managed somehow to gain more support from Ladoans who gave him a bit of trust till 1889 whereby in the end he still deserted at Wadelai leaving Lado to its fate .

The British Knack / Capacity for Secrecy The British have always had a knack for Secrecy and have made their Fame from the ‘ hiding behind the bush ‘ Game and Method , and that is especially obvious in the case of Lado in Central Africa . The British logo has been and is always that of the Three Monkeys , who don’t Hear , don’t See and don’t Talk , and even in the extraordinary case that they should see , they certainly don’t talk . Another term for that kind of Policy , is very much practised in the EU ( European Union ) , in the WTO ( World Trade Organisation ) and in other such Clubs , is the Closed Doors Policy .

The International View of Lado

The Question of Lado was raised for the first time in the United Nations at a UN Conference lasting from 28 April to 15 May 1947 by the then Soviet Permanent Representative to the U.N , Andrei A . Gromyko , who later became the Foreign Minister of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics , USSR . On this Conference , which incidentally was called by Britain , three Key Issues were discussed , that is to say the Palestine Question , the creation of the new State of Israel , and the Independence of Lado . Lado was Cheated as the decision at the United Nations Oganisation , U.N.O was to grant all three parties Independence , but as everyone knows , only one of these decisions was implemented with the realisation of the State of Israel in 1948 . A lot of bloodshed , anger , pain and millions of displaced and Stateless Persons have up to now been the result of the lack of implementation of the Palestine and Lado Questions . By the way , now , there remains to be granted Independence to nearly eighteen countries in the World , of which the FOUR are the Palestine , Western Sahara , Lado and St. Helena .

Lado not being in the Public Eye

The first two Countries , the Palestine , and Western Sahara , are on the verge of Independence because they have for a long time been burning issues and in the Focus of the Public Eye making their Suffering and Quest for Freedom a Matter of Conscience for the People of the World . However , the Plight of Lado and St. Helena , both African Nations and both under Foreign Occupation ( Lado under Britain / Belgium , St. Helena under Britain ) , has been that of oblivion , covert oppression and shadow boxing on behalf of the two Countries . Lado is in exactly the same boat as St. Helena as their issues have never been allowed to be discussed in the open and as all Topics concerning them have been swept and are still kept under the carpet . Yet , it is known , the question of National Identity is one of crucial importance to any Man , and the Right of all People on the Planet Earth . Although it is even one of the foremost Principles of the United Nations Charter , the Lado Peole and the St. Helena People have been denied the Right to even Exist , let alone their Independence . The very name Lado typically , especially is the Forbidden Word in the World of Politics and Diplomacy , and not least on the African Continent where there is severe Penalty , even Death , for expressing a single syllable about Lado and its Existence as a Nation State or a People . Lado is never called by its True Name but heard of always through the , referred to , as either the unruly North-Western Region or West Nile of Uganda , the North-Eastern Region of Congo , or even Equatoria Region of Sudan or now as Southern or South Sudan Independent Region , but never by its true and genuine name Lado . In fact the mere mention of the name Lado triggers a jittery shock in Diplomatic Circles , as it is becoming an increasingly embarassing issue for the former Colonial Powers spearheaded by Britain , its Commonwealth Countries and Institutions enforced by their musclemen their American cousins – United States of America , U.S.A ( meaning through the Powers of the Old Virginia Company ) . The Hidden Agenda , but then it is no wonder that , the Lado Question has become such a Hot Potato to the Ruling Powers of the World when you consider that the Hidden Agenda of the Anglo/American Conglomeration was to create a New State on Lado Land ( Territory ) by the name of Southern or South Sudan . The idea is to hand over Lado Land to Black Americans , as it was done in Liberia , which will help ” White America ” to get rid of some of its Black Citizens that constantly remind them of their infamous and shameful Slave Past . So , Annihilation of Lado People is best for them to do on the African soil still . Annihilation of Lado People , invariably this scheme involves the Annihilation of the Rightful Owners of Lado Land , the Indigenous People of the Luu , Lui , Luo and Lue origins . These are the National Identities of Lado , and this explains why the name Lado is not even whispered in the Corridors of Power . Note : Lado has been is still occupied , but never Colonised , since 26 May 1871 by an International Force led by the US military based in Egypt .

The created Covert / or Secreet Operations

The Force, which operated under the pretext of fighting the Slave Trade, was the ” NATO ” of that day (1871), and as history went yet , another American President , General Ulysses Simpson Grant had been manipulated (or forced) by the British Crown to do the dirty work under the auspices of an under-cover Agreement of the Ottoman Empire Sovereignty of which Egypt was a Possession at the time . Now the implementation of the Creation of this New ” Slave State “, and part of the Secret Anglo – American Colonisation Program of Africa , was preceded by a recent Fact – Finding Mission to Lado carried out by the Congressmen : Donald M. Payne (a Black American) and Tom Tancredo , and Senator Sam Brownback . United States , U.S.A Congress Passed Resolution to Invade only . Coinciding with the Mission of these three Gentlemen , a Resolution was passed in the U.S Congress in June 1999 that the U.S was to supply Arms and Finances to the South Sudan Liberation Army and the South Sudan Peoples Liberation Movement under the pretext of fighting the Arabs in North Sudan . Part of the Scheme , and the Reason for the Passing of the Resolution in Congress , was to conjure a deliberate Misinformation on the whole situation in the Region which was to hide the Real Reason , namely to destroy Lado as a Country and its People , exactly the same way that North Atlantic Treaty Organisation ( NATO ) was trying to destroy Serbia and its People .

The present NATO Operation in Africa

One only sees it as the preparations for a new NATO Operation which will always use Uganda and Kenya as their Bases and Buffer Zones . The Lado People remain , will be the Targets at the receiving end , and Lado Land will be used as the new Testing Ground for their impressive and High-Tech Bombing / Weapons sprees , such as the drones now in use . Who says World Peace ? The Bluff they are calling is to make the World believe that the South Sudan People are in Dire Circumstances and desperately in need of Help to liberate and protect themselves .

Equatoria is Lado or Lado is Equatoria

However , the fact is that , the so called South Sudan is encapsulating part of the North Lado Territory occupied ( divided into three Regions of East , Central and West Equatoria which have been first placed forming the Southern Region Areas of the Unified Republic of Sudan State : North and South Sudan United in 1899 and even after Independence in 1956 ) . The Regions of East , Central and West Equatoria are inhabited by Luu , Lui , and Lue People . The Rebel War of the Sudan Peoples Liberation Movement ( SPLM ) was fought , not in South Sudan as such , but in Lado ( called Equatoria from 20 May 1871 ) , as the real South Sudan People and the border line with Lado is situated five degrees north of the Lado Border . The South Sudan People , living inside the Republic of Sudan are mostly the Nilotic speaking / or simply known as Nilotics or Luo Groupings : they are the Dinka , Nuer , Anuak , Shilluk , Acholi or Acoli and Jo Luo Native Black People Africans and including Arab Native descendents who have no connection and Politically so , whatsoever to Lado and Lado People . Consequently , the Phony War in Sudan was being fought and will be ever fought in the Wrong Place and by the Wrong People and for the Wrong Reasons under the pretext of the Christian Victims versus the Cruel Arab Muslims in North Sudan . The whole issue placed by the Anglo / Americans is that , without any political thinking , the Black South Sudan people of Sudan are Christians living in bondage / Slavery under the dominant Arabs of North Sudan . But the true picture behind of these Super Powers was / is , will still be , fighting to preserve the South Sudanese people in Sudan in their Covert Campaign of the War against Lado and the hated people of Lado yet , as in the series of Wars which were fought and are still going on over the Occupation of Lado as cited already in the writings here . What an invention !

United States , U.S.A Mission was Misinformed

The United States of America ,U.S.A Fact-Finding Mission was based in the town Yei , which is in the Heart of Lado , and very far away from South Sudan , and yet the Honourable Senators and the Congressmen failed to see that they were physically been enjoying the Hospitality and received the Protection of the People of Lado , and not the People of South Sudan . Instead they manufactured a totally false Report which fatally resulted in the disastrous Resolution passed by the U.S.A Congress in June 1999 , a Resolution which invariably resulted in the Commitment of the U.S.A Government and the Deployment of U.S.A Troops , Arms and Finance to fight inside Lado with the British Crown which remained and still remains in Charge now carrying out the Overall and Tactical Activities ( the Brain and the Muscle ) : The game is played through all the institutions of the British Crown , and some of the most useful on-the-spot players are Uganda , Kenya and South Africa to which Country all destructive weapons were / are being and will always be shipped and distributed . For this reasons Peace or War rests with Britain over Lado . It reminds only the whole Issue of Peace or War , since the Queen’s Promise in 1954 , rests still with the former Labour Government , that same Party which was in power under Prime Minister , Clement Richard Attlee in 1947 when the Issue of Lado’s Independence was discussed in the United Nations / United Nations Organisation , U.N.O . The only difference now is that the New coming parties , Party , such as the ” New Labour Party ” and others onto come , can be seen whether the new on coming of their Prime Ministers , will have the courage to honour Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II’s Word of 1954 , tenths , of years ago till todate of Lado Independence . We all know Lado will still go ahead and declare the Independence of Lado as a Sovereign Nation State in the Heart of Mother Africa and therefore to relieve its restless mind . So what it is really all about is touching the Soul of the Individual Ladoan , is by Releasing , Educating and Training his Mind like Cultivating a Rare Fruit , making People aware of the Fact that the World People no longer live in the Middle Ages or in the Age of Bondage and Slavery in Africa (1440-1840) which was carried up by the same people , Europeans / Arabs etc — etc — , and that is , it is OK for the World People today in this 21st Centuary to be Free and to Think freely of the Freedom for themselves . This is a Brand New Millenium (21 centuary a.d.) dear Readers , and a time in the Human History when people are Liberating themselves from the Common Consciousness and to be Individuals who are Responsible for their own Actions , and even more importantly , Responsible for their Failure to Act .

Now Truely , The Blame cannot be Pushed

That is why like all Africans or the blacks as a whole , can no longer push the Blame for Injustice and Atrocities on to different people alone , whether they be National or Worldwide on a Globalised Planet . People in all have a Task to do for Justice and Peace , and people are no longer Blind – Minded . Whether the Individual be African , Asian or European , American , the Issue is the same : there is no ” cop-out ”, no Escape from taking a Stand and Act or Speak up against Injustice or Oppression in the face of all , once one knows the Truth and the Facts in this Age of Information and Communications . Perhaps as is often quoted in the Christianity saying of Jesus , who said : When two People Act in the name of God , then God Listens and Blesses . So an Individual should not be afraid to do something which he or she knows in his or her Heart is Right , Justice he / she does and will Benefit the Others too . No Escape , as in Africa the Colonial Way of thinking is still prevailing , and so far it has been a Heavy Task to Liberate the African Minds . So many People in Africa have grown accustomed to Identify themselves with the Culture and Language of the European Colonisers that they find it extremely hard and difficult to break out of their Mental Prisons . Surely , and after four hundred years of Slavery and two hundred years of Foreign Occupation and Colonisation , this African State of Mind is Understandable – but it is no longer any Excuse which can be used as a Sleeping Pill or a Drug to quell the overwhelming Fear . Decolonisation Mind Process is Vital Unless the Decolonisation Process is carried out – that is to say the Mind is Liberated to assume full Responsibility for its own Situation . If the Situation in Africa will never change , and in the end really , Africa might even lose or is gradually loosing its own Mother Land Continent to Foreigners now and once for all : the Native Black Race in his / her Mother Continent is wiped off then . Just immagine ; as is worthy to note and to remember that : all it takes is Two People , Two Minds and know what Sovereignty means to the Africans and what to do holding that Spirit up , building the Organisation of African Unit from its very Start springing out of the PanAfricanism Association Conference held on the day of 1945 at Manchester and start reviewing where the wrong steps were taken or are taking place while implementing the still OAU Charter till todate , one gets to find out that the African People can still make it up saving themselves and Mother Continent Africa . And the Africans must also know and be aware of the High Price to Pay as the Price for Freedom and Independence as always any where on the world , is incredibly high , therefore there is no way back for the Africans still and in Particular for the Lado people not to think of taking the National Responsibilities , to take the Matters of Independences and full Sovereignty issues within the Continent of Africa and be into their own Hands as Africans .

INSIDE LADO KINGDOM The Issue of ” AGOFE or the KING ” in Lado Kingdom

Derivation of the Term Agofe : The Defination term of AGOFE derives from Lugbari or Lugbara Language of Lado and is the Highest and a Noble Legal Title equivalent of a King or Chief of State just like in any of the Countries in the World of today . The Title was and is still vested in the Physical Person , Ruling Leader of Lado Kingdom since from 847 a.d through 1772 when Lado had its Constitution drawn on 9th May 1772 till todate 3000 a.d . The Agofe as a King defended the Nation – Tribe States of Lado Kingdom through the Wars fought against the Arabs and European Colonisation Periods and till todate the Wars are going on in Lado over its Occupation . The Title has been mantained of a Legal Official use not only amongest in and for the Lugbari or Lugbara Nation – Tribe Society as this information is being wrongly spread so in Uganda , but the true fact is that the Agofe and his Office is one Political Representative of all the Consisting 29 Nation – Tribes Societies of Lado Kingdom in Africa . The Title is in use for more than 14 Generations now , that is to say , including the present Ruling Agofe of today , His Majesty CULU John Bart Agami Onzima II in the Political History Affairs of LADO , to the present time . In Law a State can be a Kingdom State or a Republican State which ever its Citizens prefer to as a Choise Independently of Foreign Sovereign Powers doing it for them .

Lado for the moment is a Sovereign Kingdom State though under Occupation yet since from 1871 . Period !! The present Agofe /or King of Lado Culu John Bart Agami himself is a Lugbari or of Lugbara Tribe known to everybody in Lado . The Agofe in brief to say , is not a Cultural Leader only for the Lugbari tribe as stated or known in Uganda or recognised by the Uganda Government as such , as Uganda is Administering Parts of Lado they call West Nile and Madi for Britain still . As the Lugbari and Madi being one People , forming the Largest population and speak one common Language in West Nile and Madi ( Nile Region of Lado ) , the Uganda Authority thinks only of misappropriating the use of the Title inorder to demise this Highest Title attributed to the English equivalent term of King in Lado to be a lesser insignificant Title compared to the Uganda Leader Title attributed of being called a President who is Ruling Uganda under the British Commonwealth Authority . Before we see how the Term Agofe came to be introduced , lets take a look briefly as to who are the Lugbari or Lugbara People in the Kingdom State of Lado in Sudan Central Africa to clear out the Confusion created by the Uganda Authority over the name Title use of Agofe which derives or has its etmology , literal / linguistically from the Lugbari – Moru – Madi Language origines . The Lugbari people and as a Nation Identity came around by the lime lights of its heroes : Jaki Lolo , Dribidu Tere and Sambala Naiga who have been the Three Hero-Founders of the Lugbari Nation at the Foot Mountain of Mt. Rejaf in North Lado which is part Area Occupied attached or annexed to the present South Sudan of today Independent in 2011 as explained already here in this text writing here already . The Lugbari people are generally considered or are the descendants of the Moru and Madi Tribes , ( out of the efficient Marriage lime lines ) . Note Other important Mountain areas of Lugbara are :

Mt. Luku : at a time where Hero Sambala Naiga when he left Ethiopia after the Political upheaval which took place under his Reign over Ethiopia , abbandoned Ethiopia and came to settle first at the foot hill of Mt. Luku in Lado .

Mt. Iti : where Dribidu Tere , Aneclato Ataboa , Lemiro and Ayingani lived in Lado .

Mt. Liru : where Jaki Lolo lived in Lado . One thing is uncertain and that is about the Lugbari history where they are told lies every second and in their book writings by the European Colonialists and especially by Britain and the people of Uganda about the Tribe Nation Identity of the Lugbari Identity Issues . The Noble Lie Elitists are very adamant about this idea of their noble lie ; the use of their lie to attain a ” positive goal ” . In their view , average citizens in Lado lack the capacity to understand the Bigger Political and Social picture , so must be lied to in order to make then ( Ladoans ) do what is best for themselves. Of course , their vision of what is best for the Ladoans Culture always seems to include first and foremost what is best for them . This Noble lie is a logical fallacy of epic proportions , and One often wonders if global elitists secretly doubt its legitimacy . If you need to lie to people in order to get them to accept your ideas , then there must be something terrible wrong with your ideas . Ideas with vitality and honesty do not need to be sold to the public through chicanery ; the truth takes on a life of its own . Only destructive philosophies need a foundation of lies in order to take root . The Defination of Agofe is not as is presented so by the Government Authority of Uganda . And right now , the Ladoans are working discretely with all their might to wrest this mysterious force being used to destroy the immage of the AGOFE of the Kingdom State of Lado . By the way , Even Insects do have history – What of the Lugbari or Lugbara and their Contribution to their State Kingdom of Lado in Sudan Central Africa ?

Not to Forget

The Kingdom-State of Lado came about from the 13th and 14th Centuaries in the period of Re-organisation of the Region ( Central Africa ) based on the Tribal Philosophy in order to ensure a proper care and a better Social Services to the People consisting of The 29 Tribes of Lado Re-organised and are existing till todate with their Affiliation to the State Kingdom of Lado . The History and the Lado Constitution of 1772 under the Office of His Majesty AGOFE of the Kingdom State of Lado as a National Entity Kingdom in Central Africa dates back to 9 May 847 a.d , though the name and the People contained in the Present 29 Nation-Tribes of Lado can be traced back to around 700 b.c . The Lado Constitution was passed on 9 May 1772 , after the 60-year War with the Arab , European Slave traders and gave Executive Powers to the Agofe to defend the Kingdom State of Lado . The Constitution also gave Institutional Powers to women in particular , where women of Lado held and hold onto running too , till todate , of the Official duties of the State Kingdom of Lado .

Briefly , about the structure of the Office of the Agofe

The Office of the Agofe in the Kingdom State or KAARI of Lado is THE GREEN BUREAU of Lado which consists of Seven / 7 Councils which are as follows :

1. The Regency Council ,

2. The Privy Council ,

3. The State Council ,

4. The Defence Council ,

5. The Supreme Court Council ,

6. The Central Bank Council ,

7. The Council of Chiefs .

The Exercise of Power Under the AGOFE of LADO KINGDOM is divided under Dicastries , and in order to prevent any Abuse of Power or Excesses in the whole Structure of the State of Lado , three Controlling Bodies of Government , were established by the Constitution of Lado , namely :

1. The Legislative Council / or Joroti Lado Language ,

2. The Executive Council / or Okurujoti in Lado Language ,

3. The Judicial Council / or Liimati in Lado Language .

Each Dicastry is headed by the Coordinator of State who is assisted by the Secretary of State . Each Dicastry has five Directorates each headed by the Director General who is assisted by the Under Secretary of State . Each Directorate is then divided into Departments which are headed by Directors who are assisted by Assistant Secretaries of State. All other Affairs of the State are handled by the Lado Civil Service Staff who are selected in accordance with their Skills , Professional Qualities and Merits . Responsible for the Employment , Promotions and Pensions is the Lado Civil Service Commission , which is placed directly under the Prime Minister ( Keego ) . The Commission is also responsible for the Employment and the Recruitment of the Military and Diplomatic Service Staff of Lado . In the event that any of the People in the Top Hierarchy of State should be engaged in the Abuse of Power against the State and against the Citizens of Lado , be guilty of Misdemeanours or Treason , they will be Impeached . That applies to those who hold the Offices of the State , such as the Prime Minister , the Governor , the Coordinator of State , the State Secretary , the Judges , the Ambassadors and other State Holders of Lado Kingdom , In brief the Role of Agofe is as follows :

THE ROLE OF THE AGOFE OF LADO

The Agofe of Lado is the Symbol of Unity and the Representation of the People of Lado and Territory of Lado as the Chief of State of Lado in Sudan Central Africa , Lado .

a)  The Agofe of Lado is the Commander – in – Chief of the Armed Forces of Lado .

b)  The Agofe of Lado is the Diplomat – in – Chief of Lado . He receives the Foreign Ambassadors , and He sends out the Lado Ambassadors to Foreign Countires ( States ) .

c)  The Agofe of Lado Signs Treaties and Agreements with Foreign Countries ( States ) .

d)  The Agofe of Lado is the Dispenser , the Chief Executive – in – Council of Lado , and the Legislator in Chief of Lado . He is also the High Priest and Primate of Lado for Religious Affairs and Faith .

e)  The Agofe of Lado is the Chief of State of Lado . He Signs all the Legislative Acts and Orders in Council , and in Parliament ( JOROTI ) as Chairman .

f)  The Agofe of Lado appoints the Chief of Government , Judges , the Chancellors , the Ambassadors of Lado , the Members of Cabinet ( Ministers ) and Military Officers and Police Officers . The Agofe – in Judiciary and accordingly is the Sovereign of Lado by the Validity the Signiture of Lado , 1815 . In otherwords , the Agofe of Lado is the Representation of the People of Lado and the Land of Lado recognised in International Law , according to the Berlin Treaty of 26 February of 1885 .

As one of the Fundamental Rights of the Citizens of Lado , according to Lado Constitution , the Lado Political System allows for the Freedom of Expression , the Freedom of Assembly and the Freedom of Association , both in Political and Non-Political Organisations , such as Political Parties , Interest Groups , Pressure Groups , etc… etc….. . The future of the Kingdom State of Lado for any changes to do lies within the wishes of the Citizens of Lado in the Constitution Reviews to do so by the Referendum they will do for it .

N.B / or NOTA BENE : To say a bit more , it is wise at least to say something to add to know about the present Agofe / King of Lado , H.M John Bart Agami Onzima II and this is the proven Certified Statement the Agofe issues / or Conveys about himself and his family Background to clear any doubts in on the minds of the Readers who would want to know more about him being the Agofe , holding the Highest Public Office of the Kingdom State / or KAARI of Lado .

Here is the Interview with John Bart Agami , Ph.D , JD ; Chairman of the Political Council and the Commander – in – Chief of the Military Forces and as the  ” THE AGOFE OF LADO KINGDOM STATE / OR KAARI OF LADO ” 

The given Answers by the Agofe :

 Concerning my Personal Background , may be the first thing I will tell you about is my own family . I think that is where everyone should start . So , the name Agami is my family name . It means you belong to the Agau Clan . Our family where leaders , we stayed in Egypt . We came to what is today known as Ethiopia . And we ruled Ethopia for 7 centuries , that’s from 640 AD to 1270 AD . Due to political upheaval , we left and ended up , today , where we are , in Lado in Equatorial Central Africa ( ECA ) .

Now my family continued in Politics , though my Ancestor (Negus) Sambala Naiga left Ethiopia , to be exact , Lake Tana where our home at that time was . Today Lake Tana is in Western Ethiopia . And Lado means the land where our Forefathers are buried . We are today in the Upper Nile Basin ( Nile-Congo watershed ) living between the 3 Mountains :

1) Mt. Liru (Jaki Lolo) ,

2) Mt Iti. ( Dribidu Tere ) where my father (John Anacleto Atobua) , my grandfather and my great grandfather – respectively Lemiro and Ayingani – are buried, whereas Ajua my great great grandfather is buried near Mt Liru ,

3) Mt. Luku ( Sambala Naiga ) where at a time he lived after the Political upheaval that took place under his Reign over Ethiopia . Politically we have always been in the limelight . Jaki Lolo , Dribidu Tere and Sambala Naiga are the Three Hero-Founders of the Lugbari Nation :- ( Moru – Madi ) at Foot of Mt Rejaf .

Personally , I was born in 1942 , on the 7th March , at 19 hrs 29 mins , on a Monday . I am the second born of our family . John Thomas Candia was the eldest of the family ( born in 1938) . The difference between him and me was four years . And , of course , my Father was John Anacleto Atobua and my mother was Anna Maria Orideru . I am John Bart Onzima ; Agami is our family name . It ( Agami) is also our clan . So , we all use the name Agami . My own name is Onzima but my father , my brother and I : we all used the first name John as our first name ( Christian name ) . Tom was born in 1938 when my father was at war .

My father reached the Military rank of Colonel , serving in the Kings African Rifles (KAR) 4th Regiment . Which was British , with headquaters in Bombo , Uganda . He went to fight for the British in Burma in WWII with the 4th Regiment of the Kings Africans Rifles , which later was stationed in Jinja , Uganda . My father resigned to carry out the Independence of Lado in 1947. He was replaced by a British Colonel called Alan Knight , whom I knew very well . He was a sort of family friend , an Englishman , a rare case . My father was assassinated on 14th April 1948 , because he asked USSR to raise the question of Lado at the UN in 1947, and the British found that was not the right thing to do . They said my Father was opening the eyes of many Africans and African countries . This is because my Father became the Chairman of African Chiefs in a conference which was held in Manchester in 1945 , and Kwame Nkrumah ( his first name was Francis ) became the Secretary and Jomo Kenyatta ( his real name was Johnston Kamau ) he became Assistant Secretary. This was also known as the Pan African Association . This was a frightening issue for the Americans and the British . Therefore he (Atobua) was assassinated .

There was a 4 Year Lado-British war following the assassination of Atobua from 1948 to 1952 . This Lado-British war was stopped by Sir Winston Churchill when he became Prime minister in 1951. But during the time of the assassination of my Father in 1948 , a Labour Government was in Power , led by Rt Hon Clement Richard Attlee as Prime minister of Britain . At the time I am talking today we have a Labour Government again , led by Rt Hon Anthony Charles Blair . So , I hope they will do something positive this time . And I , myself , after finishing in St. Aloysius college , Nyapea , my basic secondary education in 1960 , I was prevented from taking my Cambridge School Certificate which was given by Cambridge University Examination Syndicate. The reason was , I was too dangerous to be educated , because Britain could not be sure of my future thinking . So I was taken by force to Kings African Rifles in 1960 and commissioned as a Lieutenant in the third KAR , ( 3rd Regiment ) which was Scottish commanded , East African command , in Nairobi , Kenya .

In 1961 , I was taken to Sandhurst , ( the Royal Military Academy in England ) . I finished my studies there the same year , which was not an easy issue for the English , knowing it was my Grandfather , who fought the British the most (from 1914-1919 and 1930-1937) . I was taken back to the 3rd Regiment in Nairobi , Kenya . In 1962 , while a Captain I was then taken to go and fight in Western Uganda by the border with Ruanda . At a place called Kisoro . After this , I was taken back to Nairobi and appointed High Commissioner of the British King African Rifles – ( KAR ) . Today when you talk of High Commissioner you are talking Diplomacy but Militarily we should say High Adjutant of KAR . I represented the British Imperial Chief of Staff in Nairobi . On march 1st 1962 , I was appointed a full Colonel without passing through the rank of Major first and sent to command 4th Regiment ( KAR ) to Uganda . I took the job , to organize within 6 to 9 months , the Uganda army for Independence which was due on 9th October 1962 . Uganda did not have an Army . They only had a Regiment ( 4th Regiment of KAR ) . They did not have a Ministry of Defence . So I had to organize and Head the Ministry of Defence in Uganda myself . So I did all that , under British Colonial Administration . Colonel William (Bill) Shane who had served with my father in WWII in Burma became my Military Advisor . Before my coming he was serving as Chief of Staff in the British Protectorate of Uganda ( 4th regiment KAR ) . There was no African I was dealing with . I was only dealing with Europeans . Everything was European in concept and so forth . That is why , I clashed with the British ; and I was arrested on the 11th September 1962 judged at night and 12th September 1962 I was imprisoned for 7 years in Luzira maximum Prison ( next to the execution chamber Room 8 ) . The reasons were all Political in Nature . The issue was : I was asked to sign that Lado should be passed into British Administration . I refused to sign it and for three weeks I was tortured in Luzira prison . In October , I organized with some of my soldiers ( 4th Regiment KAR ) an Escape from the Prison . That was in 1962 . From then till now I have been in exile ( barring a brief period in 1971 from June to November and another period from January 1973 to April 1974 ) . I have been in Exile for at least 40 years . The Experience of the Colonial Period bears no comparison to today .

During those days , one of the things , I noticed was that , you never shared toilets with Europeans or Asians . In every toilet , it was written on your left African , in the middle Asian , on the right European . It was an Offence for an African to urinate in a European toilet . It was changed only after Independence . This is the true nature of Colonialism . You never shared the same Toilet , let alone Restaurants , Hotels and even Schools . You never mixed . But the Colonial System was organized . so that , the Governor was Supreme and Commander-in-Chief . He took his Orders from England , either from the Foreign Office or Colonial Office from either Secretary of State for Foreign affairs or Colonial Affairs . The legislative power was all invested in the Governor ( the Power to make Laws ) . The Africans were not in the Legislative Council ( Parliament ) . The country concerned was then divided into Provinces , and each was headed by a Provincial Commissioner , in the case of the English speaking countries , who was always an English man . The Provinces were divided into Districts , and Districts were headed by the District Commissioner , they were all English , or Scottish , or British , or may be Irish . Therefore you can see in the Whole Administration , there was no African , at all , until the so – called Independence . When were the Black Africans able to gain experience to run themselves ? Black African governments were all overturned , destroyed and all this period they were kept / held out of Government . What could one expect from them , the Africans ? That’s a good question. My answer is : NOTHING , NOTHING . That’s one of the difficulties today , for the African leaders to run their Countries . To me , they have no knowledge , no experience to run a Nation-State as such , and they were denied that Right . They were not trained to do it . Any African who tried to be patriotic was either killed , or deported or put in prison because you were not allowed to do anything but sit and wait to labour as a Slave . Period !!! There was no such thing as human Rights . Because you were primitive and you had to be Civilized by a European . As one writer fom Nothern Europe put it ”Africa is like a Black Ghost vessel moored to Europe and Asia ”. The attitude against Africans is the worst. I could go on and give you a lot of other areas , but this will tell you , if you could not share a toilet , what else could you share ? I think that analyses the difference . The Colonial World was different . It has no comparison with what is today . There is no comparison . You just have to learn it for what it is . You have to learn to understand it bit by bit . That is the wisest thing a wise man or woman can do . This is what my family has been battling with , and why the Independence of Lado was not given , as we did not respect European Superiority as they claim . .

Foot notes on the Historical of Lists of the Ottoman – Arab , European and United States of America ( U.S.A ) Governor Generals and Top Military Commandants in Occupied Lado Kingdom

The British National Governor Generals in Lado :

26 May 1871 :  Major General Sir Samuel White Baker became the first Governor General to Rule Lado for the Khedive of Ottoman Empire .

1873 :  General Charles . G . Gordon took over from Sir Samuel White Baker but stayed at Khartum in Sudan without stepping in Lado .

1914 :  A Senior Police Officer Arthur Evelyn Weatherhead became representing the British Interests in West Nile / Lado through Uganda . He ( Weatherhead ) waged continual wars against the Lugbari of Lado for fighting the British in Lado Land . A.E. Weatherhead was a British colonial administrator who served in South Africa , Uganda and the Seychelles . Arthur Evelyn Weatherhead became the first District Commissioner of West Nile District. In 1914 , the Southern portion of the Lado Enclave was assigned from Belgium to Uganda under the British Protectorate. Weatherhead took over the administration of the ” New Area ” and built a station in Arua , the present headquarters . He drew the first plan of Arua Town. Locally, Weatherhead was nicknamed Njerekede/ Ejerikedi (a brave honest man they could trust and who trusted them) . A road in Arua is named after him , that is the Weatherhead Park Lane . It starts from the Main Roundabout adjacent to the Golf Course and extends east towards the Presidential Suite in Anyafio Village . He waged continual war against Lugbara groups in an attempt to impose British Colonial Rule . He referred to the Lugbara as ” wild and unattractable ” , and as ” shy and unorganized ” , requiring ” severe measures before submitting to administration ” . Following the British policy of indirect rule , he used the chiefs appointed by the Belgians for administration and control .

1936 – 42 :  Martin Willoughby Parr became Governor of Equatoria / Lado .

1948 – 1951 :   Major General Sir John Hall was the British Governor for Lado Affairs during the period of Prime Minister Winston .S . Churchhill in 1951 when the Prime Minister stopped the war which had again broken between the Lugbari and Britain when the Lado Prime Minister ( Keego ) was killed by the British Agents .

Italian National Citizen as the Deputy or Vice Roy Governor General in Lado  for Britain : Captain Romolo Gessi an Italian ( became the Right hand side of as a Vice-Roy to General Charles Gordon in Lado as Gordon apparently refused to Stay and and step in Lado ).

A German – Prussian National Governor General in Lado , primarily for the Khedive of the Ottoman Empire :

1879 – 1889 :  Dr Eduard Schnitzer nick named or took out to be known as or called Emin Pasha as he turned out to be a Moslem became the Governor General of Lado and was the luckiest to have ruled for 10 years for the Khedive of the Ottoman .

United States of America ( U.S.A ) Governor Generals in Lado : 1876 -1878 :

The two Governor Generals were , Colonel Henry . G . Prost and Colonel Alexandra . A . Manson .

BELGIUM NATIONAL GOVERNOR GENERALS IN LADO

Belgium Top Commandants and Governor Generals stationed at Uele and at Capital town in Lado :

17 Feb 1897 – Nov 1897 :  Louis Napoléon Chaltin (1st time ) ,

Nov 1897 – 15 Dec 1898 :  Léon Charles Edouard Hanolet ( 1st time ) ,

15 Dec 1898 – 1 May 1900 :  Jean Baptiste Josué Henry de la Lindi ,

1899 – 1900 :  Gustave Ferdinand Joseph Renier , 1 May 1900 – Mar 1902 :  Louis Napoléon Chaltin (2nd time) ,

Mar 1902 – Jan 1903 :  Léon Charles Edouard Hanolet ( 2nd time ) ,

1900 – Jan 1903 :  Gustave Ferdinand Joseph Renier ,

Jan 1903 – 24 Mar 1904 : Georges François Wtterwulghe ,

Jan 1903 – Aug 1903 : Albéric Constantin Édouard Bruneel ,

Aug 1903 – Mar 1905 : Henri Laurent Serexhe , Henri Laurent Serexhe ,

24Mar 1904 – 1904 : Florian Alexandre François Wacquez ( acting for Wtterwulghe to 8 May 1904 ) ,

1904 – May 1907 : Ferdinand, baron de Rennette de Villers-Perwin ( acting to Aug 1906 ) ,

Mar 1905 – Jan 1908 : Guillaume Léopold Olaerts ,

Jan 1908 – Apr 1909 : Léon Néstor Preud’homme ,

Apr 1909 – 1910 : Alexis Bertrand ,

1910 – Jun 1910 : Charles Eugène Édouard de Meulenaer .

And now Compare this Situation of the Governor Generals of Uganda only from Britain and as an example of the Foreign Governor Generals in Africa to which the European Colonial Powers easily gave Independences to their dominated , indoctrinated , tamed African Colonies and Protectorates , While Lado Issue remains Unique for its Independence in Africa still :

The British National Citizens as the appointed Commissioners in Uganda from 1893 – 1910 and the List of the of their Governor Generals :

1 Apr 1893 – 30 May 1893 :  Sir Gerald Herbert Portal ,

30 May 1893 – 4 Nov 1893 (acting) :  James Ronald Leslie MacDonald ,

4 Nov 1893 – 10 May 1894 :  Sir Henry Edward Colville ,

10 May 1894 – 24 Aug 1894 (acting) :  Frederick Jackson ,

24 Aug 1894 – Dec 1899 :  Ernest James Berkeley ,

Dec 1899 – Nov 1901 :  Sir Harry Hamilton Johnston ,

Nov 1901 – 20 Nov 1907 :  Sir James Hayes Sadler ,

20 Nov 1907 – 31 Jan 1910 :  Sir Henry Hesketh Joudou Bell ,

1 Feb 1910 – 18 Oct 1910 :  Sir Harry Edward Spiller Cordeaux .

Great Britain’s Governors of Uganda , 1910 – 1962 :

1910 – 1911 :  Sir Harry Cordeaux ;

1910 – 1911 :  ( also Commissioner in early 1910 ) ,

1911 – 1918 :  Sir Frederick Jackson ,

1918 – 1922 :  Sir Robert Coryndon ,

1922 – 1925 :  Sir Geoffrey Archer ,

1925 – 1932 :  Sir William Gowers ,

1932 – 1935 :  Sir Bernard Henry Bourdillon ,

1935 – 1940 :   Sir Philip Mitchell ,

1940 – 1945 :  Sir Charles Dundas ,

1945 – 1952 :  Sir John Hathorn Hall ,

1952 – 1957 :  Sir Andrew Cohen ,

1957 – 1961 :  Sir Frederick Crawford ,

1961 – 1963 :  Sir Walter Coutts : 1961 – 1962 :  ( also Governor-General until 1963 ) .

NOTE : Meanwhile it is important also and hereby to note that , the present North and South Independent States of Sudan before as one United Republic State being had their Governor Generals as One , before their Independences from each other during and under the Anglo / Egyptian Dominium Rule over them , from 1820 – 1821 through 1899 ( following the Sudan Anglo / Egyptian Condominium Agreement of 1899 ) . Lado was never or had never been under the Condominium ( Anglo / Egyptian – Sudan )  Rule at all .

List of Governors of pre – Independent Sudan – Egyptian Sudan / or better which became called or known as the Anglo / Egyptian Sudan :

November 1820 – 1821 :  Isma’il , Supreme Commander ,

April 1821 – September 1824 :  Muhammad Bey , Supreme Commander ,

September 1824 to 1825 :  Osman Bey , Supreme Commander ,

May 1825 to March 1826 :  Mahu Bey Orfali ,

Supreme Commander ,

March 1826 – June 1838 :  Ali Khurshid Pasha ,

Hakimadar Governor-General ,

June 1838 – 6 October 1843 :  Ahmad Pasha abu Wadan , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

6 October 1843 – 1844 :  Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1844 – 1845 :  Ahmad Pasha al-Manikli , Commander ,

1845 – 1849 :  Khalid Pasha ( Husru Abu Amud ), Hakimadar Governor-General ,

 

1849 – 1850 :  Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1850 – January 1851 :  Abd al-Latif Pasha , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

January 1851 – May 1852 :  Rustum Pasha Cerkes , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

May 1852 – 1853 :  Ismail Pasha Abu Jabal Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1853 – 1854 :  Salim Pasha Sayib , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

July 1854 – November 1854 :  Ali Pasha Sirri Arnavut , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

November 1854 – 1855 :  Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1855 – 1857 :  Ali Pasha Jarkis , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1857 – 1858 :   Arakil Bey al-Armani Mudir’umum , acting Hakimadar acting Governor-General ,

1859 – 1861 :  Hasan Bey Salamah , Hakimadar Governor- General ,

1861 – 1862 :  Muhammad Bey Rasileh, Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1862 – 1865 :  Musa Pasha Hamdi , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1865  – November 1865 :  Omar Bey Fahri , acting Hakimadar acting Governor-General ,

November 1865 – 1866 :  Jaafar Pasha Sadiq , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1866 –  5 February 1871 :  Jaafar Pasha Mazhar , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

5 February 1871 –  October 1872 :  Ahmad Mumtaz Pasha , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

October 1872 – 1872 :  Edhem Pasha al-Arifi at-Atqalawi , acting Hakimadar acting Governor-General ,

1872 – 18 May 1877 :  Ismail Pasha Aiyub, Hakimadar Governor-General ,

May 1877 – December 1879 :  Charles George Gordon (Gordon Pasha), Hakimadar Governor-General, 1st time ,

December 1879 -February 1882 :  Mahummad Ra’uf Pasha , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

February 1882 – May 1882 :  Muhammad Nadi Pasha , acting Hakimadar acting Governor-General ,

May 1882 – March 1883 :  Abd al-Qadir Pasha Hailmi , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

March 1883 – 5 November 1883 :  Ala ad-Din , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

5 November 1883 – 18 February 1884 :  William Hicks (Hicks Pasha)[dubious – discuss], Hakimadar Governor-General ,

18 February 1884 – 26 January 1885 :  Charles George Gordon (Gordon Pasha), Hakimadar Governor-General , 2nd time ; Killed in the Battle of Khartoum ,

26 January 1885 – 2 October 1898 :   Territory of Egyptian Sudan under complete control of Mahdiya (Mahdist State) British Military Administration ,

2 September 1898 – 19 January 1899 :  Herbert Kitchener, 1st Earl Kitchener , Military Governor Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (condominium) ,

19 January 1899 – 22 December 1899 :  Herbert Kitchener, 1st Earl Kitchener , Governor-General ,

22 December 1899 – 31 December 1916 :  Sir Francis Reginald Wingate , Governor-General ,

1 January 1917 – 20 November 1924 :  Sir Lee Oliver Fitzmaurice Stack , Governor-General Assassinated in Cairo ,

21 November 1924 – 5 January 1925 :  Wasey Sterry , acting Governor-General ,

5 January 1925 – 6 July 1926 :  Sir Geoffrey Francis Archer , Governor-General ,

31 October 1926 – 10 January 1934 :  Sir John Loader Maffey , Governor-General ,

10 January 1934 – 19 October 1940 :  Sir George Stewart Symes , Governor-General ,

19 October 1940 – 8 April 1947 :  Sir Hubert Jervoise Huddleston , Governor-General ,

8 April 1947 – 29 March 1954 :  Sir Robert George Howe, Governor-General ,

29 March 1954 – 12 December 1955 :  Sir Alexander Knox Helm , Governor-General ,

1 January 1956 :  Independent as the United Republic of Sudan Year 2011 : The United Republic of Sudan divided into 2 Independent States as North Sudan and South Sudan . END –
Source of References :

Lado News Information Service ( Kingdom of Lado ) ,
Lado Enclave – Equatoria / Lado : News Reports and Journals on World Enclaves ,
Uganda News Reports on Lado West Nile and Madi ( formerly of Lado Enclave ) .
Book reference informations on Lado – Equatoria : The Lado Enclave ( General Studies Series ) by C. H. Stigand ( AUTHOR ) .  
AUTHOR
Ronald Okuonzi Lulua – N.C
Senior Government Officer
Provisional Government in Exile State Kingdom of Lado
GREEN BUREAU / GRB
KAARI / KINGDOM OF LADO HEART OF AFRICA

Standard

THE HISTORY OF THE OCCUPIED TERRITORY OF WEST NILE AND MADI REGIONS OF LADO KINGDOM BY UGANDA FOR GREAT BRITAIN SINCE FROM 1912 / 1914 TILL TODATE

West Nile and Madi in the Story of Lado History

 

Notes on The Decolonisation Issue of the Kingdom of Lado in Africa and The Political and Historical Maps and Flags of Lado till todate 3000 a.d

 

 

Hereby below are the designed Colonial Flags used by Belgium ( King Leopoldo II ) and that of Great Britain by Britain over Lado Kingdom :

1. Colonial Flag of Belgium ( King Leopold II ) Belgian / Africa Sudan over Lado’s Enclave Kingdom State (1894 – 1903 ) . Lado under the Control by Belgium according to the European Berlin Treaty signed on 26th February 1885 by the Articles 6 , 12 and 15 for the Colonisation of African Peoples

2. Colonial Flag of Great Britain / British / Africa – Sudan over Lado’s Enclave Kingdom State ( 1894 – 1906 ) shown as below whereby Great Britain undertook , forcing Belgium ( King Leopold of Belgium ) to give Lado to be under the British Colonial Rule , thus inverting the Recognised Belgium and Lado Agreement signed by the International Convention Agreement Treaty between Belgium and Lado on 28th September 1892 which was signed at Wadelai in Lado to end the Ten ( 10 ) Years of the War fighting between Lado and Belgium ( from 1879 – 1889 ) in occupying Lado . The Belgians according to the Treaty agreed to honour the Crown of Lado and in the end signed the Agreement for an International Cooperation with Lado Authorities .

The British never liked the Terms of this Treaty Agreement fetched bewteen Lado and Belgium , so they escogitated a Plan on to take Lado from Belgium , intimidating Belgium ( King Leopold ) militarily if Belgium would not give in the end Lado to become under the Rule of Great Britain . It was by this method that , Britain introduced to Belgium ( King Leopold of Belgium ) in 1896 the Law fiction of Britain having Leased Lado to Great Britain in 1894 and that at the end of the Death of ( King Leopold of Belgium ) , Belgium would have to hand back Lado to Great Britain . However King Leopold died in 1909 without having signed , ratified before , this British Fiction Law Agreement which left only Britain to mantain its Military War on Belgium and informing Belgium Governament , if Belgium refused to Obey to give away Lado to Britain . As a weak Military Country , the Belgium Government under duress / Coercion eventually Agreed to cede / transfer Lado to Great Britain . This is how and illegally Britain got hold of Lado and Lado till todate / today is fighting Britain over this Occupation of Lado and Britain’s refusal to give the Lado Independence though Lado has its Right to it to be ” The Independent State in Sudan Central Africa ” or , as the Reinstated Kingdom State of Lado in Africa as before – The Great Lado State Kingdom instituited by the 9th May 1772 Constitution of Lado drawn up .

Colonial Flag of Great Britain’s – ” Africa Sudan or Black Africa ” , introduced over Lado Enclave ( 1894 – 1906 ) :

Decolonisation News Service for The Kingdom of Lado with its Adopted Flags now in the process of the Decoconisation Issue :

The Present Flag of the Kingdom State of Lado 

Present Flag of the Freedom Fighters of Lado :

Map of Lado with the Surrounding Countries to it :

Detailed Map of Lado with Countries Surrounding to it – ( Heart of Africa ) :

Map of Lado Land Showing the People of Lado intact in the Territory Land of Lado – ( of The 29 Tribes / or Nation Tribes of Lado ) :

 

 

Britain’s Illegal Partion of Lado

Illegal Partition of Lado by Britain Creating West of the Nile and Madi Regions as West Nile Subregion Part of Uganda marked as 1 & 2 , thus South west of Lado ceded , becoming today as Subregion of Uganda being Administrated by Britain from and by Uganda till todate .

The British Diplomat sent to Lado

A Senior Police High Commissioner in South Africa , Mr E. Weatherhead , was sent by the British Government to participate in the Lugbari ( Lado ) British War from 1914 – 1919 to end up the British Occupation of Lado . The British envoy was sent to Odupi in Lado to sign this Agreement on belhaf of the British Crown . The British on the Diplomatic character honoured to respect the existence of the State of Lado Kingdom . The Agofe / King of Lado signed the peace agreement for Lado . As a legitimate recognition , the Agofe ( King ) of Lado was awarded the Merit of the highest Order in Council of the Queen ( The title Order in Merit , O M . ) . Mr Athur . E . Weatherhead in turn was appointed then , Governor General to represent the British Crown to Lado with Headquarters in the Capital of Lado , Arua .

One of the Cardinal out come of this Truce ( Peace Agreement to end the War ) was to prepare an understandable future Diplomatic relations to be established between Britain and Lado and to find meaningful terms on the Water uses in question and particularly the uses of the water flows of the White Nile river . ( cf : The Nile – Water Diplomacy ) , as put it , who controls the entire Nile Valley water flows from the Nile source up to Egypt Nile delta , controls Egypt . Britain being quite aware and till todate tried and tries to push out any other Foreign Powers to establish and exercise any Rule Authority directly or indirectly over the Land Territories through which the Nile river water flows . Looking at Maps and following the flow course of the River White Nile , and you will find out that the bulk of the source of the Nile flow is in the bolt hold of the source by Lake Ombizako which the British named Lake Albert and really is in Lado Kingdom .

Lado was and or is and will remain always the strategic Land to be under the supervision of Britain as Britain had already secretly occupied Egypt in 1882 . Therefore the other Western Foreign Powers of the World had to be pushed away from occupying Lado . By Military War or not , Britain must take Lado as a possession under the Crown of Britain . This was and till todate is the leading Chapter to the European and Western major Conflict over Lado . For the best reasons known only to the Western European History Writers , it is hard to find the name Lado being used in their writings and in their Diplomatic Corridors . Lado is vaguely refered to as Side Territory ” by them or That Area ” of Central Africa , and of course widely in use now , Lado is hidden under the collective term name of the Great Lake Regions of Central Africa , and now again , as South Sudan Stateto suit the cause and the course of events of the Wars in Central Africa of which Lado is the Heart . They insist that Lado and its History must not be known and Lado never to be a Kingdom State standing in Africa . Underneath is The Map of Uganda , whereby West Nile and Madi were removed from Lado Enclave and ceded , attached becoming part of Uganda by Britain , forcefully and illegally today still standing as the North West of Uganda .

The indications in Red and Green Colours of West Nile and Madi are as 1&2 on this Map of Uganda as shown below :

Lado , Illegally as Part of Sudan

On 10 June 1910 , following King of Belgium – Leopold’s death in 1909 , Lado became a Province of the Anglo Egyptian Sudanand in 1912 whereby the southern half of Lado was ceded to Uganda , then a British protectorate and the British nominated their Colonial National by name Mr. Athur . Everlyn . Weathehead as the District Commissioner and later raised to the Status of a Governor General in for West Nile and Madi Regions only . Athur . E . Weatherhead was a British Colonial Administrator to say who first served in South Africa , Uganda , and then Seychelles became the first District Commissioner for Britain in Lado of the ceded part of South East Lado , nick named West Nile District in Uganda . It was actually then and effectively in 1914 , the Southern portion of the Lado Enclave was assigned from Belgium to Uganda under the British Protectorate . Then Weatherhead took over the whole Administration of the New Area and built a Station home in Arua for himself , the present Headquarters of West Nile and Madi occupied by Uganda for Britain . He drew up the first plan for himself of Arua Town on the advice of his Friend , Sir Francis Reginald Wingate , who was the Governor General of Sudan by then from 22 December 1899 to 31 December 1916 . Locally , Weatherhead was nicknamedNjerekede / Ejerikedi , meaning a Negotiator by Lugbari People , ( describing him inotherwards as a brave honest man they could trust and who they believed trusted them ) . The Lugbari People and all other Peoples of Lado today , recall him by the Road in Arua township which they have named after him , that is the Weatherhead Park Lane . The Road starts from the Main Round about adjacent to the Golf Course and extends East towards to Anyafio Village in Arua Town itself . The Lugbara ( the Lugbari of Lado ) however recall and still know perfectly well that Mr. Athur Evelyn Weatherhead , waged the continual Wars against Lugbara groups of Lado in an attempt to impose the British Colonial Rule . He , Weatherhead refered to the Lugbari People and described them to his British Authorities in his writings as “ Wild and Unattractable ”, and as “ Shy , Unorganized People ”, requiring “ severe Measures before submitting to the British Administration ” .

Following infact the British policy of indirect Rule , Athur . E . Weatherhead chose and continued using the same Chiefs which were appointed and were collaborating with the Belgians for Administration and control during the Belgium presence in Lado following the Belgium and Lugbara – Lado International Convention Treaty Agreement of 28th September 1892 for Cooperation . Truely so , hereby , is brought to know of the on going conflicts within Uganda and West Nile / Madi is over this : The Population People of this Regions are Citizens of Lado till todate fighting for their Decolonisation of their State Lado by the International Convention Recognition of 28thSeptember 1892 , signed between Belgium and Lado .

Note : ” Uganda became a State much later than Lado on 1stApril 1894 by the International Convention Recognition , signed between Britain and Uganda ” . These are the standing Legal Orders till todate and living Lado as an Occupied State in Africa . Lado is still defending its Territorial Integrity or Nduvunduvu – meaning Sovereignty in this part of Africa yet . Thus the Decolonisation Issue of Lado now and that is by the ( UN General Assembly Resolution 1514 ( XV ) of 14 December 1960 , UN General Assembly Resolutions 43 / 47 of 22 November 1988 ; Article 1 and Article 73 of the UN Charter of 26 June 1945 and also Articles 6 , 12 and 15 of the Berlin Treaty of 26th February 1885 .) . The Boundry of Lado by the Agreements of December 1906 is still Valid todate 3000 a.d . Lado is still a considered Occupied Territory in its divided parts under the Triangle of the former Colonial Countries Uganda ( British Colony ) , Sudan : North & South ( Anglo / Egyptian Condominium Colony ) and D R Congo ( Belgium Colony ) . In brief these African Countries : Uganda , the two Sudan States of North and South , and D R Congo are indirectly controlling Lado on the orders of their former Colonial Masters to do so and perpetually refusing to let go Independent Lado State in Africa . Note of the two Treaties of Importance to Lado Boundary issues :

1887, 29 April : Paris Treaty betwwen France and Belgium was concluded about the frontiers between the Congo – Leopoldville , Lado , and the French Equatoria Africa , Congo – Brazzaville , Central African Republic , and Chad .

1890 : On 24 May a Treaty ( sometimes refered to as Macknnon Treaty ) was signed betwwen Britain and Belgium Recognising the Frontier betwwen Lado and British Spheres of influence to the East of the River Nile .

Map of Lado Boundary Agreements as a Country on its own , established and signed for by the European Treaty / Treaties which is / or are still Valid till todate 3000 a.d following now the Decolonisation Issues of Lado ;

Map 1 :

Map 2 :
Stamped Stationery - Delcampe.be

Lado was known in the World as Lado

The first presence of former British Prime Minister , Sir Winston Leonard Spencer – Churchill to have passed in Lado and having killed a Big White ( rather known as the wide Mouth Rhinoceros ) in the Country ( often called /or known as Lado Enclave ) made the American Former President Theodore ( Teddy ) Roosevelt to rush immediately to Lado and he arrived to Dufile in Lado in 1909 where he stayed to enjoy his hunting of the White Rhinoceroses . In his own words before he embarked on his African Journey from U.S.A , he said : ” I should consider my entire African Trip a success if I could get to that Country Lado ( Lado Enclave ) . The White Rhinoceros is the Animal I care to get —- even more than the Elephant ” . He killed Nine of them before he left while Winston Spencer Churchill had killed only one in his Stay at Wadelai – Bora land in Lado . These two former Leaders took to recognise Lado Enclave State then and did so on to establish Relations with Lado People and as such came into :

1909 : Treaty of Dufile ( dufule ) between Lado and United States of America – U.S.A ( For Cooperation ) . The Treaty became effective during the period of President Theodore Roosevelt ( New York ) .

1920 : From 1914 – 1919 , War broke up between Britain and Lado which in History is known as Lugbari – British Wars . It was fought for 5 years and ended in 1920 with the Truce ( Peace Treaty ) signed at Odupi in Lado whereby the Lado people rejected the British Crown till todate over Lado .

1936 : From 1926 there was ever growing tension between British occupants and Lado which led to the war breaking out into the Kakua – Kajo – Keji war in between 1931 – 1936 during the period of the British Governor of Lado Mr. Martin Parr by then , and the war did not end until the United States ( U.S.A ) intervention by President Franklin D . Rooesvert in 1936 , following the Treaty issues of 1909 between Lado and United States of America .

1951 : This time again following the assassination death of the Prime Minister of Lado , War re – opened with Britain , the three ( 3 ) years war , ( 1948 – 1951 ) came to be stopped by the British Conservative Government under the wise old man Prime Minister Winston . S .Church Hill in 1951 whereby Church Hill himself favoured a thoughtful approach to the Independence for Lado with the Governor for Lado affairs under Major General Sir John Hall .

1953 : Inspite of Church Hill’s efforts for Lado independence , the British continued to ignore such efforts later and instead in 1953 assassinated the Keego / Prime Minister of Lado to change the Political cause of Lado , in this particular moment , infact , Lado had Rejected the British intention of creating an East African Federation as Lado a part of it and the same year the Lado Envoy Extraordinary Atamva John Bart Agami who is today’s Agofe / King of Lado was sent with the assistance of Ethiopia – Emperor Haile Selassie Tafari Makonnen to meet Prime Minister , Wiston . S . Church hill , in Malta of the assassination issue of the Agofe of Lado .

1954 : In 1954 the Nile Bridge talks – between Lado Envoy Extraordinary and Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II took place in Uganda . It was agreed that Lado would be independent in 1960 / 1961 but every body knows Lado is not yet independent . Lado is still moving on , removing the Residual Colonial Mentality of both the Authorities of Belgium and Britain who are still then mantaining Lado as an Occupied Country State in Africa for themselves since when from 1947 ; the question of the Decolonisation of Lado was raised in the United Nations Organisation ( UNO ) – Trusteeship Council by the USSR ( former Union of Socialist Soviet and Russia which the British wished so to have discussed it with Uganda and Lado together for their Independences to take place the near future by then . The citizens of Lado asked for freedom . This State of Affairs is what is going on till todate when the Lado Independence was blocked once again by Britain in 1961 and letting only Uganda receive its Independence in 1962 .

What of Lado Independence ?

In 1962 , Uganda received her independence from Britain but on the Political grounds , the Lado leader AGOFE CULU John Bart Agami clashed with the British ; and he was arrested on the 11th September 1962 judged at night and 12th September 1962 he was imprisoned for 7 years in Luzira maximum Prison ( next to the execution chamber Room 8 ) . The reasons were : he was asked to sign that Lado should be passed into British Administration . He refused to sign it and for three weeks he was tortured in Luzira Prison . In October , he organized with some of his Soldiers ( 4th Regiment of the East African King African Rifles – KAR ) an Escape from the Prison . That was in 1962 . From then till now he has been in exile ( barring a brief period in 1971 from June to November and another period from January 1973 to April 1974 ) . So the Independence of Lado still lies with the British Authorities of the United Kingdom of Britain and Northern Ireland , usually in brief known as United Kingdoms – ( UK ) .

N.B : Not until Lado is free , the West Nile Area will always be of the Lado Enclaved closed door Refugee Area as the World still keeps Silent over this Issue . Lado is fighting over it , ending the Refugee problems in West Nile and Madi still and at least to know finally that there will be No more Refugees Issues in West Nile and Madi Areas anymore . What Uganda / Ugandans ought / must know is that : As an African Country ( Land / Territory and People ) which forms Lado and with its own History has a Right , fighting for its Territorial Ownership Intergrity and the Right on to protecting its Citizens from any Foreign Aggressions till todate . This applies to all : whether be Africans or Non Africans , makes no difference as their intentions are only to Occupy Lado Land and the People of Lado consisting of the 29 Tribes in the Lado Land Territory .

The Belgium and Britain Occupation of Lado

Todays and past Lado Political picture somehow seems it was Britain only involved as the First European Country to Occupy Lado under their ( European Laws ) but the fact is so different in Political details to know anyway of / or on Lado International Political Issues and that is in quoting and recalling of the History remarks by King Leopold II of Belgium about Lado , following and according to the International Convention Treaty Agreement Recognitions signed between Lado and Belgium on the date of 28th September 1892 and showing the the Boundry Limits of Lado :

” King Leopoldo of Belgium , Head of the Free State of the Congo considered the Sudan territory of Side ( also known by the name Sweet Leopoldiano ) like part of his territory . When in 1881 the Ladoans and the revolt of the Black Arabised Mahdi , made loose to Egypt the control of Sweet , Leopoldo in turn decided to send diverse men and his Belgium Military units to the Side of his expeditions and settled down a position in Lado and thus occupying Lado ” and that is by and according to the European Berlin Treaty Agreements of 26th of February 1885 .

The European Agreements over the Cover – up Boundry Lines of Lado

The Agreements with Great Britain and Belgium ( 12 of May and 14 of August of 1894 ) recognized the temporary possession to him ( the King of Belgium ) of the territory called formally Side Enclave , separated from the province of Bahr el Ghazal in and of South Sudan . The agreement was modified by the 9 of May of 1906 having delimited the sphere of influence of both States in the Nile and Tanganyika Lake whereby certain territories of the sphere of British influence were left into the hands of the Free State of the Congo . The territory mentioned has the Eastern border is the Nile , the western one is the Nile Basin , the border of the North is a horizontal line through Fashoda , and the one of the South is the German Eastern Africa . While this territory remains in being of the Free State of the Congo , it will have a special flag for that matter then : And this Territory was Lado and hereby on the Map below is the Territory being marked , which is Lado attached to and be Under Congo Belgium Authority . Belgium took these Regions in their Administration then and later left Britain to take over the rest of the Lado Areas which Britain Partitioned once again to be under Anglo / Egyptian Sudan and British / Uganda Protectorate in East Africa , thus holding the Administration of these Parts of Lado for Britain . This is how Lado till todate remains an Occupied Territory in Africa by Belgium and Great Britain . A matter which Lado is still fighting for , her Decolonisation of the Occupation by these two Countries ( Belgium and Britain since from 1947 till todate ) in Africa .

Map Showing Lado Territories attached to Congo Belgium as the District Areas of these Lado Regions of SOUTH , NORTH ITURI and UELE Regions being marked with the numbers as seen underneath : No_ 12 & No_ 15 in 1905 in the Partition of Lado by Britain and Belgium :

Also note below is The Colonial Special Flag and the Coat of Arm for and used over Lado ( 1894 – 1903 ) by the King of Belgium which is different from that of Belgium Congo Free State .


The territory of Lado within the agreement was divided in two zones by the line of the 30 degrees : the western one would always belong to the Sovereigns of the Free State of the Congo and the Eastern one would be rented to the Sovereign and would be return to British Sovereignty after the death of Leopoldo II . After protests of France to Leopoldo II , it was agreed in turn that the territory to the East of the line of the 30 degrees was reduced then to 15,000 miles square . This territory became the Enclave of Side ( although it was not an enclave ) , a seperate administration was established in the city of Side , Capital Lado then . See Map of Lado traces in all Map showings here in the text writings .

Great Britain in her pretext protested soon by the bad administration of the Territory by the Belgian King Leopoldo II . Before King Leopoldo died he made as a donation the Congo Free State to Belgium , thus becoming a Colony ( The Belgian Congo ) in 1908 but never surrendered to give Lado to Britain as Britain pretends so . The last Agreement over Lado was the only one King Leopold made with France which nullified the previous Britains claims of renting Lado’s Enclave to the King of Belgium in 1894 . Lado Leopoldo II died in 1909 and the unclear illegal adopted term of renting ( Leasing ) territory side to the King up to 1910 seized to exist but Britain again through military intimidation and forcefully imposed on Belgium Government to reverting Lado to Britain ” . Britain in acts to destroy Lado decided on her own with war campaigns against any of the Western powers who dared to enter into Lado Affairs , partitioned then , most of the Territory Land Enclave ( Lado ) , incorporting it into the State of Sudan , except for a portion of the South – west that was ceded to Uganda and part of South – east was left to be Belgium colony . Britain pretends and forgets , in the legal consensus , that Lado is a property of Lado people but not a possession as such for rents . No single Lado person has at any one time signed with no any foreign power and not even with Great Britain herself to give the right of ownership of Lado territory to foreign Rules or for Rents to other Countries .

BRITAINS MENTOR IN PARTITION OF LADO

Britain took advantage of the desire of the Egyptian Khedive Is-mail Pasha of the Ottoman Empire , which was prompted by his Cotton plant Policy , to gain possession of the entire Nile Basin . Ismail was setting up Cotton plantations in Egypt and expanding the irrigation systems . He realised , however , that he could keep the Egyptian irrigation systems fully supplied only by laying hands on the Nile Basin and all its tributaries . Hence , Ismail’s wars in Ethiopia and in Equatorial Africa and the taking over to occupy ( Equatorial / Lado ) . The Khedive’s aggressive policy attracted a number of European Adventurers . The first of these was the Englishman Sir Samuel White Baker . In 1869 , Ismail gave Baker the Administration of the Equatorial Province of Egyptian Sudan and the city of Lado , which He came to regard as his own private domain – LADO EQUATORIA PROVINCE OF EGYPT . Todays Map of Equatoria in Red which is the North part of Lado which is attached to South Sudan . South Sudan has been a Territory Land of the Republic of Sudan before it got its Independence from Sudan ( FORMER ANGLO / EGYPTIAN SUDAN ) which is now split into two States as : North and South Independent States in 2011 .

But as Lado is still occupied territory , part of North Lado ” Equatoria Lado ” and through the OLD – CONSERVATIVE Britain’s ( BRITISH ) mind of thinking and as a Permenant Member of United Nations Security Council till todate advised and advises in her Capacity , is to cut as a Region North Lado ” EQUATORIA / LADO ” and still to remain an appendix of / or attach to the Newly Caved out Independent State of South Sudan State by them . And for Britain it means that or this way , Lado is completely defeated on Political and Legal grounds to exist as a Nation State in the Heart Continent of Africa following the War of Lado against the British Occupation of Lado , as is Recorded hereby of the beginning of Anyanya Wars against Great Britain in keeping Lado attached to Sudan ( or to South Sudan ) .

TORIT Massacres of 1955 in EQUATORIA – LADO

On 1 January 1956 , Anglo/Egyptian Sudan got Independence under the name of Sudan , from Britain . But all the preparations for the Independence of Lado was stopped by the British Authorities ; and the British hurried to give the Independence of Anglo/Egyptian Sudan after the Torit Massacres of August 1955 and thereby ignored the fact that , there were / are still Four States in that Nile Valley Basin Region : LADO , SOUTH SUDAN , NORTH SUDAN , and EGYPT .

While the People of South Sudan did not object to the inclusion of its Land and People to North Sudan , the people of Lado ( Equatoria ) protested and this was clearly demonstrated by the Liberation War the Lado people of Torit Region , Yeyi Region , and Rholi Region fought . This war was known as the ANYANYA War in Lado / Equatoria from 1955 – 1972 . It was a War of Lado Liberation under Rev . Fr Saturnino Lokure ( Luhure ) a citizen of Lado , who was assassinated on 7 June 1967 . Major General Joseph Lagu of Madi Tribe ( Lado ) was the Military Officer in charge of the Military Affairs .

The Kokora Policy

President , General Jaafar Nimeeri of the Republic State of Sudan by then ( North Sudan and South Sudan united ) , after the Peace Agreement of 27 March 1972 signed in Addis Ababa , in Ethiopia between the Ladoans of Equatoria Region and Sudan State Government , introduced the Policy of trying to solve Lado Affairs and Sudan in the Region in a such away , the Lado Region of Equatoria was finally to be separated from that of South Sudan . This is what is locally termed and widely known in Sudan ( both North and South ) and Lado as Kokora Policy . The New Boundary followed the Colonial Boundaries between Lado and Southern Sudan , by the Cairo Agreement of January 1899 . And so from that Agreement , the Ladoans who signed the Addis Ababa Agreement of 27 March 1972 with the Government of Sudan State were taking , one step at a time , in order to reach the State Affairs of the Lado Political Authority when the issue of Lado could reach a Final Solution to the Independence of Lado Kingdom in the Heart of Sudan Central Africa as such . Accordingly so , what is called East , Central and West Equatoria in Sudan or in South Sudan State now is the North part of Lado Kingdom . In brief to say , is that : East , Central and West Equatoria are the Occupied zones of North Lado ( Lado Land ) , now placed , under this newly caved out South Sudan State – Country in 2011 by the Anglo / Americans in the Heart of Africa to hide the Struggling efforts of Lado Indepedence issue . The Anglo / Americans do not want and hate LADO to exist .

Reasons behind the Kokoro Policy revealing the Dark sides of Events over Lado in the Sudan / Anglo Condominium

Lado Enclave stretching South-west from Juba to the Nile-Congo divide was Administered by the Belgians until 1910 when Lado was placed or transferred illegally to be under the Rule of Sudan / Anglo Condominium rule from 1912 , forced by Britain in Partitioning Lado . The North part of Lado was cut off , placed under the Condominium while the South – west being left under Congo to please the Belgium Authority and the South – East ceded to be Administered by the East Africa British Uganda Protectorate . Meaning Lado was Partitioned by Britain into three ( 3 ) parts :

North Lado attached to Sudan , todays ( North and South Sudan States ) South Lado but partitioned once again into two : South-west of Lado given to be under Belgium Congo , South-east under the British East Africa Uganda Protectorate .

The British Aim / Objective was that Lado Kingdom eventually would be completely destroyed when Independence would come to be given to the three Countries of Sudan ( 1956 became Independent ) , Congo ( 1960 became Independent ) and Uganda ( 1962 became Independent ) . That way they ( the British ) , politically thought , Lado people would never care of being a State or Kingdom State anymore but would have surrendered to be Ruled / or be under Authority of their Satellite Countries of Sudan , Congo and Uganda , ruling / administering Lado Lands and and the Lado People for them .

These Partition spheres were established by 1903 and were incorporated in the Sudan Government Missionary Regulations (1905 ) by which the Church Missions were bound not to conduct evangelism in Northern Sudan of much more Arab / Moslem-Islam influence , or to establish any Mission Stations North of the 10th parallel ( i.e. north of Malakal ) . The Spheres Policy continued to apply throughout the Condominium period though it became more precise and more complex as the Christians Church Mission work extended and New Church Missions entered Sudan .

In 1964 and that is after Independence of the Sudan from 1956 , the Missionaries in the South areas of Sudan were expelled . But already the Opposition to the Government was hardening . In exile in Zaire / Congo , a number of Ladoan and Sudanese Politicians including a Catholic Priest , Father Saturnino Lahure / or Lukure ( a Ladoan ) had already in 1962 formed the Sudan African Closed Districts National Union ( SACONU ) , which took its name from the re-imposition of the Old Condominium Closed Districts in the South . The following year , it moved its Headquarters to South – East of Lado which was under Uganda independent then holding South – East Administration of Lado to Kampala in Uganda and changed its name to the Sudan African National Union ( SANU ) .

In 1963 , within Southern Sudan ( North part of Lado under the Sudan Rule ) , a Guerilla Army ( for Liberation of Equatoria / Lado ) called the ( Anyanya ) was formed . The formation of the Anyanya marks the commencement / beginning of a Nine ( 9 ) year Civil war that engulfed most parts of Southern Sudan then to be Liberated . The Main Aim for Ladoans was to liberate North Part of Lado from the Republic of Sudan Rule by the Ladoans . Many of the Sudanese Black peoples of the South : Dinka , Shilluk , Jo Luo , Nuer and others joined the Ladoans of the Equatoria to fight the Khartum discriminative Administration of and against all the Blacks of the South Regions and mainly of the Christian Faith Beliefs of the Sudan State which was mainly in the hands of the White Arab origines in the North of Sudan State .

In 1969 , an Officer’s coup in Sudan ended a confused and acrimonious period of civilian Rule whereby the Army Officer General Jaafar Nimeiri emerged as the leader of the new Military regime , and was to hold on to Power despite a number of coups that came close to toppling him , until April 1985 . As Sudan Northern politics , under Military control , were gaining more direction and Authority , so the Rebel movement , the Anyanya in the south was becoming more cohesive and effective under the dynamic leadership of Colonel Joseph Lagu ( a Ladoan of Madi Tribe in Lado ) .

The time was Right and Ripe for an attempt at Conciliation / Arbitration to end the War between the Equatoria Lado and the Sudan State .

During the summer of 1971 the World Council of Churches and the All Africa Conference of Churches , sought to bring the two sides together ( Equatoria / LADO and former Sudan Anglo / Egyptian Condominium ) . A conference was arranged in Addis Ababa between the representatives of the Khartoum Government ( led by Abel Alier , Southern Dinka , who was Nimeiri’s Minister for Southern Affairs ) and Representatives of the Lado / or Equatoria Lado Liberation Movement in the South Sudan ( Political Wing of the Anyanya ) . An Agreement was signed at the end of the Conference , known as the ( KOKORA POLICY ) on February 27th March 1972 , leading to the Regional Self-Government Act for the Southern Provinces , including the attached the North part of Lado Equatoria to South Sudan by the British Authorities in the pre – Independence Ruling of Sudan by the Sudan Anglo / Egyptian Condominium Rule . The Ladoans who signed the Addis Ababa Agreement of 27 March 1972 with the Government of Sudan State were taking , one step at a time , in order to reach the State Affairs of the Lado Political Authority when the issue of Lado could reach a Final Solution to the

Independence of Lado Kingdom in the Heart of Sudan Central Africa as such .

The substantial self-Government accorded to the South by this Agreement enabled the South to enjoy ten years of relative Peace though these years definately were marked by Political instability and wrangling , and deep division between the different Political factions . Much of this revolved around the perceived Dominance of the Dinkas in Southern Politics especially through Abel Alier who was President of the (Southern) High Executive Council from 1972 until 1978 and again in 1980 : The Campaign Aim was : South Sudan not to seperate from the North Sudan .

With this Campaign Aim again by the Sudan State as a whole : both North and South , One draws his / or her own conclusion and that this Addis Ababa Agreement (1972 ) gave the South ten years of some what tense and anxious peace . The dream of a ” Christian ” South largely responsible for its own Affairs and speedily making good all the development losses of the previous 10 to 15 years rapidly faded . The memory of the ” Movement ” and a generalized sense of a ” Christian ” South were not enough to maintain unity . Southern Politics , particularly after about 1976 became embittered and factional as the Political representatives of the farming peoples of Equatoria / Lado had still to struggle against the Political Power and Expertise of the Politicians of Dinka and other Nilotic peoples of both North and South Sudan Confederates . ln 1978 elections in the South led to the resignation of Abel Alier and the Political emergence of Joseph Lagu as President of the High Executive Council with prominently Equatorian support . From there on , Southern Politics became increasingly confused and turbulent , leading to ever greater intervention and manipulation from Khartoum , against the spirit of the Addis Ababa Agreement between Equatoria / LADO and the Administration of the Sudan State .

Southern Sudan Politics in short became increasingly unstable as the Politicians fought increasingly for their own rather than Regional Interests . This gave the Northern KHARTUM Government ample opportunity for interference .

In 1981 :   President Nimeiri proposed to “re-divide” the South into three separate Regions , transparently a plan to ” Divide and Rule ” . While from Equatoria / Lado , and with the Advice from the Lado Agofe’s Office ( the Green Bureau ) this plan was supported by Major General Lagu , indeed promoted then by him , and many Equatorians saw it as an opportunity to escape the Political Dominance of the Nilotics for the South over the Administration over Lado .

In 1983 :   Confused maneuverings followed but in June 1983 Nimeiri unilaterally ” re-divided ” the Southern Region into three regions , based on the former Equatoria / LADO , Bahr-el-Ghazal , and Upper Nile . This was only one of the issues , that re awakened the Old North – South hostilities , and also divided Southerners of South Sudan once again to be against the seperation of Northern part of Lado which was attached and till todate is attached to Southern part of or to South Sudan . There was constant flouting of the Addis Ababa Agreement by the Central Government at Khartum , and Southern Sudanese became increasingly suspicious of the North Sudan Government intentions in Major development projects like the Jonglei Canal , the exploitation of the South’s newly discovered oil Reserves and the progressive collapse of the Economy and the Bankruptcy of the Government put increasing pressure on the provision of Government services in the South ( and throughout the Country ) . However and as the catalyst , the most emotive development was the imposition of a form of Sharia Law on all parts of Sudan in September 1983 .

This was the climax of a long process in which Nimeiri had become increasingly involved with renascent fundamentalism . The technocrat secularist Army Colonel who came to power appeared not only to have appreciated increasingly the political Potential of Islam , but also seemed to have undergone some kind of Religious conversion of himself . In particular he fell increasingly under the influence of the Muslim Brotherhood and their leader Hassan el-Turabi . It was the imposition of Sharia Law ( though there was no practical possibility of it becoming a reality in the South Sudan and Lado / Equatoria then ) that finally alienated Southern and Christian opinion from the Nimeiri regime : Lado / Equatoria people this time only giving a hand to the Southern Sudanese of the Dinka , Shilluk , Nuer and Jo Luo and other lineages of the real South Sudan Citizens .

The Anglo / American Covert Blue Print Plans : SPLM brakes away from Equatoria / LADO 

Already in May 1983 a mutiny at Bor had begun the revolt . The Sudan People’s Liberation army (SPLA) was soon formed under an ex – Army Colonel , John Garang’ de Mabior trained in America ( USA ) . This rapidly replaced other rebel groups like , the Anyanya Military group units in Equatoria / LADO , and by the summer of 1986 SPLA controlled most of the southern Countrysides and deeply entered in Equatoria Lado , except some Southern border areas and where the SPLA was confining the National Sudanese Army to the Garrison towns .

This situation recreated a “re-division” issue , dividing Southerners , mainly between the Equatorians / LADO on the one hand and the Nilotic tribes of Bahr-el-Ghazal and Upper Nile on the other side of the real South Sudan Regions . The SPLA was seen as being a predominantly Dinka movement and as far as many Equatorians / LADOANS were concerned , the” re-division ” had been not about ending Dinka dominance . Southerners and southern Christians therefore found themselves deeply divided over the rebel movements . The Churches as a result found it difficult to speak with any clear voice in the present conflict other than on the issue of Sharia Law and the growing Power of the National Islamic Front , the Political Arm of the Muslim brotherhood . The Dinka and Nilotic communities within the major Churches have on the whole sympathized with the SPLA . Many of them joined up , and virtually all their relatives hence got involved in the struggle as put it to Free themselves from the Moslem / Islam North Sudan with the help of the Anglo / American Blue Print Plans .

Equatorians / LADOANS on the other hand have been equally cynical about the Khartum Central Government intentions but then at the same time also mistrust the Dinka – Dominated SPLA under the guide of the Anglo / Americans . This division remained until 1989 although the evident success of the SPLA started drawing increasing numbers of Equatorians to the cause , many of whom are Christians anyway , in otherwards they ( the Lado – Equatorians bowed down to Christian brotherhood to assist the SPLA .

The fall of Nimeiri in April 1985 was due in some measure to the Political pressure created by the success of the SPLA under the Anglo / American – USA military Might , but events since then never fundamentally altered the situations in the South . The transitional Military Government of Siwar-al-Dahab ( April 1985 to May 1986 ) and the civilian Government of Sadiq al-Mahdi ( May 1986 ) prosecuted the war with a ferocity only matched by that of the SPLA . The result was a terrible devastation of the South on a scale that far outstrips that of the first civil war by the Anyanya . The year 1988 saw possibly half a million deaths from war , famine and disease . Virtually the entire population of Southern Sudan was displaced , either in North Sudan , in the remote bush in wretched refugee settlements , in the few southern towns left to the Government , or in exile outside the Country Sudan and the lot of Equatorians / LADOANS were left homeless .

In the world picture , the war then really presented all the Christian / Churches , Moslem / Mosques with issues of a complexity that the first civil war undertaken by Anyanya did not . As the war divided Southerners of Sudan , so the attitudes of Christians and of Church leaders became divided . The tribal dimension of the war opened / roused tribal tensions throughout the South and all the Churches felt was feeling the strains of Tribalism . On the one hand now there are reports from the homelands of the Dinka , long dominated by the SPLA , of many baptisms and confirmations , and of the emergence of many new congregations in areas where previously there were few Christians . At its highest level the SPLA has not expressed any sense of Christian identity , and has in general used a Marxist or secularist terminology . But there are many and increasing numbers of Christians in its forces anyway .

At the time of my writing now still there are no indications that peace is near . National politics continue to be fragmented and without direction. The SPLA is merely continuing escalation of war in the South , failing to bring the Government to the negotiating Table about the Lado Issues as well .

There is a sense in which the issues which face Sudan ( both North and South States) now and to which the two Countries still fail to find answers are the same as those which faced the Condominium Government once the country had in large measure been pacified . What is the place of an African non-Muslim South within a Sudan that is predominantly Arabized and Muslim ? We all know that the British answer vacillated between isolating and incorporating the South . The steady progress of Christian missions in the South during the Condominium period helped develop southern identity and distinctiveness , just as British policy inhibited any over arching sense of National identity . At Independence the religious question was already deeply embedded in the wider question of how National Unity could be forged . In otherwords the Tribe – Nation Identity feeling in building a Nation – State of a purely African Political Nature could be forged . Two prolonged periods of civil war , and the growth of the Church in the South , together with the spreading influence of the Muslim Brotherhood and an orthodox consciousness in the North have not brought a resolution any nearer to peace in the one time , Anglo / Egyptian Sudan Condominium ( North Sudan / South Sudan ) as termed and Independent two States today .

What next to write on , is now of the future of the two Sudans ( North and South Sudans ) : Both Independent without Lado still being Independent —– Where does lie the answer for Lado Freedom Independence still ?

Map of Equatoria as shown below , ( Part of North Lado shown in Red and divided into three provinces as West , Central and East Equatoria ) within the Country of South Sudan now from 2011

File:SSudan-Equatoria.png

Conclusion :

Lado Enclave Issue in Sudan Central Africa and of the Decolonisation Issue in this Water Shade Region of Africa still pending till todate in the period of 3000 a.d .

In a False Statement to the rest of the world to know , Britain issued and continue still in a wrong direction of Political education propaganda for people to know that , The Lado Enclave in Africa was leased to King Leopold II as a personal consession for his lifetime by Great Britain and with this ( King Leopold II’s death ) , the Lado Enclave was then returned to the British control . Basing their ( Britain / British Governments reasonings ) on this false political propaganda , Britain – the British Governments – have always blocked and are still blocking the Independence issue of Lado in Central Africa .

Lado Reports information on the Present Agofe of Lado 

The Issue of  AGOFE in Lado Kingdom and the Derivation of the Term Agofe   

The Defination term of AGOFE derives from Lugbari or Lugbara Language of Lado and is the Highest and a Noble Legal Title equivalent of a King , Chief of Chiefs or Chief of State / State Kingdom which was and is still vested in the Person Ruler of Lado Kingdom since from 847 a.d , through 1772 when Lado had its Constitution drawn on 9th May 1772 till todate in this 21st Centuary of 3000 a.d . The Agofe as a King defended the Nation States of Lado Kingdom through the Arabs and European Colonisation Periods and till todate as the War is still going on for the Freedom and Independence of Lado from its being occupied by Britain and Belgium with the assistance of United States of America now . This Title has been mantained of and as a Legal Official use in the Lugbari or Lugbara Nation – Tribe Society and in all other 29 Nation – Tribes Societies of Lado Kingdom in Africa . The Title is in use for more than 14 Generations now , that is including the present ruling Agofe of today , His Majesty CULU John Bart Agami Onzima II in the Political History of Lugbari and Lado Political Affairs to the present time in the whole Kingdom of Lado . The present Agofe himself is a Lugbari or of Lugbara Tribe . The Agofe in brief to say , is not a Cultural Leader only for the Lugbari tribe as stated or known in Uganda or recognised by the Uganda Government as such . ( THE AGOFE IS THE CHIEF POLITICAL HEAD OF THE KINGDOM STATE OF LADO IN AFRICA )  – Period !

Before we see how the Term Agofe came to be introduced , lets take a look briefly as to who are the Lugbari or Lugbara People in the Kingdom State of Lado in Sudan Central Africa . The Lugbari people and as a Nation Identity came around by the lime lights of its heroes : Jaki Lolo , Dribidu Tere and Sambala Naiga who have been the Three Hero-Founders of the Lugbari Nation at the Foot Mountain of Mt. Rejaf in todays South Sudan . The Lugbari people are generally considered or are the descendants of the Moru and Madi tribes .

Other important Mountain areas of Lugbara are :

Mt. Luku : at a time where Hero Sambala Naiga when he left Ethiopia after the Political upheaval which took place under his Reign over Ethiopia , lived in Lado .

Mt. Iti : where Dribidu Tere , Aneclata Atabua , Lemiro and Ayingani lived in Lado .

Mt. Liru : where Jaki Lolo lived in Lado .

One thing is uncertain and that is about the Lugbari history where they are told lies every second and in their book writings by the European Colonialists and especially by Britain and the people of Uganda about the Tribe Nation Identity of the Lugbari Identity Issues . The Noble Lie Elitists are very adamant about this idea of their noble lie ; the use of their lie to attain a ” positive goal ” . In their view , average citizens in Lado lack the capacity to understand the Bigger Political and Social picture , so must be lied to in order to make then ( Ladoans ) do what is best for themselves . Of course , their vision of what is best for the Ladoans Culture always seems to include first and foremost what is best for them . This Noble lie is a logical fallacy of epic proportions , and One often wonders if global elitists secretly doubt its legitimacy . If you need to lie to people in order to get them to accept your ideas , then there must be something terrible wrong with your ideas . Ideas with vitality and honesty do not need to be sold to the public through chicanery ; the truth takes on a life of its own . Only destructive philosophies need a foundation of lies in order to take root . The Defination of Agofe is not as is presented so by the Government of Uganda . And right now , the Ladoans are working discretely with all their might to wrest this mysterious force being used to destroy the immage of the AGOFE of the Kingdom State of Lado . By the way , Even Insects do have history – What of the Lugbari or Lugbara and their Contribution to their State Kingdom of in Sudan Central Africa ? Not to Forget ! The Kingdom-State of Lado came about from the 13th and 14th Centuaries in the period of Reorganisation of the Region ( Central Africa ) based on the Tribal

Philosophy in order to ensure a proper care and a better Social Services to the People consisting of the The 29 Tribes of Lado Reorganised and are existing till todate with their Affiliation to the State Kingdom of Lado .

The History and the Lado Constitution of 1772 under the Office of His Majesty AGOFE of the Kingdom State of Lado as a National Entity Kingdom in Central Africa dates back to 9 May 847 a.d , though the name and the People contained in the Present 29 Nation-Tribes of Lado can be traced back to around 700 b.c . The Lado Constitution was passed on 9 May 1772 , after the 60-year War with the Arab Slave traders and gave Executive Powers to the Agofe to defend the Kingdom of Lado . The Constitution also gave institutional powers to women in particular , where women of Lado held and hold onto running too , till todate , of the Official duties of the State Kingdom of Lado .

Briefly , about the structure of the Office of the Agofe

The Office of the Agofe in the Kingdom State or KAARI of Lado is THE GREEN BUREAU of Lado which consists of Seven / 7 Councils which are as follows :

The Regency Council ,

The Privy Council ,

The State Council ,

The Defence Council ,

The Supreme Court Council ,

The Central Bank Council ,

The Council of Chiefs .

The Exercise of Power Under the AGOFE of LADO KINGDOM is divided under Dicastries , and in order to prevent any Abuse of Power or Excesses in the whole Structure of the State of Lado , three Controlling Bodies of Government , were established by the Constitution of Lado , namely :

1. The Legislative Council / or Joroti in Lugbara – Lado Language ,

2. The Executive Council / or Okurujoti in Lugbara – Lado Language ,

3. The Judicial Council / or Liimati in Lugbara – Lado Language .

Each Dicastry is headed by the Coordinator of State who is assisted by the Secretary of State . Each Dicastry has five Directorates each headed by the Director General who is assisted by the Under Secretary of State . Each Directorate is then divided into Departments which are headed by Directors who are assisted by Assistant Secretaries of State. All other Affairs of the State are handled by the Lado Civil Service Staff who are selected in accordance with their Skills , Professional Qualities and Merits . Responsible for the Employment , Promotions and Pensions is the Lado Civil Service Commission , which is placed directly under the Prime Minister ( Keego ) . The Commission is also responsible for the Employment and the Recruitment of the Military and Diplomatic Service Staff of Lado . In the event that any of the People in the Top Hierarchy of State should be engaged in the Abuse of Power against the State and against the Citizens of Lado , be guilty of Misdemeanours or Treason , they will be Impeached . That applies to those who hold the Offices of the State , such as the Prime Minister , the Governor , the Coordinator of State , the State Secretary , the Judges , the Ambassadors and other State Holders of Lado Kingdom .

In brief the Role of Agofe is as follows – THE ROLE OF THE AGOFE OF LADO :

The Agofe of Lado is the Symbol of Unity and the Representation of the People of Lado and Territory of Lado as the Chief of State of Lado in Central Africa / CA .

The Agofe of Lado is the Commander – in – Chief of the Armed Forces of Lado .

The Agofe of Lado is the Diplomat – in – Chief of Lado . He receives the Foreign Ambassadors , and He sends out the Lado Ambassadors to Foreign Countires ( States ) .

The Agofe of Lado Signs Treaties and Agreements with Foreign Countries ( States ) .

The Agofe of Lado is the Dispenser , the Chief Executive – in – Council of Lado , and the Legislator in Chief of Lado . He is also the High Priest and Primate of Lado for Religious Affairs and Faith .

The Agofe of Lado is the Chief of State of Lado . He Signs all the Legislative Acts and Orders in Council , and in Parliament ( JOROTI ) as Chairman .

The Agofe of Lado appoints the Chief of Government , Judges , the Chancellors , the Ambassadors of Lado , the Members of Cabinet ( Ministers ) and Military Officers and Police Officers . The Agofe – in Judiciary and accordingly is the Sovereign of Lado by the Validity the Signiture of Lado , 1815 . In otherwords , the Agofe of Lado is the Representation of the People of Lado and the Land of Lado recognised in International Law , according to the Berlin Treaty of 26 February of 1885 .

N.B : As one of the Fundamental Rights of the Citizens of Lado , according to Lado Constitution , the Lado Political System allows for the Freedom of Expression , the Freedom of Assembly and the Freedom of Association , both in Political and Non-Political Organisations , such as Political Parties , Interest Groups , Pressure Groups , etc… etc….. . The future of the Kingdom State of Lado for any changes to do lies within the wishes of the Citizens of Lado in the Constitution Reviews to do so by the Referendum they will do for it .

N.B / or NOTA BENE : To say a bit more it is wise at least to say something to add to know about the present Agofe / King of Lado , H.M John Bart Agami Onzima II and this is the proven Certified Statement the Agofe issues / or Conveys about himself and his family Background to clear any doubts in on the minds of Readers who would want to know about him being the Agofe , holding the Highest Public Office of the Kingdom State / or KAARI of Lado .

The Interview with John Bart Agami , Ph.D , JD ; ” THE AGOFE OF LADO KINGDOM STATE / OR KAARI OF LADO ”

The given Answers by the Agofe :

” Concerning my Personal Background , may be the first thing I will tell you about is my own family . I think that is where everyone should start . So , the name Agami is my family name . It means you belong to the Agau Clan . Our family where leaders , we stayed in Egypt . We came to what is today known as Ethiopia . And we ruled Ethopia for 7 centuries , that’s from 640 AD to 1270 AD . Due to political upheaval , we left and ended up , today , where we are , in Lado in Equatorial Central Africa (ECA) .

Now my family continued in Politics , though my Ancestor (Negus) Sambala Naiga left Ethiopia , to be exact , Lake Tana where our home at that time was . Today Lake Tana is in Western Ethiopia . And Lado means the land where our Forefathers are buried .

We are today in the Upper Nile Basin ( Nile-Congo watershed ) living between the 3 Mountains :

1) Mt. Liru (Jaki Lolo) ,

2) Mt Iti. ( Dribidu Tere ) where my father (John Anacleto Atobua) , my grandfather and my great grandfather – respectively Lemiro and Ayingani – are buried, whereas Ajua my great great grandfather is buried near Mt Liru ,

3) Mt. Luku ( Sambala Naiga ) where at a time he lived after the Political upheaval that took place under his Reign over Ethiopia .

Politically we have always been in the limelight . Jaki Lolo , Dribidu Tere and Sambala Naiga are the Three Hero-Founders of the Lugbari Nation :- ( Moru – Madi ) at Foot of Mt Rejaf .

Personally , I was born in 1942 , on the 7th March , at 19 hrs 29 mins , on a Monday . I am the second born of our family . John Thomas Candia was the eldest of the family ( born in 1938) . The difference between him and me was four years . And , of course , my Father was John Anacleto Atobua and my mother was Anna Maria Orideru . I am John Bart Onzima ; Agami is our family name . It ( Agami) is also our Clan . So , we all use the name Agami . My own name is Onzima but my father , my brother and I : we all used the first name John as our first name ( Christian name ) .

Tom was born in 1938 when my father was at war . My father reached the Military rank of Colonel , serving in the Kings African Rifles (KAR) 4th Regiment . Which was British , with headquaters in Bombo , Uganda . He went to fight for the British in Burma in WWII with the 4th Regiment of the Kings Africans Rifles , which later was stationed in Jinja , Uganda .

My father resigned to carry out the Independence of Lado in 1947. He was replaced by a British Colonel called Alan Knight , whom I knew very well . He was a sort of family friend , an Englishman , a rare case . My father was assassinated on 14th April 1948 , because he asked USSR to raise the question of Lado at the UN in 1947, and the British found that was not the right thing to do . They said my Father was opening the eyes of many Africans and African countries .

This is because my Father became the Chairman of African Chiefs in a Conference which was held in Manchester in 1945 , and Kwame Nkrumah ( his first name was Francis ) became the Secretary and Jomo Kenyatta ( his real name was Johnston Kamau ) he became Assistant Secretary. This was also known as the Pan African Association . This was a frightening issue for the Americans and the British . Therefore he (Atobua) was assassinated . There was a 4 Year Lado- British war following the assassination of Atobua from 1948 to 1952 . This Lado-British war was stopped by Sir Winston Churchill when he became Prime minister in 1951. But during the time of the assassination of my Father in 1948 , a Labour Government was in Power , led by Rt Hon Clement Richard Attlee as Prime minister of Britain .

At the time I am talking today we have a Labour Government again , led by Rt Hon Anthony Charles Blair . So , I hope they will do something positive this time . And I , myself , after finishing in St. Aloysius college , Nyapea , my basic secondary education in 1960 , I was prevented from taking my Cambridge School Certificate which was given by Cambridge University Examination Syndicate.

The reason was , I was too dangerous to be educated , because Britain could not be sure of my future thinking . So I was taken by force to Kings African Rifles in 1960 and commissioned as a Lieutenant in the third KAR , ( 3rd Regiment ) which was Scottish commanded , East African command , in Nairobi , Kenya .

In 1961 , I was taken to Sandhurst , ( the Royal Military Academy in England ) . I finished my studies there the same year , which was not an easy issue for the English , knowing it was my Grandfather , who fought the British the most (from 1914-1919 and 1930-1937) . I was taken back to the 3rd Regiment in Nairobi , Kenya .

In 1962 , while a Captain I was then taken to go and fight in Western Uganda by the border with Ruanda . At a place called Kisoro . After this , I was taken back to Nairobi and appointed High Commissioner ( KAR ) . Today when you talk of High Commissioner you are talking Diplomacy but Militarily we should say High Adjutant of KAR .

I represented the British Imperial Chief of Staff in Nairobi . On march 1st 1962 , I was appointed a full Colonel without passing through the rank of Major first and sent to command 4th Regiment (KAR) to Uganda . I took the job , to organize within 6 to 9 months , the Uganda army for Independence which was due on 9th October 1962 .

Uganda did not have an Army . They only had a Regiment ( 4th Regiment of KAR ) . They did not have a Ministry of Defence . So I had to organize and Head the Ministry of Defence in Uganda myself . So I did all that , under British Colonial Administration . Colonel William (Bill) Shane who had served with my father in WWII in Burma became my Military Advisor . Before my coming he was serving as Chief of Staff in the British Protectorate of Uganda ( 4th regiment KAR ) .

There was no African I was dealing with . I was only dealing with Europeans . Everything was European in concept and so forth . That is why , I clashed with the British ; and I was arrested on the 11th September 1962 judged at night and 12th September 1962 I was imprisoned for 7 years in Luzira maximum Prison ( next to the execution chamber Room 8 ) . The reasons were all political in Nature .

The issue was :   I was asked to sign that Lado should be passed into British Administration . I refused to sign it and for three weeks I was tortured in Luzira prison . In October , I organized with some of my soldiers ( 4th Regiment KAR ) an Escape from the Prison . That was in 1962 . From then till now I have been in exile ( barring a brief period in 1971 from June to Nov and another period from January 1973 to April 1974 ) . I have been in Exile for at least 40 years .

The Experience of the Colonial Period bears no comparison to today .

During those days , one of the things , I noticed was that , you never shared toilets with Europeans or Asians . In every toilet , it was written on your left African , in the middle Asian , on the right European . It was an Offence for an African to urinate in a European toilet . It was changed only after Independence . This is the true nature of Colonialism . You never shared the same Toilet , let alone Restaurants , Hotels and even Schools . You never mixed . But the Colonial System was organized . so that , the Governor was Supreme and Commander-in- Chief .

He took his Orders from England , either from the Foreign Office or Colonial Office from either Secretary of State for Foreign affairs or Colonial Affairs . The legislative power was all invested in the Governor ( the Power to make Laws ) . The Africans were not in the Legislative Council ( Parliament ) .

The country concerned was then divided into Provinces , and each was headed by a Provincial Commissioner , in the case of the English speaking countries , who was always an English man . The Provinces were divided into Districts , and Districts were headed by the District Commissioner , they were all English , or Scottish , or British , or may be Irish .

Therefore you can see in the Whole Administration , there was no African , at all , until the so – called Independence . When were the Black Africans able to gain experience to run themselves ? Black African governments were all overturned , destroyed and all this period they were kept / held out of Government . What could one expect from them , the Africans ? That’s a good question.

My answer is : NOTHING , NOTHING . That’s one of the difficulties today , for the African leaders to run their Countries . To me , they have no knowledge , no experience to run a Nation-State as such , and they were denied that Right . They were not trained to do it . Any African who tried to be patriotic was either killed , or deported or put in prison because you were not allowed to do anything but sit and wait to labour as a Slave . Period !!!

There was no such thing as human Rights . Because you were primitive and you had to be Civilized by a European . As one writer fom Nothern Europe put it ”Africa is like a Black Ghost vessel moored to Europe and Asia ”. The attitude against Africans is the worst .

I could go on and give you a lot of other areas , but this will tell you , if you could not share a toilet , what else could you share ? I think that analyses the difference . The Colonial World was different . It has no comparison with what is today . There is no comparison . You just have to learn it for what it is . You have to learn to understand it bit by bit . That is the wisest thing a wise man or woman can do .

This is what my family has been battling with , and why the Independence of Lado was not given , as we did not respect European Superiority as they claim . ” .

Foot notes lists of the European and United States of America ( U.S.A ) Governor Generals and Top Military Commandants in Occupied Lado Kingdom

The British National Governor Generals in Lado :

26 May 1871 : Major General Sir Samuel White Baker became the first Governor General to Rule Lado for the Khedive of Ottoman Empire.

1873 : General Charles . G . Gordon took over from Sir Samuel White Baker but stayed at Khartum in Sudan without stepping in Lado .

1914 : A Senior Police Officer Arthur Evelyn Weatherhead became representing the British Interests in West Nile / Lado through Uganda . He ( Weatherhead ) waged continual wars against the Lugbari of Lado for fighting the British in Lado Land

A.E. Weatherhead was a British colonial administrator who served in South Africa , Uganda and the Seychelles . Arthur Evelyn Weatherhead became the first District Commissioner of West Nile District. In 1914 , the Southern portion of the Lado Enclave was assigned from Belgium to Uganda under the British Protectorate. Weatherhead took over the administration of the ” New Area ” and built a station in Arua , the present headquarters . He drew the first plan of Arua Town. Locally, Weatherhead was nicknamed Njerekede/ Ejerikedi (a brave honest man they could trust and who trusted them) . A road in Arua is named after him , that is the Weatherhead Park Lane . It starts from the Main Roundabout adjacent to the Golf Course and extends east towards the Presidential Suite in Anyafio Village . He waged continual war against Lugbara groups in an attempt to impose British Colonial Rule . He referred to the Lugbara as ” wild and unattractable ” , and as ” shy and unorganized ” , requiring ” severe measures before submitting to administration ” . Following the British policy of indirect rule , he used the chiefs appointed by the Belgians for administration and control .

1936 – 42 :   Martin Willoughby Parr became Governor of Equatoria / Lado .

1948 – 1951:   Major General Sir John Hall was the British Governor for Lado Affairs during the period of Prime Minister Winston .S . Churchhill in 1951 when the Prime Minister stopped the war which had again broken between the Lugbari and Britain when the Lado Prime Minister ( Keego ) was killed by the British Agents .

Italian National as the Deputy Governor General in Lado

Captain Romolo Gessi an Italian ( became the Right hand side of as a Vice-Roy to General Charles Gordon in Lado as Gordon apparently refused to Stay and step in Lado ).

A German – Prussian National Governor General in Lado

Dr Eduard Schnitzer nick named or took out to be known as or called Emin Pasha as he turned out to be a Moslem became the Governor General of Lado and was the luckiest to have ruled for 10 years for the Khedive of the Ottoman .

United States of America ( U.S.A ) Governor Generals in Lado

1876 -1878 : The two Governor Generals were , Colonel Henry . G . Prost and Colonel Alexandra . A . Manson .

BELGIUM NATIONAL GOVERNOR GENERALS IN LADO

Belgium Top Commandants and Governor Generals stationed at Uele and at Capital town in Lado :

17 Feb 1897 – Nov 1897 :   Louis Napoléon Chaltin (1st time ) stationed at DUNGU in UELE of Lad Region  ,

Nov 1897 – 15 Dec 1898 :   Léon Charles Edouard Hanolet ( 1st time ) ,

15 Dec 1898 – 1 May 1900 :   Jean Baptiste Josué Henry de la Lindi ,

1899 – 1900 :   Gustave Ferdinand Joseph Renier ,

1 May 1900 – Mar 1902 :    Louis Napoléon Chaltin (2nd time) ,

Mar 1902 – Jan 1903 :    Léon Charles Edouard Hanolet ( 2nd time ) ,

1900 – Jan 1903 :    Gustave Ferdinand Joseph Renier ,

Jan 1903 – 24 Mar 1904 :     Georges François Wtterwulghe ,

Jan 1903 – Aug 1903 :   Albéric Constantin Édouard Bruneel ,

Aug 1903 – Mar 1905 :   Henri Laurent Serexhe ,

24 Mar 1904 – 1904 :   Florian Alexandre François Wacquez ( acting for Wtterwulghe to 8 May 1904 ) ,

1904 – May 1907 :   Ferdinand, baron de Rennette de Villers-Perwin ( acting to Aug 1906 ) ,

Mar 1905 – Jan 1908 :   Guillaume Léopold Olaerts ,

Jan 1908 – Apr 1909 :    Léon Néstor Preud’homme ,

Apr 1909 – 1910 :   Alexis Bertrand ,

1910 – Jun 1910 :   Charles Eugène Édouard de Meulenaer .

And now Compare this Situation of the Governor Generals of Uganda only from Britain and as an example of the Foreign Governor Generals in Africa to which the European Colonial Powers easily gave Independences to their dominated , indoctrinated , tamed African Colonies and Protectorates .

Lado is really Unique in Africa for her Independence Issue then !

Nota bene – the List of the British Commissioners and Governor Generals in Uganda – All , only from Britain :

The British Nationals ” Commissioners ” of Uganda , 1893 – 19101 Apr 1893 – 30 May 1893 :   Sir Gerald Herbert Portal ,

30 May 1893 – 4 Nov 1893 (acting) :  James Ronald Leslie MacDonald ,

4 Nov 1893 – 10 May 1894 :    Sir Henry Edward Colville ,

10 May 1894 – 24 Aug 1894 (acting) :    Frederick Jackson ,

24 Aug 1894 – Dec 1899 :   Ernest James Berkeley ,

Dec 1899 – Nov 1901 :   Sir Harry Hamilton Johnston ,

Nov 1901 – 20 Nov 1907 :   Sir James Hayes Sadler ,

20 Nov 1907 – 31 Jan 1910 :   Sir Henry Hesketh Joudou Bell ,

1 Feb 1910 – 18 Oct 1910 :  Sir Harry Edward Spiller Cordeaux .

The British Nationals ” Governors of Uganda ” , 1910 – 1962

1910 – 1911 :   Sir Harry Cordeaux ;

1910 – 1911 :   ( also Commissioner in early 1910 ) ,

1911 – 1918 :   Sir Frederick Jackson ,

1918 – 1922 :   Sir Robert Coryndon ,

1922 – 1925 :   Sir Geoffrey Archer ,

1925 – 1932 :   Sir William Gowers ,

1932 – 1935 :   Sir Bernard Henry Bourdillon ,

1935 – 1940 :   Sir Philip Mitchell ,

1940 – 1945 :   Sir Charles Dundas ,

1945 – 1952 :   Sir John Hathorn Hall ,

1952 – 1957 :   Sir Andrew Cohen ,

1957 – 1961 :   Sir Frederick Crawford ,

1961 – 1963 :   Sir Walter Coutts :

1961 – 1962 :   ( Sir Walter Coutts also Governor-General until 1963 ) .

Meanwhile it is important also and hereby to note that the present North and South Independent States of Sudan before as one United Republic State being had their Governor Generals as one before their Independences from each other during and under the Anglo/ Egyptian Dominium Rule over them , from 1820 – 1821 through 1899 ( following the Sudan Anglo / Egyptian Condominium Agreement ) to 1956 .

The List of the Names of former Colonial Governors of Sudan ( both North and South Sudan ; former Anglo / Egyptian Sudan seperate from Lado were as follows :

List of governors of pre – Independence Sudan : Egyptian Sudan ; better later , which became known as the Anglo/ Egyptian Sudan

November 1820 to 1821 :   Isma’il , Supreme Commander ,

April 1821 to September 1824 :   Muhammad Bey , Supreme Commander ,

September 1824 to May 1825 :   Osman Bey , Supreme Commander ,

May 1825 to March 1826 :   Mahu Bey Orfali , Supreme Commander ,

March 1826 to June 1838 :   Ali Khurshid Pasha , Hakimadar Governor- General ,

June 1838 to 6 October 1843 :   Ahmad Pasha abu Wadan , Hakimadar Governor General ,

6 October 1843 to 1844   : Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1844 to 1845 :   Ahmad Pasha al-Manikli , Commander ,

1845 to 1849 :    Khalid Pasha ( Husru Abu Amud ), Hakimadar Governor- General ,

1849 to 1850 :   Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1850 to January 1851 :   Abd al-Latif Pasha , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

January 1851 to May 1852 :   Rustum Pasha Cerkes , Hakimadar Governor General ,

May 1852 to 1853 :   Ismail Pasha Abu Jabal Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1853 to 1854 :   Salim Pasha Sayib , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

July 1854 to November 1854 :   Ali Pasha Sirri Arnavut , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

November 1854 to 1855 :   Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1855 to 1857 :   Ali Pasha Jarkis , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1857 to 1858 :   Arakil Bey al-Armani Mudir’umum , acting Hakimadar acting Governor General ,

1859 to 1861 :   Hasan Bey Salamah , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1861 to 1862 :   Muhammad Bey Rasileh, Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1862 to 1865 :   Musa Pasha Hamdi , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

1865 to November 1865 :   Omar Bey Fahri , acting Hakimadar acting Governor-General ,

November 1865 to 1866 :   Jaafar Pasha Sadiq , Hakimadar Governor- General ,

1866 to 5 February 1871 :   Jaafar Pasha Mazhar , Hakimadar Governor- General ,

5 February 1871 to October 1872 :   Ahmad Mumtaz Pasha , Hakimadar Governor General ,

October 1872 to 1872 :   Edhem Pasha al-Arifi at-Atqalawi , acting Hakimadar acting Governor-General ,

1872 to 18 May 1877 :   Ismail Pasha Aiyub, Hakimadar Governor-General ,

May 1877 to December 1879 :   Charles George Gordon (Gordon Pasha), Hakimadar Governor-General, 1st time ,

December 1879 to February 1882 :   Mahummad Ra’uf Pasha , Hakimadar Governor-General ,

February 1882 to May 1882 :   Muhammad Nadi Pasha , acting Hakimadar acting Governor-General ,

May 1882 to March 1883 :   Abd al-Qadir Pasha Hailmi , Hakimadar Governor- General ,

March 1883 to 5 November 1883 :   Ala ad-Din , Hakimadar Governor-General

,5 November 1883 to 18 February 1884 :    William Hicks (Hicks Pasha) [dubious – discuss], Hakimadar Governor-General ,

18 February 1884 to 26 January 1885 :  Charles George Gordon (Gordon Pasha), Hakimadar Governor-General , 2nd time ; Killed in the Battle of Khartoum ,

26 January 1885 – 2 October 1898 :   Territory of Egyptian Sudan under complete control of Mahdiya (Mahdist State) British Military Administration ,

2 September 1898 to 19 January 1899 :   Herbert Kitchener, 1st Earl Kitchener , Military Governor Anglo-Egyptian Sudan (condominium) ,

19 January 1899 to 22 December 1899 :   Herbert Kitchener, 1st Earl Kitchener , Governor-General ,

22 December 1899 to 31 December 1916 :   Sir Francis Reginald Wingate , Governor General ,

 

1 January 1917 to 20 November 1924 :   Sir Lee Oliver Fitzmaurice Stack , Governor General Assassinated in Cairo ,

21 November 1924 to 5 January 1925 :   Wasey Sterry , acting Governor- General ,

5 January 1925 to 6 July 1926 :    Sir Geoffrey Francis Archer , Governor- General ,

31 October 1926 to 10 January 1934 :   Sir John Loader Maffey , Governor- General ,

10 January 1934 to 19 October 1940 :   Sir George Stewart Symes , Governor-General ,

19 October 1940 to 8 April 1947 :   Sir Hubert Jervoise Huddleston , Governor-General ,

8 April 1947 to 29 March 1954 :    Sir Robert George Howe, Governor- General ,

29 March 1954 to 12 December 1955 :   Sir Alexander Knox Helm , Governor-General ,

Anglo / Egyptian Sudan :  1 January 1956 Independence as Republic of Sudan

Source of References : Lado News Information Service ( Kingdom of Lado ) .

Lado Enclave ( Equatoria / Lado :   News Reports and Journals on World Enclaves ) .

Uganda News Reports on Lado West Nile and Madi ( formerly of Lado Enclave ) .

Book reference informations on Lado – Equatoria : The Lado Enclave ( General Studies Series ) by C. H. Stigand ( AUTHOR ) .

END .

Author ,

Ronald Okuonzi Lulua – N.C ,

Senior Government Officer ,

Provisional Government in Exile State Kingdom of Lado ,

GREEN BUREAU / GRB ,

KAARI / KINGDOM OF LADO , ( HEART OF AFRICA ) .

THE HISTORY OF …

Quote

Decolonisation Issue of the Kingdom State of Lado in Africa Since from 1871 when Lado was invaded and Occupied by the Joint Forces of the Ottoman Empire , Europe and  America – ( USA ).

Given underneath  are the Designed Political and Diplomatic Historical Maps and Flags of Lado till todate 3000 a.d which were used and are still representing Belgium and Great Britain Occupation of / over Lado Kingdom / or ” KAARI ” of Lado .

1 )   Colonial Flag and Court of Arm of Belgium’s over Lado /  Lado Enclave  –  (1894 -1903 ) . Lado  ” The Lado Enclave ” was occupied by the Belgian Congo between 1887 and 1910 and stamps of the Belgian Congo were used in this province.

Campaign Mail from Border Areas and inside Lado ” The Lado Enclave ” .

Mail from Uganda , the Belgian Congo and French Congo was routed via the Nile and Khartoum during the early part of the 20th century across and inside Lado . Such items often were having  Sudanese stamps affixed to pay the additional postage through the Sudan  State – ” The  Anglo / Egyptian Sudan by then ” . Lado was  a special Occupied Area / Territory Country under  King Leopold of Belgium in joint Occupation with Great Britain . The Postal Office was at Dungu in  UELE  Region of Lado . The Occupation of Lado till todate is under Belgium and Britain in Africa since 1947 , Lado’s Indepenence has not yet been relinguished by them –  (  Belgium and Britain ) .

2 )   Colonial Flag of Great Britain’s  over Lado / Lado Enclave – (1894 -1906

Present Flags of Lado in the process of Decolonisation of Lado now

 

Flag of The Freedom Fighters 

Map of Lado with Countries Surrounding it

Detail Map of Lado with Surrouding Countries to it and the 29 Tribes  ( the Population People )  of Lado

Link

Where on Earth is LADO – ( Lado Kingdom ) ?

THE POLITICAL AND DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF LADO

It is not True that Lado is not known in the World History . Lado was famously known to the whole Outside World , with all walks of people entering Lado to give such colourful stories and Narrations which today appear to read of Lado and its People in the Sudan Central Africa . Such Narrations include for example of the the presence of a former British Prime Minister , Sir Winston Leonard Spencer-Churchill who entered in Lado for his Animal hunting thirst , killed a Big Wide Mouth , ( usually known as White Rhinoceros ) in the Country ( Lado Enclave ) , made the American Former President Theodore ( Teddy ) Roosevelt to rush , hurriedly to Lado and Teddy arrived to Dufile in Lado in 1909 where he stayed to enjoy his hunting of the White Rhinoceroses . While in Lado , he managed to meet with the Chiefs of Lado and talked with them .

In United States it was much talked of Teddy’s travel to Africa , so much that the Journalists recorded that , in his own words before he embarked on his African Journey from U.S.A , he said : I should consider my entire African Trip a success if I could get to that Country Lado ( Lado’s Enclave ) . The White Rhinoceros is the Animal I care to get —- even more than the Elephant . That was after having read from Winston Churchill’s book and of the successively hunting experiece of Churchill in killing a white Rhinoceros in Lado Land . While in Lado , Teddy for him neatly killed Nine of the White Rhinoceroses before his coming back to U.S.A , compared to Winston Churchill who killed only one in his hunting day at Wadelai – Bora Land in Lado . Teddy felt extreemely more proud of having killed or hunted down more Rhinoceroses than Churchill did in the famous Lado Land , ( Country ) . However , a part from the talks about Rhinoceroses , the Best thing He , ( Teddy ) did for Lado was of his talks with Lado Chiefs in 1909 which ended up in a Treaty Agreement known as Dufile ( Dufule ) Agreement between Lado and U.S.A for the Friendly Cooperation between Lado and United States of America . The Cooperation Issue became evident in 1936 whereby , when War broke out into the Kakua – Kajo – Keji war in between Lado and Britain because of Britain’s Occupation Issues over Lado in (1931 – 1936 ) , the War did not end until the United States President Franklin . D . Rooesvelt intervened in 1936 , respecting the Treaty Agreement of Dufile / Dufule of 1909 between Lado and U.S.A which was for their Friendly Cooperation in case Lado was in trouble .

From Britain , what Lado people can remember is always of the British Prime Minister Winston Churchill ‘s efforts in 1951 , in stopping the three , 3 years war , (1948 – 1951) following the assassination death of the Prime Minister ( Keego ) of Lado by British Agents , as the war meant breaking the Truce of 1920 reached between Lado and Britain of the first five , 5 years War fought in ( 1914 – 1919 ) , the Lugbari – British War , over the British wanting to Occupy Lado . The Prime Minister Churchill is also remembered of the effective outcome of the talks between him and Lado Envoy in 1953 which resulted in the open talks in 1954 known as the Nile Bridge talks – between Lado Envoy Extraordinary and Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II in Uganda whereby , it was Agreed that Lado would be Independent in 1960 / 1961 . The Lado Envoy Extraordinary was the physical Person who became later and is the present Agofe / King of Lado todate , His Majesty Culu John Bart Agami Onzima II .

Inspite of all these Political and Diplomatic steps being taken for the Independence and Freedom of Lado , it is still only to the suprise of all , every body on this world yet , knows Lado is not yet an Independent State in Africa till todate 3000 a.d . In brief to say Lado is still moving on , removing the Residual Colonial Mentality of both the Authorities of Belgium and Britain who are mantaining Lado as an Occupied Country State in Africa for themselves since from 1871 through to 1947 when the question of the Decolonisation of Lado was even raised in the United Nations Organisation ( UNO ) – Trusteeship Council which the British wished later would have been discussed and solved altogether with Uganda Issues in its British East Africa Empire Colonies . It was His Majesty Anacleto Atabua , Agofe / King of Lado who had asked the USSR as a Permanent Member of United Nations Organisation ( UNO ) to raise the Issue of Lado Independence on behalf of him and the People of the State of Lado HE represented . The citizens of Lado asked for freedom at that time , for the full Independence and Sovereignty Rights ( Nduvunduvu ) of Lado in Africa .

INTRODUCTION TO EARLY EVENTS LEADING TO THE OCCUPATION OF LADO BY THE ARABS AND EUROPEANS INCLULDING UNITES STATES OF AMERICA .

FACTS ABOUT THE EUROPEAN EXPLORERS IN EAST SUDAN

The seventies and eighties of the 19th century were marked by the colonial annexation of Africa . In a mere decade or two the European Powers had divided almost the entire African continent between themselves . Taking up East Sudan was because it offered an important means for penetrating into Central Africa . The Nile was a natural route leading into the interior and more-over , the occupation of the Sudan was closely linked with the Egyptian question . Any Power which gained control over the flow of the Nile in the Sudan would automatically dominate Egypt .

How was the division of Africa accomplished ?

Individual European adventurers acted as the vanguard of the Capitalist Powers in Africa . South-West Africa was seized single-handed by the German Adventurer and Trader Luderitz . East Africa was ruled by the German Conquistador Peters . Nigeria was conquered by a handful of Enterprising Britishers , who founded the Nigerian Company . The Congo was seized by the Explorer Stanley , who was backed by the King of Belgium , Leopold II .

If their schemes failed ( of these single persons ) , they were forgotten . If they succeeded , their Governments took them under their wing , despatched a fleet or Army to their “Domains” and declared the captured Land their Colony . The picture was the same in the Sudan . In the Eighteen seventie’s , not a single European State undertook operations in the Sudan in its own name . The direct struggle between the Powers began in the Sudan after 1881 , following the British occupation of Egypt in 1882 by the Constantinople Agreement .

How did the adventurers penetrate into the Sudan ?

They took advantage of the desire of the Egyptian Khedive Is-mail of the Ottoman Empire , which was prompted by his Cotton plant Policy , to gain possession of the entire Nile Basin . Ismail was setting up Cotton plantations in Egypt and expanding the irrigation systems . He realised , however , that he could keep the Egyptian irrigation systems fully supplied only by laying hands on the Nile Basin and all its tributaries . Hence , Ismail’s wars in Ethiopia and in Equatorial Africa and the taking over to occupy ( Equatorial / Lado ) . The Khedive’s aggressive policy attracted a number of European Adventurers . The first of these was the Englishman Sir Samuel White Baker . In 1869 , Ismail gave Baker the Administration of the Equatorial Province of Egyptian Sudan and the city of Lado , which he came to regard as his own private domain – LADO EQUATORIA PROVINCE OF EGYPT .

Egyptians , became the property of a handful of extremely Enterprising and Greedy International Adventurers . They levied such heavy taxes on the people ( both in cash and in kind ) and robbed the population to such an extent that a wave of uprisings against the Europeans and European-Egyptian rule soon swept all to drive away these Land seizures and Tourcher of the people .

A German National who was Governor General of Darfur Slatin Pasha wrote in his account :

For over 60 years the Sudan had belonged to the Turks and Egyptians . True , during this period there had been cases when some tribes had refused to pay tribute , for which they had been punished , but nobody had yet dared to rebel against the country’s authorities or declare actual war on them . But now a beggar , an unknown fakir (hermit) with a handful of hungry , poorly armed adherents had appeared and was winning one victory after another . That’s how the Native people started , organised themselves to fight off what to them were the invaders of their Lands .

The European Struggle amongst themselves to occupy Lands in East Sudan .

Having conquered Egypt, the British began to expand the cotton plantations ; in the nineties , work began on the construction of a big reservoir near Aswan . In light of this , the British decided to gain a foothold in the region of the Nile sources and annihilate the Mahdi State at all costs . France also sought possession of the Nile sources and the Anglo-French contest in the partition of Africa reached a new pitch of intensity . On the one hand , the French wanted to fortify their position in Ethiopia ( i.e. , the Region of the Blue Nile sources ) , where they had acquired considerable influence over the new Negus , Menelik . On the other hand , while gaining a foothold in the West and Central Sudan , they also intended to spread their influence to the East Sudan , i.e. , to the region of the White Nile sources . The French expansion in East and West Africa forced the British to speed up their campaign against the Sudan .

The British planned to use other powers in their fight against the French . They supported the Italians in the struggle against French expansion in Ethiopia . Italy , a weak State at the time , offered no threat to Britain , who readily exploited Italian – French differences to prevent French expansion in Ethiopia . Britain also encouraged Belgian expansion ( from the direction of the Congo ) to counter-poise that of the French in the Region of the White Nile sources . Then the Belgians took over Lado – Lado Enclave . Between 1893 and 1894 , the Italians , having gained a foothold in Eritrea (on the Red Sea coast) , invaded the Sudan and took over Kassala .

In 1895 , the Italians started a war against Ethiopia , which evoked a big upsurge of patriotic feelings in the area . The people rallied their forces to repel the Italians and defeated them near Adua on March 1 , 1896 . Ethiopia was helped in this war by France and Russia , particularly by France , who after the war , strengthened her influence in that region . Both Belgium and Italy militarily weak Countries and under the british intimidation had to restituite Kassala and Lado Enclave to Britain by the relative treaties they were forced to sign with Britain from 1906 . Such a Treaty were concluded also with other European Countries : France , German , Portugal and Russia not to assisst Lado incase Lado was / is at war with Britain . Britain promised Morocco for France and Iran for Russia and that is how both Russia and France withdrew themselves or lost interest into coming to take over and assist Lado against Britain .

1821 : The Ottoman / Turco – Egyptian conquest of Sudan ( Sudan was known to them as the black Land Areas or Territories – south of the Sahara Desert by the Arabs since 700 b.c ) was to unify what they called small insignificant independent African – Sudan villages under the Ottoman Empire .

1840 : Captain Salim Bey occupied areas along the Nile up to Gondokoro , ( near Juba – Lado ) whereby , the whole of the Bahr al-Ghazal regions in the South Sudan were invaded and occupied by Turco-Egyptian forces .

1871 : Lado was invaded by the joint forces from Britain , France , Italy , Austria and the United States of America and together with Turco Egyptian forces and was renamed EQUATORIA and left to be administered by Egypt as a Province of Egypt under the Sovereignty of Ottoman ( Turkish ) Empire .

1881 : The Arabized Black Tribes in Sudan under their Spiritual Guide Leader Mahommed Ahmed in 1881- 84 joined Lado ‘s War against the European – Ottoman / Turco – Egyptian government forces and to drive them away from the Sudan ( Black Region ) Lands .

1883 : Mohamed Ahmed ” al-Mahdi ” captured Al-Obeid in South Sudan and from here began the era of building the Mahdi States of the North and South Sudan occupied which was predominately of the Arab descedents who settled in these Regions .

1885 : Mahdist forces continued , captured Khartoum after a long seige ; British General Charles .G . Gordon who by then was the Governor of Sudan was killed . The Sudan States of North predominantly of Arab descent and South predominantly of the original Native Blacks became known as the two Mahdi States as : North and South Mahdi States , excluding EQUATORIA – LADO .

1885 : Al-Mahdi died ; the Khalifa Abdullahi took over to rule the Mahdi States .

1892 : King Leopold of Belgium entered from Congo in Equatoria – Lado , and pretended extending Belgium Administration up to Mongalla which was in South Sudan . But following , the term Agreements of Berlin Treaty , the Equatoria – Lado ” Lado enclave ” became and was exclusively made part of the Belgian Congo when the French interviened in the South Sudan Areas . The French forces under Major Marchand occupied parts of Bahr – al – Ghazal , Mongalla and Western Upper Nile to Fashoda which were all forming the South Mahdi or South Sudan parts and by 1896 the French had an Administration in these areas lying North of Lado . Lado remained still , legally , according to the Berlin General Acts ( Berlin Treaty ) of 26 February 1885 under Belgium .

1896 : Belgians under Military intimidation by Britain agreed by a False Statement made by the British of the illegal term Leasing Lado to Belgium to release then Lado enclave Belgium to British control when King Leopold of Belgium would die .

1897 : French forces from Djibouti set off across Ethiopia aiming – unsuccessfully – to link up with the Fashoda expeditions and annex Southern Sudan to French West Africa . The ” Fashoda incident ” results from Marchand’s encounter with British forces .

1898 : Anglo – Egyptian forces led by General Kitchener overthrew the Mahdist State ( both North and South States ) in the battle of Omdurman . The two countries ( Britain and Egypt ) agreed to establish the Condominium Rule over North and South Mahdist States which later became known : Anglo / Egyptian Sudan .

1899 : Condominium Agreement was signed which involved France . French agreed to withdraw from South Sudan . The Condominium became known as the ANGLO / EGPTIAN Condominium Territory which in future in 1956 will get its Independence and become the Unified / United Republic State of Sudan with the Sovereign Status under the Condominium : Britain and Egypt . ( Britain secreetly had Occupied Egypt in 1882 ) .

1908 : Wad Haboba uprising in the Gezira against the Anglo / Egyptians but never lasted .

1910 : Belgium’s King Leopold died ; the Lado enclave was falsely added to British Administration after twenty – one years of fierce fighting to oust the Foreign Invaders and the Belgians , who had remained with the British to share Lado between them , decided to withdraw their troops . Infact , Britain Made a False Document as said to Lease Lado  ; refusing to let go of their Precious Conquest of Lado since Britain could not own Lado by Legal means or on the Battlefield . Britain drew up this False Document saying that Belgium had Leased Equatoria ( Lado ) to Britain after several failed attempts to Force or Bribe the Kings of Lado , like His Majesty / AGOFE / KING , H.M Ayingani Ajua , H.M Anacleto Atobua and more later still would want to force in 1962 the Present King ( AGOFE / KING ) H.M John Bart Agami Onzima II to hand over the Sovereignty of Lado to the British Crown . Britain resorted to cheating and used the false Lease Contract in September 1892 as they ( Belgians ) were bound by the Paris Treaty , the Berlin Treaty and the Vienna Convention to side with Britain in the Question of the Colonies and the Partition of the African Continent . So , at least formally , though not practically , Belgium is still Responsible for the present day Illegal Occupation of Lado .

LADO Nation and People Still Intact

It should still be known to a few that Lado has remained intact as a Nation and a People inside the old borders in spite of the joint Occupation by Britain and Belgium since 1947. Legally , though , it was still the Ottoman Empire which was responsible for the Occupation of Lado , even after the break – up of the Ottoman Empire , which became the Republic of Turkey by the Lausanne Agreement of 24 July 1923 .

In reality , LADO still is withstanding Foreign Occupation as such and till now in the 21st Centuary and the Lado people are still fighting over their Land on the Issue of Independence and Sovereignty Rights in this Water Shade Region of Africa known as ” LADO – The Heart of Africa ” .

LADO ENCLAVE ISSUE IN SUDAN CENTRAL AFRICA AND 0F THE DECOLONISATION ISSUE IN THIS WATER SHED REGION OF AFRICA STILL PENDING TILL TODATE IN THE PERIOD OF 3000 A.D.

In a False Statement to the rest of the world to know , Britain issued and continue still in a wrong direction of Political education propaganda for people to know that , The Lado Enclave in Africa was leased to King Leopold II as a personal consession for his lifetime by Great Britain and with this ( King Leopold II’s death ) , the Lado Enclave was then returned to the British control . Basing their ( Britain / British Governments reasonings ) on this false political propaganda , Britain – the British Governments – have always blocked and are still blocking the Independence issue of Lado in Central Africa .

DISCUSSION OF LADO ISSUES WITH NEIGHBOURING COUNTRIES : SUDAN , D R CONGO AND UGANDA

REPUBLIC OF SUDAN STATES AS AN ISSUE OVER LADO KINGDOM

To begin with and in the first place , in writing here , the Official name of the STATE OF LADO , the State Kingdom of Lado , being talked about is bordered by Sudan : North and South Sudan States to the North , by Ethiopia and Kenya to the North – East , by Uganda to the East , by D R Congo / former Zaire to the West and by the Central African Republic to the North – West . And the name Lado is the correct Identity of the people of Lado .

THE HISTORIC MAP OF LADO IN AFRICA ) long since was established on the World Maps before First World War .Africa 1909, Edward Hertslet (Lado enclave, detail).jpg

The following are the Regions of Lado Kingdom :

1. ITURI REGIONS – ( Bordered by Democratic Republic of Congo / former Zaire to the West ) ,

2. NILE REGION – ( Bordered by Uganda to the East ) ,

3. TORIT REGION – ( Bordered by Sudan / South Sudan inclusive , Ethiopia , Kenya , and Uganda to the North – East ) , 

4. UELE REGION – ( Bordered by Democratic Republic of Congo / former Zaire and Central African Republic / CAR to the North–West ) ,

5. YEI REGION – ( Bordered by Sudan / South Sudan and Central African Republic / CAR to the North and North–West ) .

The Colonial Writings refered and still refer to Lado Kingdom by different names as it suited or suits their purposes and time , as : Equatoria , Lado Enclave , West Nile , Haut Nil , Southern or South Sudan etc — etc — . The Turco/Egyptian Colonialists called it : The Equatoria Province of Egypt , The British ( at one time ) called it Lado Enclave , while the Belgians called itHaut Nil . And now , the Foreign Occupying Administrations give different names to Lado Kingdom as to what they wish to get after the Partition of Lado Kingdom . An Objective , the Lado Political Authorities are fighting for tooth and Nail .

Was or has there been or is there Lack of Information on Lado Kingdom ?

It is not true that there was or there is no Information on / about Lado Kingdom in Africa but the damn true fact is that , it seems , most of the African people and especially the AfricanPoliticians , or the Educated Africans , do not notice anything unless it appears on BBC or American Radio / Television ( T V ) net works . Yes , unfortunately Lado Politics is not being done through the BBC or the CNN , for a number of reasons which can not be discussed here yet in this Hard_talk message discussion on Lado . But still the Lado People are using their Time , Brains , and Sacrifice as much as they can of their resources for Lado . It cannot be done by sitting and waiting for somebody to give them Money to be an Independent and Sovereign State .

In one way , many of the Africans who are seen , or regard themselves as Politicians or Scolars or Elites should have kept open eyes , open ears , open minds to look back into the past on the question of Lado in Africa . So , lack of information of or about Lado , is because a few only care about Lado and for the rest Lado is not important as they don’t receive Money . Yet these many people in Africa and elsewhere on this world know that this Region in the Heart of Africa – Lado ( known Equatoria ) has a Political Conflict unsolved since the Juba Conference in 1947 . In Africa , this Lado information has already been forwarded even to the African Leaders of the Countries surrounding Lado by the Lado Executive Political Office – THE GREEN BUREAU – headed by the living present AGOFE / KING  CULU or His Majesty John Bart Agami Onzima II of the State Kingdom of Lado , that , the Political Solution to the question of Lado , is the getting of Independence of Lado from Belgium and Britain . And this is being done and better to do it through peaceful Political Negotiations to avoid any more Bloodsheds in the Mother Continent of Africa or in the World Political Affairs .  And even all Liberation Movements and their Armies in Africa have been informed that Lado would like to reach such Political solution in her Region ( Lado ) through peaceful means .

For more detail readings and references , go to these links on the websites here : 

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User:ORIJORU/sandbox

http://www.npi-news.dk/page37.htm

Standard

The History Events behind the Political Crisis / Instability in South Sudan

The other side of the History Coin to understand the Instability in the so called South Sudan Country Independent in 2011

The Incredible War side of Lado / Equatoria in the Sudan Central Africa  still or till todate –

TORIT Massacres of 1955 in EQUATORIA – LADO

On 1 January 1956 , Anglo/Egyptian Sudan got Independence under the name of Sudan , from Britain . But all the preparations for the Independence of Lado was stopped by the British Authorities ; and the British hurried to give the Independence of Anglo/Egyptian Sudan after the Torit Massacres of August 1955 and thereby ignored the fact that , there were / are still Four States in that Nile Valley Basin Region : LADO , SOUTH SUDAN , NORTH SUDAN , and EGYPT .

While the People of South Sudan did not object to the inclusion of its Land and People to North Sudan , the people of Lado ( Equatoria ) protested and this was clearly demonstrated by the Liberation War the Lado people of Torit Region , Yeyi Region , and Rholi Region fought . This war was known as the ANYANYA War in Lado / Equatoria from 1955 – 1972 . It was a War of Lado Liberation under Rev . Fr Saturnino Lokure ( Luhure ) a citizen of Lado , who was assassinated on 7 June 1967 . Major General Joseph Lagu of Madi Tribe ( Lado ) was the Military Officer in charge of the Military Affairs .

The Kokora Policy

President , General Jaafar Nimeeri of the Republic State of Sudan by then ( North Sudan and South Sudan united ) , after the Peace Agreement of 27 March 1972 signed in Addis Ababa , in Ethiopia between the Ladoans of Equatoria Region and Sudan State Government , introduced the Policy of trying to solve Lado Affairs and Sudan in the Region in a such away , the Lado Region of Equatoria was finally to be separated from that of South Sudan . This is what is locally termed and widely known in Sudan ( both North and South ) and Lado as Kokora Policy . The New Boundary followed the Colonial Boundaries between Lado and Southern Sudan , by the Cairo Agreement of January 1899 . And so from that Agreement , the Ladoans who signed the Addis Ababa Agreement of 27 March 1972 with the Government of Sudan State were taking , one step at a time , in order to reach the State Affairs of the Lado Political Authority when the issue of Lado could reach a Final Solution to the Independence of Lado Kingdom in the Heart of Sudan Central Africa as such .

Accordingly so , what is called East , Central and West Equatoria in Sudan or in South Sudan State now is the North part of Lado Kingdom . In brief to say , is that : East , Central and West Equatoria are the Occupied zones of North Lado ( Lado Land ) , now placed , under this newly caved out South Sudan State – Country in 2011 by the Anglo / Americans in the Heart of Africa to hide the Struggling efforts of Lado Indepedence issue . The Anglo / Americans do not want and hate LADO to exist .

Reasons behind the Kokoro Policy

The Dark sides of Events over Lado in the Sudan / Anglo Condominium Lado Enclave stretching South-west from Juba to the Nile-Congo divide was Administered by the Belgians until 1910 when Lado was placed or transferred illegally to be under the Rule of Sudan / Anglo Condominium rule from 1912 , forced by Britain in Partitioning Lado . The North part of Lado was cut off , placed under the Condominium while the South – west being left under Congo to please the Belgium Authority and the South – East ceded to be Administered by the East Africa British Uganda Protectorate . Meaning Lado was Partitioned by Britain into three ( 3 ) parts :

North Lado attached to Sudan , todays ( North and South Sudan States ) South Lado but partitioned once again into two : South-west of Lado given to be under Belgium Congo , South-east  of Lado  placed under the British East Africa Uganda Protectorate .

The British Aim / Objective was that Lado Kingdom eventually would be completely destroyed when Independence would come to be given to the three Countries of Sudan ( 1956 became Independent ) , Congo ( 1960 became Independent ) and Uganda ( 1962 became Independent ) . That way they ( the British ) , politically thought , Lado people would never care of being a State or Kingdom State anymore but would have surrendered to be Ruled / or be under Authority of their Satellite Countries of Sudan , Congo and Uganda , Ruling / Administering Lado Lands and and the Lado People for them .

These Partition spheres were established by 1903 and were incorporated in the Sudan Government Missionary Regulations (1905 ) by which the Church Missions were bound not to conduct evangelism in Northern Sudan of much more Arab / Moslem-Islam influence , or to establish any Mission Stations North of the 10th parallel ( i.e. north of Malakal ) . The Spheres Policy continued to apply throughout the Condominium period though it became more precise and more complex as the Christians Church Mission work extended and New Church Missions entered Sudan .

In 1964 and that is after Independence of the Sudan from 1956 , the Missionaries in the South areas of Sudan were expelled . But already the Opposition to the Government was hardening . In exile in Zaire / Congo , a number of Ladoan and Sudanese Politicians including a Catholic Priest , Father Saturnino Lahure / or Lukure ( a Ladoan ) had already in 1962 formed the Sudan African Closed Districts National Union ( SACONU ) , which took its name from the re-imposition of the Old Condominium Closed Districts in the South . The following year , it moved its Headquarters to South – East of Lado which was under Uganda independent then holding South – East Administration of Lado to Kampala in Uganda and changed its name to the Sudan African National Union ( SANU ) .

In 1963 , within Southern Sudan ( North part of Lado under the Sudan Rule ) , a Guerilla Army ( for Liberation of Equatoria / Lado ) called the ( Anyanya ) was formed . The formation of the Anyanya marks the commencement / beginning of a Nine ( 9 ) year Civil war that engulfed most parts of Southern Sudan then to be Liberated . The Main Aim for Ladoans was to liberate North Part of Lado from the Republic of Sudan Rule by the Ladoans . Many of the Sudanese Black peoples of the South : Dinka , Shilluk , Jo Luo , Nuer and others joined the Ladoans of the Equatoria to fight the Khartum discriminative Administration of and against all the Blacks of the South Regions and mainly of the Christian Faith Beliefs of the Sudan State which was mainly in the hands of the White Arab origines in the North of Sudan State .

In 1969 , an Officer’s coup in Sudan ended a confused and acrimonious period of civilian Rule whereby the Army Officer General Jaafar Nimeiri emerged as the leader of the new Military regime , and was to hold on to Power despite a number of coups that came close to toppling him , until April 1985 . As Sudan Northern politics , under Military control , were gaining more direction and Authority , so the Rebel movement , the Anyanya in the south was becoming more cohesive and effective under the dynamic leadership of Colonel Joseph Lagu ( a Ladoan of Madi Tribe in Lado ) .

The time was Right and Ripe for an attempt at Conciliation / Arbitration to end the War between the Equatoria Lado and the Sudan State .

During the summer of 1971 the World Council of Churches and the All Africa Conference of Churches , sought to bring the two sides together ( Equatoria / LADO and former Sudan Anglo / Egyptian Condominium ) . A conference was arranged in Addis Ababa between the representatives of the Khartoum Government ( led by Abel Alier , Southern Dinka , who was Nimeiri’s Minister for Southern Affairs ) and Representatives of the Lado / or Equatoria Lado Liberation Movement in the South Sudan ( Political Wing of the Anyanya ) .

An Agreement was signed at the end of the Conference , known as the ( KOKORA POLICY ) on February 27th March 1972 , leading to the Regional Self-Government Act for the Southern Provinces , including the attached the North part of Lado Equatoria to South Sudan by the British Authorities in the pre – Independence Ruling of Sudan by the Sudan Anglo / Egyptian Condominium Rule . The Ladoans who signed the Addis Ababa Agreement of 27 March 1972 with the Government of Sudan State were taking , one step at a time , in order to reach the State Affairs of the Lado Political Authority when the issue of Lado could reach a Final Solution to the Independence of Lado Kingdom in the Heart of Sudan Central Africa as such .

The substantial self-Government accorded to the South by this Agreement enabled the South to enjoy ten years of relative Peace though these years definately were marked by Political instability and wrangling , and deep division between the different Political factions . Much of this revolved around the perceived Dominance of the Dinkas in Southern Politics especially through Abel Alier who was President of the (Southern) High Executive Council from 1972 until 1978 and again in 1980 : The Campaign Aim was : South Sudan not to seperate from the North Sudan .

With this Campaign Aim again by the Sudan State as a whole : both North and South , One draws his / or her own conclusion and that this Addis Ababa Agreement (1972 ) gave the South ten years of some what tense and anxious peace . The dream of a ” Christian ” South largely responsible for its own Affairs and speedily making good all the development losses of the previous 10 to 15 years rapidly faded . The memory of the ” Movement ” and a generalized sense of a ” Christian ” South were not enough to maintain unity .

Southern Politics , particularly after about 1976 became embittered and factional as the Political representatives of the farming peoples of Equatoria / Lado had still to struggle against the Political Power and Expertise of the Politicians of Dinka and other Nilotic peoples of both North and South Sudan Confederates . ln 1978 elections in the South led to the resignation of Abel Alier and the Political emergence of Joseph Lagu as President of the High Executive Council with prominently Equatorian support .

From there on , Southern Politics became increasingly confused and turbulent , leading to ever greater intervention and manipulation from Khartoum , against the spirit of the Addis Ababa Agreement between Equatoria / LADO and the Administration of the Sudan State .

Southern Sudan Politics in short became increasingly unstable as the Politicians fought increasingly for their own rather than Regional Interests . This gave the Northern KHARTUM Government ample opportunity for interference .

In 1981 , President Nimeiri proposed to “re-divide” the South into three separate Regions , transparently a plan to ” Divide and Rule .”

From Equatoria / Lado , and with the Advice from the Lado Agofe’s Office ( the Green Bureau ) this plan was supported by Major General Lagu , indeed promoted then by him , and many Equatorians saw it as an opportunity to escape the Political Dominance of the Nilotics for the South over the Administration over Lado .

Confused maneuverings followed but in June 1983 Nimeiri unilaterally ” redivided ” the Southern Region into three regions , based on the former Equatoria / LADO , Bahr-el-Ghazal , and Upper Nile . This was only one of the issues , that re-awakened the Old North – South hostilities , and also divided Southerners of South Sudan once again to be against the seperation of Northern part of Lado which was attached and till todate is attached to Southern part of or to South Sudan . There was constant flouting of the Addis Ababa Agreement by the Central Government at Khartum , and Southern Sudanese became increasingly suspicious of the North Sudan Government intentions in Major development projects like the Jonglei Canal , the exploitation of the South’s newly discovered oil Reserves and the progressive collapse of the Economy and the Bankruptcy of the Government put increasing pressure on the provision of Government services in the South ( and throughout the Country ) . However and as the catalyst , the most emotive development was the imposition of a form of Sharia Law on all parts of Sudan in September 1983 .

This was the climax of a long process in which Nimeiri had become increasingly involved with renascent fundamentalism . The technocrat secularist Army Colonel who came to power appeared not only to have appreciated increasingly the political Potential of Islam , but also seemed to have undergone some kind of Religious conversion of himself . In particular he fell increasingly under the influence of the Muslim Brotherhood and their leader Hassan el-Turabi . It was the imposition of Sharia Law ( though there was no practical possibility of it becoming a reality in the South Sudan and Lado / Equatoria then ) that finally alienated Southern and Christian opinion from the Nimeiri regime : Lado / Equatoria people this time only giving a hand to the Southern Sudanese of the Dinka , Shilluk , Nuer and Jo Luo and other lineages of the real South Sudan Citizens .

The Anglo / American Covert Blue Print Plans : SPLM brakes away from Equatoria / LADO .

Already in May 1983 a mutiny at Bor had begun the revolt . The Sudan People’s Liberation army (SPLA) was soon formed under an ex – Army Colonel , John Garang’ de Mabior trained in America ( USA ) . This rapidly replaced other rebel groups like , the Anyanya Military group units in Equatoria / LADO , and by the summer of 1986 SPLA controlled most of the southern Countrysides and deeply entered in Equatoria Lado , except some Southern border areas and where the SPLA was confining the National Sudanese Army to the Garrison towns .

This situation recreated a “re-division” issue , dividing Southerners , mainly between the Equatorians / LADO on the one hand and the Nilotic tribes of Bahr-el-Ghazal and Upper Nile on the other side of the real South Sudan Regions . The SPLA was seen as being a predominantly Dinka movement and as far as many Equatorians / LADOANS were concerned , the” redivision ” had been not about ending Dinka dominance .

Southerners and southern Christians therefore found themselves deeply divided over the rebel movements . The Churches as a result found it difficult to speak with any clear voice in the present conflict other than on the issue of Sharia Law and the growing Power of the National Islamic Front , the Political Arm of the Muslim brotherhood . The Dinka and Nilotic communities within the major Churches have on the whole sympathized with the SPLA . Many of them joined up , and virtually all their relatives hence got involved in the struggle as put it to Free themselves from the Moslem / Islam North Sudan with the help of the Anglo / American Blue Print Plans .

Equatorians / LADOANS on the other hand have been equally cynical about the Khartum Central Government intentions but then at the same time also mistrust the Dinka – Dominated SPLA under the guide of the Anglo / Americans . This division remained until 1989 although the evident success of the SPLA started drawing increasing numbers of Equatorians to the cause , many of whom are Christians anyway , in otherwards they ( the Lado – Equatorians bowed down to Christian brotherhood to assist the SPLA ) .

The fall of Nimeiri in April 1985 was due in some measure to the Political pressure created by the success of the SPLA under the Anglo / American – USA military Might , but events since then never fundamentally altered the situations in the South . The transitional Military Government of Siwar-al- Dahab ( April 1985 to May 1986 ) and the civilian Government of Sadiq al- Mahdi ( May 1986 ) prosecuted the war with a ferocity only matched by that of the SPLA . The result was a terrible devastation of the South on a scale that far outstrips that of the first civil war by the Anyanya . The year 1988 saw possibly half a million deaths from war , famine and disease . Virtually the entire population of Southern Sudan was displaced , either in North Sudan , in the remote bush in wretched refugee settlements , in the few southern towns left to the Government , or in exile outside the Country Sudan and the lot of Equatorians / LADOANS were left homeless .

In the world picture , the war then really presented all the Christian / Churches , Moslem / Mosques with issues of a complexity that the first civil war undertaken by Anyanya did not . As the war divided Southerners of Sudan , so the attitudes of Christians and of Church leaders became divided .

The tribal dimension of the war opened / roused tribal tensions throughout the South and all the Churches felt was feeling the strains of Tribalism . On the one hand now there are reports from the homelands of the Dinka , long dominated by the SPLA , of many baptisms and confirmations , and of the emergence of many new congregations in areas where previously there were few Christians . At its highest level the SPLA has not expressed any sense of Christian identity , and has in general used a Marxist or secularist terminology . But there are many and increasing numbers of Christians in its forces anyway .

At the time of my writing now still there are no indications that peace is near . National politics continue to be fragmented and without direction. The SPLA is merely continuing escalation of war in the South , failing to bring the Government to the negotiating Table about the Lado Issues as well . There is a sense in which the issues which face Sudan ( both North and South States) now and to which the two Countries still fail to find answers are the same as those which faced the Condominium Government once the Country had in large measure been pacified . What is the place of an African non-Muslim South within a Sudan that is predominantly Arabized and Muslim ? We all know that the British answer vacillated between isolating and incorporating the South . The steady progress of Christian missions in the South during the Condominium period helped develop southern identity and distinctiveness , just as British policy inhibited any over arching sense of National identity . At Independence the religious question was already deeply embedded in the wider question of how National Unity could be forged . In otherwords the Tribe – Nation Identity feeling in building a Nation – State of a purely African Political Nature could be forged .

Two prolonged periods of civil war , and the growth of the Church in the South , together with the spreading influence of the Muslim Brotherhood and an orthodox consciousness in the North have not brought a resolution any nearer to peace in the one time , Anglo / Egyptian Sudan Condominium ( North Sudan / South Sudan ) as termed and Independent two States today .

What next to write on , is now of the future of the two Sudans ( North and South Sudans ) : Both Independent without Lado still being Independent —– Where does lie the answer for Lado Freedom Independence still ?

The Nile Region of Lado Kingdom

Meanwhile , in the Nile Region of Lado ( which in Uganda is called West Nile ) Great Britain had laid down the Border between Lado and Uganda in 1907 , was fighting the British Colonialism for the Independence of Lado Kingdom . And it was this Nile Region of Lado here that if Great Britain got the Signature of Lado Representative , the AGOFE / King of Lado , then Lado would have been Killed as a Political Entity .

The Ituri and Uele Regions of Lado Kingdom

In Ituri Region and Uele Region , which were and are still under the Democratic Republic of Congo / former Zaire Administration ( Belgium Colony ) , the Simba Liberation War by the Ladoans was fought and still being fought for the Independence of Lado and the War follows the 1956 Conference held in Arua town of Lado which included and who became Congo’s first Prime Minister , Mr Patrick Lumumba on the question of Lado and its Peoples Rights to Self – determination ( Lado regarded first and Legally was then still regarded of Congo Belgium ) . So it was important the Agofe of Lado and the future Prime Minister of Congo in 1960 , Mr Patrick Lumumba had to meet for talks . The question of Water issues were also discussed of the Congo and Nile waters at the Conference , ( cf : Nile Waters Agreement of 1929 and Nile Waters Utilization Agreement of 8th November 1959 ) .

While in the Nile Region where the Agofe / King is , every body knows in Lado that , The present AGOFE of Lado Kingdom , refused to sign any Agreement with the British Authorities that the Nile Region ( West Nile and Madi ) was to become British East Africa or Protectorate of Uganda . So , just before the Independence of Uganda on 12 September 1962 , The Agofe himself ( Colonel John Bart Agami Onzima II ) who still is a live todate , was arrested and quickly Sentenced to seven ( 7 Years ) of imprisonment , and imprisoned in Luzira Prison at Kampala in Uganda , for not Signing the Annexation Treaty or Document to Annex Lado to the British East Africa to which Uganda was / is a part .

Lado Political Authorities

The Lado Political Authorities , since 1947 , worked together with the militia Liberation Groups of ( Simba Military units of Ituri and Uele in Congo/Zaire and Anyanya Military units of Torit , Rholi , Yeyi of Lado – Equatoria in Sudan ) under the Agofe and who is the Military Commander-in- Chief of Lado Command based in the Nile Region of Lado . One of the Political Leaders of Lado Kingdom ( North Lado ) , Rev. Father Saturnino Lokure who by the time was in South Lado ( Nile Region of Lado ) was Killed in Uganda by the Uganda Army , when he and some of his Assistants went to collect Medical Supplies for the Refugees and Diplaced Ladoans from ( Yeyi , Torit , Rholi , of Equatoria / Lado ) . This was in the Catholic Mission of Laco in Acholi , Uganda . All Yei , Torit , Rholi Politicians know about this incidence very well . And they are able to figure out Why ? the reason falls within the British appointed Governor of Sudan , General Sir John Maffey Policy or Reccomendation of 1927 and every Body knows too , that Uganda is under British Sovereignty york ( AUTHORITY ) and till todate . The Commonwealth Countries help Carry out the United Kingdoms of Great Britain and Northern Ireland ‘ s / UK Policies only to destroy Lado .

ABOUT THE ALWAYS MUCH TALK ( BIG MOUTH TALKS ) SUDAN PEOPLES LIBERATION MOVEMENT / ARMY , SPLM / A

Formation of Sudan Peoples Liberation Movement , ( SPLM ) in 1983 against the Ladoans / Lado Citizens where Britain has ever been involved

The old odds of the hatred against the existence of Lado People in Sudan Central Africa was not only in Uganda . In 1983 , Sudan Peoples Liberation Movement ( SPLM ) was founded in the Sudan State to fight the Ladoans and between 1985 and 1987 to the present time Ladoans were / have ever been working hard to prevent Britain using SPLM / SPLA Chairman of Sudan under Colonel John Garang and Uganda under President General Yoweri Museveni to wage wars against Lado . Infact , President General Yoweri Museveni and Colonel John Garang reached a Secreet Agreement over Lado , with the Support of Britain and United States of America , U.S.A . That is why Britain and U.S.A were very Keen on the Issue of an Independent

South Sudan to be created , hoping that , they would / will make it destroy Lado and prevent the Equatoria Region to be a part of Lado . The Religion Factor of MUSLIM / CHRISTIAN was / has been and remains instrumental , a Cover up for destroying the State of Lado Kingdom . From these facts , however , the Ladoans do not know yet how the African Politicians / Elites saw , were seeing / are seeing till now / todate and understand the Sudan SPLM / SPLA wars which were meant to fight the North Sudan Government of Khartum , were always fought in Equatoria ( Lado ) . The Villages destroyed were and times to go on , will always be those in Equatoria , the Leaders of Equatoria get Assassinated or Killed such as Mr Joseph Oduho , when at SPLM / SPLA Meetings .

To the People of Lado ( Ladoans ) know that the true National Citizens of South Sudan : the Dinka tribes , Nuer tribes , Shiluk tribes , Jo-Luo tribes people of the Regions of Southern or South Sudan Country were / are still being used by Britain and United States of America – U.S.A to help them to destroy LADO as a Nation – State Kingdom in Mother Continent Africa . They are also , still busy working now on to Control all , so called Elites of Equatoria ( Lado ) , to work for them to include permanently the Region ( Equatoria / Lado ) as part of South or so called Christian Southern or South Sudan Country Independent under the Anglo / American Sovereignty ever to be . Lado People said and continue to say Big NO and NO to this Anglo/American and heavily being supported Militarily of course by United States of America , ( U.S.A ) . They are using as they have been using before the United Nations ( U.N ) as the Institute to implement their Plans always .

Truely they have Created so , the Southern / or South Sudan as the Independent Country now under them in 2011 and think they have finally Partitioned Lado Kingdom . But on the minds and every body knew and knows till todate and as a reminder to all to know , there was one time a Country in the Nile Basin called South Sudan State Country and indeed separate from North Sudan State Country and State Country – Nation State of Lado .

Ref : Release document from the Government in Exile of the State Kingdom of Lado Occupied in Sudan Central Africa .

Standard

Independence Issue of Lado in Sudan Central Africa .

It is from 1947 till today that Lado Independence Issue is being waved off , yet leaving Lado people being killed and left wondering as Refugees in the whole Region of Central Africa .The issue of Lado in Sudan Central Africa is the Key to the Wars going on in the Countries described by the World body as the WARS in the Great Lakes –  Rift Valley States of Africa .

Futhermore to say :

Many times from 1947 , the Lado Petition to the United Nations Security Council and General Assembly is not being attended to till todate , but only ignored , yet Lado remains still an Occupied State as in the Lado History already exposed and writen hereby in the Sandbox one can open to read . Day in , Day out Lado people are dying being killed and many left wondering on their own Land Areas as Displaced Persons and as Refugees in other Countries .  The Lado as an ISSUE  is being hidden as the War Affairs Issues to deal with in Africa under the Cover-up of the Wars in the Great Lakes – Rift Valley Issues in the East and Central Africa . But the whole War Issue is over the Occupation of the former Lado Kingdom in the Sudan Central Africa anyway mainly by using the Neigbouring Countries : Uganda , Congo and the two Sudan Country States of North and South Sudan and Rwanda in Central Africa . Lado has ever asked its Independence and Freedom Issues from Great Britain and Belgium who still from 1947 are the Occupiers of Lado . The U.N Secretary in his Capacity must Act for Lado’s Independence and freedom please by  the Articles 1 , 51 , and 73 of the UN Charter of 26 June 1945 and Berlin Treaty of 26 February 1885 including the UN General Assembly Resolution 1514 ( XV ) of 14 December 1960 for the Decolonisation of Lado State . 

Hereby is the THE POLITICAL AND DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF LADO to read of please for you to sign this required Petition for Lado please .  Click or browse in to open to read using the google engine search for the topic please :  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User:ORIJORU/sandbox

Sign on the Petition Site Page hereby given on the website for Lado Independence and make Lado for Public INFORMATIONS please :

http://www.thepetitionsite.com/994/429/193/independence-issue-of-lado-in-sudan-central-africa-/

 

Standard